AIR CONDITIONER (MULTI TYPE) SERVICE MANUAL

Transcription

1 AIR CNDITINER (MULTI TYPE) SERVICE MANUAL utdoor Unit < SUPER HEAT RECVERY MULTI-i > Model name: MMY-MAP074FT9UL MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL MMY-MAP074FT6UL MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL Flow Selector Unit (FS unit) Model name: RBM-Y08FUL RBM-Y06FUL RBM-Y096FUL FILE. A-00 Revision : Jun., 0 Revision : Jul., 0 Revision : Dec., 0 Revision 4 : Sep., 04 This service manual provides relevant explanations about new outdoor unit (SHRM-i). Please refer to the following service manuals for each indoor units. <4-Way Cassette Type>... <Compact 4-Way Cassette Type>... <Ceiling Type>... <High Wall Type>... <Medium Static Ducted Type>... <Slim Ducted Type>... <High Static Ducted Type>... A0-09 A-0 A-00 PRINTED IN JAPAN, Jun, 0, TM

2 CNTENTS Precautions for Safety... 7 New Refrigerant (R40A) SPECIFICATINS /0V model V model.... WIRING DIAGRAM utdoor Unit FS unit (Flow Selector unit) PARTS RATING utdoor Unit (08/0V model) utdoor Unit (460V model) utdoor Inverter (08/0V model) utdoor Inverter (460V model) Parts Layout in utdoor Unit Parts Layout in Inverter Assembly utdoor (Inverter) print circuit board Interface P.C. board (MCC-606) Inverter P.C. board for compressor (MCC-595) A-IPDU For 08/0V model : MMY-MAP 4FT9UL Inverter P.C. board for compressor (MCC-596) A-IPDU For 460V model : MMY-MAP 4FT6UL Inverter P.C. board for fan motor (MCC-60) FAN-IPDU ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608 -A, -B) For 08/0V model : MMY-MAP 4FT9UL ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-65 -A, -B, -C) For 460V model : MMY-MAP 4FT6UL REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMATIC DRAWING SYSTEM REFRIGEERANT PIPING SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS All Cooling mode (peration of cooling only) when outside temperature is high (Standard: 50 F or higher) / Defrost mode All Cooling mode (peration of cooling only) when outside temperature is low (Standard: 50 F or lower) All Heating mode (peration of heating only) Mainly cooling mode (perating cooling function mainly, collective operation of cooling and heating operation) Mainly heating mode (perating heating function mainly, collective operation of cooling and heating operation) Emergency operation (All cooling operation at backup of the header unit) Emergency operation (All heating operation at backup of the header unit) Refrigerant recovery (during pump-down operation) of the troubled outdoor unit) (In case of trouble of follower unit) CNTRL UTLINE APPLIED CNTRL AND FUNCTIN Applied Control for utdoor Unit utdoor Fan High Static Pressure Shift... 69

3 7-. Applied Control Using ptional Board for utdoor Unit Power peak-cut Control (Standard): TCB-PCDM4UL Power peak-cut Control (Extended) : TCB-PCDM4UL Snowfall Fan Control : TCB-PCM4UL External master N/FF Control : TCB-PCM4UL Night operation (sound reduction) Control : TCB-PCM4UL peration Mode Selection Control : TCB-PCM4UL Error/peration utput : TCB-PCIN4UL Compressor peration utput : TCB-PCIN4UL perating Rate utput : TCB-PCIN4UL TEST PERATIN Procedure and Summary of Test peration Check Items before Test peration (before poweringon) Check at Main Power-on Address Setup Precautions Address Setup and Check Procedure Address Setup Procedure Check after Address Setup when Central Control System Is Connected Setting when connecting multiple indoor units to a FS (Flow Selector) unit How to set up the cooling only indoor unit Troubleshooting in Test peration A Check Code Is Displayed on the Remote Controller peration from the indoor remote controller is not accepted, and a check code is displayed on the 7-segment display of the interface PC board of the header unit There is no display of a check code on the 7-segment display on the interface PC board of the header unit, although there is indoor unit that is not accepting operation from the indoor remote controller In checking the number of connected outdoor units and connected indoor units after address setup, a lower number of connected units is displayed. (There are outdoor/indoor units that do not operate in a test operation.) Test peration Check Fan Check Cooling/heating test operation check Confirmation of Test peration Function to Start/Stop (N/FF) Indoor Unit from utdoor Unit Error Clearing Function Remote Controller Distinction Function Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Forced pen/close Function in Indoor Unit Solenoid Valve Forced pen/close Function in utdoor Unit Fan peration Check in utdoor Unit Abnormal utdoor Unit Discrimination Method By Fan perating Function Manual Adjustment Function of utside Temperature (T) Sensor Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch TRUBLESHTING verview Troubleshooting Method Troubleshooting Based on Information Displayed on Remote Controller Check Codes Displayed on Remote Controller and SMMS-i utdoor Unit (7-Segment Display on I/F Board) and Locations to Be Checked Diagnosis procedure for each check code Segment Display Function il Level Judgment Display Leakage/Clogging of Refrigerating Cycle Circuit Flow Selector Unit (FS Unit) Troubleshooting when Multiple Indoor Units are Connected to Cool/Heat FS Unit... 0

4 9-9. Sensor Characteristics Pressure sensor output check BACKUP PERATIN (EMERGENCY PERATIN) te for Backup peration Compressor Backup peration Setting Backup Setup for utdoor Unit UTDR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECVERY METHD Refrigerant Recovery from Failed utdoor Unit (Pump-Down) te for refrigerant recovery operation Refrigerant recovery procedure A (Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting) How to perate System While Failed utdoor Unit Being Repaired Work procedure after Repair REPLACING CMPRESSRS Compressor Replacement Procedure (utline) Replacement of Compressors Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor il Shortage.... UTDR UNIT PARTS REPLACEMENT METHDS P.C. BARD EXCHANGE PRCEDURES List of service P.C. boards Configuration of inverter assembly Interface board replacement procedure Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-595) replacement procedure Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-595) replacement procedure Fan IPDU P.C. board (MCC-60) replacement procedure ise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-608 A, B) Replacement Procedure ise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-65 A, B, C) EXPLDED DIAGRAM / PARTS LIST MMY-MAP074FT9UL MMY-MAP0964FT9UL, MMY-MAP04FT9UL MMY-MAP074FT6UL MMY-MAP0964FT6UL, MMY-MAP04FT6UL Flow Selector Unit

5 Generic Denomination: Air Conditioner Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person The air conditioner must be installed, maintained, repaired and removed by a qualified installer or qualified service person. When any of these jobs is to be done, ask a qualified installer or qualified service person to do them for you. Definition of Protective Gear When the air conditioner is to be transported, installed, maintained, repaired or removed, wear protective gloves and safety work clothing. In addition to such normal protective gear, wear the protective gear described below when undertaking the special work detailed in the table below. Failure to wear the proper protective gear is dangerous because you will be more susceptible to injury, burns, electric shocks and other injuries. Work undertaken All types of work Electrical-related work Work done at heights (50 cm or more) Transportation of heavy objects Repair of outdoor unit Protective gloves Safety working clothing Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat Insulating shoes Clothing to provide protection from electric shock Helmets for use in industry Protective gear worn Shoes with additional protective toe cap Gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat The important contents concerned to the safety are described on the product itself and on this Service Manual. Please read this Service Manual after understanding the described items thoroughly in the following contents (Indications/Illustrated marks), and keep them. [Explanation of indications] Indication DANGER WARNING CAUTIN Explanation Indicates contents assumed that an imminent danger causing a death or serious injury of the repair engineers and the third parties when an incorrect work has been executed. Indicates possibilities assumed that a danger causing a death or serious injury of the repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed. Indicates contents assumed that an injury or property damage (*) may be caused on the repair engineers, the third parties, and the users due to troubles of the product after work when an incorrect work has been executed. * Property damage: Enlarged damage concerned to property, furniture, and domestic animal/pet [Explanation of illustrated marks] Indication Explanation Indicates prohibited items (Forbidden items to do) The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete prohibited contents. Indicates mandatory items (Compulsory items to do) The sentences near an illustrated mark describe the concrete mandatory contents. Indicates cautions (Including danger / warning) The sentences or illustration near or in an illustrated mark describe the concrete cautious contents. 5

6 Warning Indications on the Air Conditioner Unit [Confirmation of warning label on the main unit] Confirm that labels are indicated on the specified positions. If removing the label during parts replace, stick it as the original. Warning indication Description ELECTRICAL SHCK HAZARD RISQUE D'ÉLECTRCUTIN WARNING: RISK F ELECTRIC SHCK. CAN CAUSE INJURY R DEATH: DISCNNECT ALL REMTE ELECTRIC PWER SUPPLIES BEFRE SERVICING ATTENTIN: RISQUE DE DÉCHARGE ÉLECTRIQUE PUVANT CAUSER DES BLESSURES U LA MRT. DÉCNNECTER TUTES LES ALIMENTATINS ÉLECTRIQUES AVANT L'ENTRETIEN WARNING ELECTRICAL SHCK HAZARD Disconnect all remote electric power supplies before servicing. This product may contain chemicals known to the state of California to cause cancer, or birth defects, or other reproductive harm. CAUTIN High temperature parts. You might get burned when removing this panel. DH

7 Precautions for Safety The manufacturer shall not assume any liability for the damage caused by not observing the description of this manual. DANGER Turn off breaker. Before carrying out the installation, maintenance, repair or removal work, be sure to set the circuit breaker for both the indoor and outdoor units to the FF position. therwise, electric shocks may result. Before opening the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit, set the circuit breaker to the FF position. Failure to set the circuit breaker to the FF position may result in electric shocks through contact with the interior parts. nly a qualified installer (*) or qualified service person (*) is allowed to remove the intake grille of the indoor unit or service panel of the outdoor unit and do the work required. Before starting to repair the outdoor unit fan or fan guard, be absolutely sure to set the circuit breaker to the FF position, and place a Work in progress sign on the circuit breaker. When cleaning the filter or other parts of the indoor unit, set the circuit breaker to FF without fail, and place a Work in progress sign near the circuit breaker before proceeding with the work. When you have noticed that some kind of trouble (such as when an error display has appeared, there is a smell of burning, abnormal sounds are heard, the air conditioner fails to cool or heat or water is leaking) has occurred in the air conditioner, do not touch the air conditioner yourself but set the circuit breaker to the FF position, and contact a qualified service person. Take steps to ensure that the power will not be turned on (by marking out of service near the circuit breaker, for instance) until qualified service person arrives. Continuing to use the air conditioner in the trouble status may cause mechanical problems to escalate or result in electric shocks or other failure. Electric shock hazard Prohibition Stay on protection When you access inside of the service panel to repair electric parts, wait for about five minutes after turning off the breaker. Do not start repairing immediately.therwise you may get electric shock by touching terminals of high-voltage capacitors. Natural discharge of the capacitor takes about five minutes. Place a Work in progress sign near the circuit breaker while the installation, maintenance, repair or removal work is being carried out. There is a danger of electric shocks if the circuit breaker is set to N by mistake. Before operating the air conditioner after having completed the work, check that the electrical parts box cover of the indoor unit and service panel of the outdoor unit are closed, and set the circuit breaker to the N position. You may receive an electric shock if the power is turned on without first conducting these checks. If, in the course of carrying out repairs, it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical parts with the electrical parts box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the outdoor unit removed in order to find out exactly where the trouble lies, wear insulated heat-resistant gloves, insulated boots and insulated work overalls, and take care to avoid touching any live parts. You may receive an electric shock if you fail to heed this warning. nly qualified service person (*) is allowed to do this kind of work. 7

8 WARNING Genera Check earth wires. Before starting to repair the air conditioner, read carefully through the Service Manual, and repair the air conditioner by following its instructions. nly qualified service person (*) is allowed to repair the air conditioner. Repair of the air conditioner by unqualified person may give rise to a fire, electric shocks, injury, water leaks and/or other problems. Do not use any refrigerant different from the one specified for complement or replacement. therwise, abnormally high pressure may be generated in the refrigeration cycle, which may result in a failure or explosion of the product or an injury to your body. nly a qualified installer (*) or qualified service person (*) is allowed to carry out the electrical work of the air conditioner. Under no circumstances must this work be done by an unqualified individual since failure to carry out the work properly may result in electric shocks and/or electrical leaks. When transporting the air conditioner, wear shoes with protective toe caps, protective gloves and other protective clothing. When connecting the electrical wires, repairing the electrical parts or undertaking other electrical jobs, wear gloves to provide protection for electricians and from heat, insulating shoes and clothing to provide protection from electric shocks. Failure to wear this protective gear may result in electric shocks. Electrical wiring work shall be conducted according to law and regulation in the community and installation manual. Failure to do so may result in electrocution or short circuit. nly a qualified installer (*) or qualified service person (*) is allowed to undertake work at heights using a stand of 9.7 in (50 cm) or more or to remove the intake grille of the indoor unit to undertake work. When working at heights, use a ladder which complies with the IS 4 standard, and follow the procedure in the ladder fs instructions. Also wear a helmet for use in industry as protective gear to undertake the work. When working at heights, put a sign in place so that no-one will approach the work location, before proceeding with the work. Parts and other objects may fall from above, possibly injuring a person below. When executing address setting, test run, or troubleshooting through the checking window on the electric parts box, put on insulated gloves to provide protection from electric shock. therwise you may receive an electric shock. Do not touch the aluminum fin of the outdoor unit. You may injure yourself if you do so. If the fin must be touched for some reason, first put on protective gloves and safety work clothing, and then proceed. Do not climb onto or place objects on top of the outdoor unit. You may fall or the objects may fall off of the outdoor unit and result in injury. When transporting the air conditioner, do not take hold of the bands around the packing carton. You may injure yourself if the bands should break. Be sure that a heavy unit (0kg or heavier) such as a compressor is carried by two persons. Places where ambient temperature falls below 5 F ( 5 C) for more then 7 hours running. The outdoor heat exchanger may be damaged by the frost. Before troubleshooting or repair work, check the earth wire is connected to the earth terminals of the main unit, otherwise an electric shock is caused when a leak occurs.if the earth wire is not correctly connected, contact an electric engineer for rework. After completing the repair or relocation work, check that the ground wires are connected properly. Be sure to connect earth wire. (Grounding work) Incomplete grounding causes an electric shock. Do not connect ground wires to gas pipes, water pipes, and lightning rods or ground wires for telephone wires. Prohibition of modification. Do not modify the products.do not also disassemble or modify the parts. It may cause a fire, electric shock or injury. Use specified parts. When any of the electrical parts are to be replaced, ensure that the replacement parts satisfy the specifications given in the Service Manual (or use the parts contained on the parts list in the Service Manual). Use of any parts which do not satisfy the required specifications may give rise to electric shocks, smoking and/or a fire. 8

9 Do not bring a child close to the equipment. If, in the course of carrying out repairs, it becomes absolutely necessary to check out the electrical parts with the electrical parts box cover of one or more of the indoor units and the service panel of the outdoor unit removed in order to find out exactly where the trouble lies, put a sign in place so that no-one will approach the work location before proceeding with the work. Third-party individuals may enter the work site and receive electric shocks if this warning is not heeded. Insulating measures fire Refrigerant Assembly/ Wiring Connect the cut-off lead wires with crimp contact, etc., put the closed end side upward and then apply a watercut method, otherwise a leak or production of fire is caused at the users side. When performing repairs using a gas burner, replace the refrigerant with nitrogen gas because the oil that coats the pipes may otherwise burn. When repairing the refrigerating cycle, take the following measures. ) Be attentive to fire around the cycle. When using a gas stove, etc., be sure to put out fire before work; otherwise the oil mixed with refrigerant gas may catch fire. ) Do not use a welder in the closed room. When using it without ventilation, carbon monoxide poisoning may be caused. ) Do not bring inflammables close to the refrigerant cycle, otherwise fire of the welder may catch the inflammables. The refrigerant used by this air conditioner is the R40A. Check the used refrigerant name and use tools and materials of the parts which match with it. For the products which use R40A refrigerant, the refrigerant name is indicated at a position on the outdoor unit where is easy to see. To prevent miss-charging, the route of the service port is changed from one of the former R. For an air conditioner which uses R40A, never use other refrigerant than R40A. For an air conditioner which uses other refrigerant (R, etc.), never use R40A. If different types of refrigerant are mixed, abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle and an injury due to breakage may be caused. When the air conditioner has been installed or relocated, follow the instructions in the Installation Manual and purge the air completely so that no gases other than the refrigerant will be mixed in the refrigerating cycle. Failure to purge the air completely may cause the air conditioner to malfunction. Do not charge refrigerant additionally. If charging refrigerant additionally when refrigerant gas leaks, the refrigerant composition in the refrigerating cycle changes resulted in change of air conditioner characteristics or refrigerant over the specified standard amount is charged and an abnormal high pressure is applied to the inside of the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of breakage or injury. Therefore if the refrigerant gas leaks, recover the refrigerant in the air conditioner, execute vacuuming, and then newly recharge the specified amount of liquid refrigerant. In this time, never charge the refrigerant over the specified amount. When recharging the refrigerant in the refrigerating cycle, do not mix the refrigerant or air other than R40A into the specified refrigerant. If air or others is mixed with the refrigerant, abnormal high pressure generates in the refrigerating cycle resulted in cause of injury due to breakage. After installation work, check the refrigerant gas does not leak. If the refrigerant gas leaks in the room, poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater, stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous. Never recover the refrigerant into the outdoor unit. When the equipment is moved or repaired, be sure to recover the refrigerant with recovering device. The refrigerant cannot be recovered in the outdoor unit; otherwise a serious accident such as breakage or injury is caused. After repair work, surely assemble the disassembled parts, and connect and lead the removed wires as before. Perform the work so that the cabinet or panel does not catch the inner wires. If incorrect assembly or incorrect wire connection was done, a disaster such as a leak or fire is caused at user fs side. Insulator check Ventilation After the work has finished, be sure to use an insulation tester set (500V Megger) to check the resistance is MΩ. or more between the charge section and the non-charge metal section (Earth position). If the resistance value is low, a disaster such as a leak or electric shock is caused at user fs side. When the refrigerant gas leaks during work, execute ventilation. If the refrigerant gas touches to a fire, poisonous gas generates. A case of leakage of the refrigerant and the closed room full with gas is dangerous because a shortage of oxygen occurs. Be sure to execute ventilation. 9

10 Compulsion Check after repair Do not operate the unit with the valve closed. Check after reinstallation Cooling check When the refrigerant gas leaks, find up the leaked position and repair it surely. If the leaked position cannot be found up and the repair work is interrupted, pump-down and tighten the service valve, otherwise the refrigerant gas may leak into the room. The poisonous gas generates when gas touches to fire such as fan heater, stove or cocking stove though the refrigerant gas itself is innocuous. When installing equipment which includes a large amount of charged refrigerant such as a multi air conditioner in a sub-room, it is necessary that the density does not the limit even if the refrigerant leaks. If the refrigerant leaks and exceeds the limit density, an accident of shortage of oxygen is caused. Tighten the flare nut with a torque wrench in the specified manner. Excessive tighten of the flare nut may cause a crack in the flare nut after a long period, which may result in refrigerant leakage. Nitrogen gas must be used for the airtight test. The charge hose must be connected in such a way that it is not slack. For the installation/moving/reinstallation work, follow to the Installation Manual. If an incorrect installation is done, a trouble of the refrigerating cycle, water leak, electric shock or fire is caused. nce the repair work has been completed, check for refrigerant leaks, and check the insulation resistance and water drainage. Then perform a trial run to check that the air conditioner is running properly. After repair work has finished, check there is no trouble. If check is not executed, a fire, electric shock or injury may be caused. For a check, turn off the power breaker. After repair work (installation of front panel and cabinet) has finished, execute a test run to check there is no generation of smoke or abnormal sound. If check is not executed, a fire or an electric shock is caused. Before test run, install the front panel and cabinet. Be sure to fix the screws back which have been removed for installation or other purposes. Check the following matters before a test run after repairing piping. Connect the pipes surely and there is no leak of refrigerant. The valve is opened. Running the compressor under condition that the valve closes causes an abnormal high pressure resulted in damage of the parts of the compressor and etc. and moreover if there is leak of refrigerant at connecting section of pipes, the air is sucked and causes further abnormal high pressure resulted in burst or injury. nly a qualified installer (*) or qualified service person (*) is allowed to relocate the air conditioner. It is dangerous for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire, electric shocks, injury, water leakage, noise and/or vibration may result. Check the following items after reinstallation. ) The earth wire is correctly connected. ) The power cord is not caught in the product. ) There is no inclination or unsteadiness and the installation is stable. If check is not executed, a fire, an electric shock or an injury is caused. When carrying out the pump-down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe. Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause air, etc. to be sucked in, raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level, and possibly resulting in reputing, injury, etc. When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the compressor or the area around this part to be repaired immediately after the air conditioner has been shut down, set the circuit breaker to the FF position, and then wait at least 0 minutes before opening the service panel. If you fail to heed this warning, you will run the risk of burning yourself because the compressor pipes and other parts will be very hot to the touch. In addition, before proceeding with the repair work, wear the kind of insulated heat-resistant gloves designed to protect electricians. Take care not to get burned by compressor pipes or other parts when checking the cooling cycle while running the unit as they get heated while running. Be sure to put on gloves providing protection for electric shock and heat. When the service panel of the outdoor unit is to be opened in order for the fan motor, reactor, inverter or the areas around these parts to be repaired immediately after the air conditioner has been shut down, set the circuit breaker to the FF position, and then wait at least 0 minutes before opening the service panel. If you fail to heed this warning, you will run the risk of burning yourself because the fan motor, reactor, inverter heat sink and other parts will be very hot to the touch. In addition, before proceeding with the repair work, wear the kind of insulated heat-resistant gloves designed to protect electricians. 0

11 Installation nly a qualified installer (*) or qualified service person (*) is allowed to install the air conditioner. If the air conditioner is installed by an unqualified individual, a fire, electric shocks, injury, water leakage, noise and/or vibration may result. Before starting to install the air conditioner, read carefully through the Installation Manual, and follow its instructions to install the air conditioner. Be sure to use the company-specified products for the separately purchased parts. Use of non-specified products may result in fire, electric shock, water leakage or other failure. Have the installation performed by a qualified installer. Do not supply power from the power terminal block equipped on the outdoor unit to another outdoor unit. Capacity overflow may occur on the terminal block and may result in fire. Do not install the air conditioner in a location that may be subject to a risk of expire to a combustible gas. If a combustible gas leaks and becomes concentrated around the unit, a fire may occur. Install the indoor unit at least 8.5 ft (.5 m) above the floor level since otherwise the users may injure themselves or receive electric shocks if they poke their fingers or other objects into the indoor unit while the air conditioner is running. Install a circuit breaker that meets the specifications in the installation manual and the stipulations in the local regulations and laws. Install a circuit breaker that meets the specifications in the installation manual and the stipulations in the local regulations and laws. Install the circuit breaker where it can be easily accessed by the qualified service person (*). If you install the unit in a small room, take appropriate measures to prevent the refrigerant from exceeding the limit concentration even if it leaks. Consult the dealer from whom you purchased the air conditioner when you implement the measures. Accumulation of highly concentrated refrigerant may cause an oxygen deficiency accident. Do not place any combustion appliance in a place where it is directly exposed to the wind of air conditioner, otherwise it may cause imperfect combustion. Explanations given to user If you have discovered that the fan grille is damaged, do not approach the outdoor unit but set the circuit breaker to the FF position, and contact a qualified service person to have the repairs done. Do not set the circuit breaker to the N position until the repairs are completed. Relocation nly a qualified installer (*) or qualified service person (*) is allowed to relocate the air conditioner. It is dangerous for the air conditioner to be relocated by an unqualified individual since a fire, electric shocks, injury, water leakage, noise and/or vibration may result. When carrying out the pump-down work shut down the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipe. Disconnecting the refrigerant pipe with the service valve left open and the compressor still operating will cause air, etc. to be sucked in, raising the pressure inside the refrigeration cycle to an abnormally high level, and possibly resulting in reputing, injury, etc. (*) Refer to the Definition of Qualified Installer or Qualified Service Person.

12 Carrying in the utdoor Unit CAUTIN Handle the outdoor unit carefully, observing the following items. To use a forklift or other machinery for loading / unloading in transportation, insert the prongs of the forklift into the rectangular holes for handling as shown below. To lift up the unit, insert a rope capable of bearing the weight of the unit into the rectangular holes shown below. Tie the unit from 4 sides. (Apply padding in positions where the rope comes in contact with the outdoor unit so that no damage is caused to the outer surface of the outdoor unit.) (There are reinforcing plates on the side surfaces, so the rope cannot be passed through.)

13 Weight centre and weight Weight centre of an outdoor unit (A) (B) Unit: in (mm) (A) (B) Model type X (in (mm)) Y (in (mm)) Z (in (mm)) Model type (lbs (kg)) MAP074FT9UL 9. (490) 4.6 (70) 6.8 (680) 58 (46) MAP074FT6UL 0.9 (50) 5.7 (400) 5.8 (655) 658 (98) MAP0964FT9UL MAP04FT9UL. (590).8 (50) 7.6 (40) 75 (40) MAP0964FT6UL MAP04FT6UL 5.6 (650) 5.4 (90) 5.6 (650) 86 (74) Screw size and tightening torque Power supply terminal Ground screw Control wire terminal Screw size M8 M8 M4 Tightening torque (ft lbs (N m)) 4. to 4.8 (5.5 to 6.6) 4. to 4.8 (5.5 to 6.6) 0.9 to.0 (. to.4)

14 Adding refrigerant After finishing vacuuming, exchange the vacuum pump with a refrigerant canister and start additional charging of refrigerant. Calculation of additional refrigerant charge amount Additional refrigerant charge amount Actual length of liquid Additional refrigerant charge (lbs) =. + pipe amount per liquid pipe ft [Table ] Adjustment amount of refrigerant [Table 4] Table Liquid pipe outer dia. Additional refrigerant amount/ft (lbs) Ø/ Ø/ Ø/ 0.07 Ø5/ Ø/ Table 4 utdoor unit capacity type Example: (0 type) 07 type 096 type 0 type 44 type 68 type 9 type 6 type 40 type Adjustment amount of refrigerant (lbs) Combined outdoor units 07 type 096 type 0 type 07 type 096 type 096 type 0 type 0 type 07 type 07 type 096 type 096 type 0 type L L L d a b c FS unit a b c d L Ø/": 90ft L Ø/": 45ft L Ø/8":0ft a Ø/4": 0ft b Ø/8": 0ft c Ø/4": 5ft d Ø/4": 5ft a Ø/4": 5ft b Ø/8": 5ft c Ø/4": 5ft d Ø/4": 5ft Additional charge amount (lbs) = = = = { (Lx 0.07 lbs/ft)+(ly 0.07 lbs/ft)+(lz 0.07 lbs/ft) } (lbs) { ((a+d) 0.07 lbs)+((l+a+b+c+d+b+c) 0.07 lbs)+(l+l) 0.07 lbs }.+7.5 (lbs) { ( lbs)+( lbs)+( lbs) }.+7.5 (lbs) lbs Lx : Actual total length of liquid pipe Ø/4 (ft) Ly : Actual total length of liquid pipe Ø/8 (ft) Lz : Actual total length of liquid pipe Ø/ (ft) Selection of installation place The cooling performance may decline considerably when total operating capacity of cooling indoor units is less than 8 kbtu/h while ambient temperature is below F (0 C). 4

15 New Refrigerant (R40A) This air conditioner adopts a new HFC type refrigerant (R40A) which does not deplete the ozone layer.. Safety Caution Concerned to New Refrigerant The pressure of R40A is high.6 times of that of the former refrigerant (R). Accompanied with change of refrigerant, the refrigerating oil has been also changed. Therefore, be sure that water, dust, the former refrigerant or the former refrigerating oil is not mixed into the refrigerating cycle of the air conditioner with new refrigerant during installation work or service work. If an incorrect work or incorrect service is performed, there is a possibility to cause a serious accident. Use the tools and materials exclusive to R40A to purpose a safe work.. Cautions on Installation/Service () Do not mix the other refrigerant or refrigerating oil. For the tools exclusive to R40A, shapes of all the joints including the service port differ from those of the former refrigerant in order to prevent mixture of them. () As the use pressure of the new refrigerant is high, use material thickness of the pipe and tools which are specified for R40A. () In the installation time, use clean pipe materials and work with great attention so that water and others do not mix in because pipes are affected by impurities such as water, oxide scales, oil, etc. Use the clean pipes. Be sure to brazing with flowing nitrogen gas. (Never use gas other than nitrogen gas.) (4) For the earth protection, use a vacuum pump for air purge. (5) R40A refrigerant is azeotropic mixture type refrigerant. Therefore use liquid type to charge the refrigerant. (If using gas for charging, composition of the refrigerant changes and then characteristics of the air conditioner change.). Pipe Materials For the refrigerant pipes, copper pipe and joints are mainly used. It is necessary to select the most appropriate pipes to conform to the standard. Use clean material in which impurities adhere inside of pipe or joint to a minimum. () Copper pipe <Piping> The pipe thickness, flare finishing size, flare nut and others differ according to a refrigerant type. When using a long copper pipe for R40A, it is recommended to select Copper or copper-base pipe without seam and one with bonded oil amount 40mg/0m or less. Also do not use crushed, deformed, discolored (especially inside) pipes. (Impurities cause clogging of expansion valves and capillary tubes.) <Flare nut> Use the flare nuts which are attached to the air conditioner unit. () Joint The flare joint and socket joint are used for joints of the copper pipe. The joints are rarely used for installation of the air conditioner. However clear impurities when using them. 5

16 4. Tools () Required Tools for R40A Mixing of different types of oil may cause a trouble such as generation of sludge, clogging of capillary, etc. Accordingly, the tools to be used are classified into the following three types. ) Tools exclusive for R40A (Those which cannot be used for conventional refrigerant (R)) ) Tools exclusive for R40A, but can be also used for conventional refrigerant (R) ) Tools commonly used for R40A and for conventional refrigerant (R) The table below shows the tools exclusive for R40A and their interchangeability. Tools exclusive for R40A (The following tools for R40A are required.) Explanation of symbols : Newly prepared (It is necessary to use it exclusively with R40A, separately from those for R or R407C.) : Former tool is available. Used tools Usage Proper use of tools/parts Gauge manifold Vacuuming, charging refrigerant Exclusive to R40A Charging hose and operation check Exclusive to R40A Charging cylinder Charging refrigerant Unusable (Use the Refrigerant charging balance.) Gas leak detector Checking gas leak Exclusive to R40A Vacuum pump Vacuum drying Usable if a counter-flow preventive adapter is attached Vacuum pump with counterflow Vacuum drying R (Existing article) Flare tool Flare processing of pipes Usable by adjusting size Bender Bending processing of pipes R (Existing article) Refrigerant recovery device Recovering refrigerant Exclusive to R40A Torque wrench Tightening flare nut Exclusive to Ø/ (.7 mm) to Ø5/8 (5.9 mm) Pipe cutter Cutting pipes R (Existing article) Refrigerant canister Charging refrigerant Exclusive to R40A Enter the refrigerant name for identification. Welding machine/nitrogen gas cylinder Welding of pipes R (Existing article) (te ) When flaring is carried out for R40A using the conventional flare tools, adjustment of projection margin is necessary. For this adjustment, a copper pipe gauge, etc. are necessary. (te ) Charging cylinder for R40A is being currently developed. General tools (Conventional tools can be used.) In addition to the above exclusive tools, the following equipments which serve also for R are necessary as the general tools. () Vacuum pump Use vacuum pump by attaching vacuum pump adapter. () Torque wrench () Pipe cutter (4) Reamer (5) Pipe bender (6) Level vial (7) Screwdriver (+, ) (8) Spanner or Monkey wrench (9) Hole core drill (0)Hexagon wrench (pposite side 4mm) ()Tape measure ()Metal saw Also prepare the following equipments for other installation method and run check. () Clamp meter () Insulation resistance tester () Thermometer (4) Electroscope 6

17 .SPECIFICATINS -. 08/0V model Single unit (System with n-ducted indoor units) A value of the specifications list is numerical value as of Jun., 0 and may change it without a notice. utdoor unit model name MMY- MAP074FT9UL MAP0964FT9UL MAP04FT9UL Power Supply Center Voltage V/Ph/Hz (08 / 0) / / 60 Cooling minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Heating minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Starting Current A Soft Start Height In Packing Width In Dimension Depth In Height In Unit Width In Depth In Total Weight Packed lbs Unit lbs Color Silky shade (Munsell Y8.5/0.5) Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Motor output kw...7 Fan Propeller fan Fan unit Motor output kw Air volume cfm 5,0 7,060 7,60 Maximum external static pressure (*) In WG Heat exchanger Finned tube Refrigerant Name R40A Charged refrigerant amount (*) lbs High-pressure switch psi FF:40 N:540 Protective devices (*4) Electrical MCA (*5) A Unit specifications MCP (*6) A Liquid Diameter In /" /" /" Suction gas Diameter In 7/8" 7/8" -/8" Refrigerant piping Discharge gas Diameter In /4" /4" /4" Balance Type Flare Diameter In /8" /8" /8" Indoor units Maximum number of indoor units 6 0 peration temperature range Cooling FDB 4 to 09 Heating FWB 4 to 60 Sound pressure level Cooling db(a) Heating db(a) (*) Rated conditions Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80 F DryBulb/67 F WetBulb, utdoor air temperature 95 F DryBulb Heating : Indoor air temperature 70 F DryBulb, utdoor air temperature 47 F DryBulb/4 F WetBulb 07,096 type :Equivalent piping length : 50ft, Hight difference : 0ft, 0 type :Equivalent piping length : 75ft, Hight difference : 0ft Conditions based on Alternate Test Method guidelines provided by the U.S. Department of Energy(DE) (*) Setting is necessary (*) The amount does not consider extra piping length. Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length. (*4) High-pressure switch / High-pressure sensor / Low-pressure sensor / Fusible plug / PC board fuse / Inverter overload protector (*5) Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA. MCA : Minimum Circuit Amps (minimum circuit Amps required for power supply design.) (*6) MCP : Maximum vercurrent Protection(Amps) 7

18 Single unit (System with ducted indoor units) A value of the specifications list is numerical value as of Jun., 0 and may change it without a notice. utdoor unit model name MMY- MAP074FT9UL MAP0964FT9UL MAP04FT9UL Power Supply Center Voltage V/Ph/Hz (08 / 0) / / 60 Cooling minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Heating minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Starting Current A Soft Start Height In Packing Width In Dimension Depth In Height In Unit Width In Depth In Total Weight Packed lbs Unit lbs Color Silky shade (Munsell Y8.5/0.5) Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Motor output kw...7 Fan Propeller fan Fan unit Motor output kw Air volume cfm 5,0 7,060 7,60 Maximum external static pressure (*) In WG Heat exchanger Finned tube Refrigerant Name R40A Charged refrigerant amount (*) lbs High-pressure switch psi FF:40 N:540 Protective devices (*4) Electrical MCA (*5) A Unit specifications MCP (*6) A Liquid Diameter In /" /" /" Refrigerant piping Suction gas Diameter In 7/8" 7/8" -/8" Discharge gas Diameter In /4" /4" /4" Balance Diameter In /8" /8" /8" Indoor units Maximum number of indoor units 5 9 peration temperature range Cooling FDB 4 to 09 Heating FWB 4 to 60 Sound pressure level Cooling db(a) Heating db(a) (*) Rated conditions Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80 F DryBulb/67 F WetBulb, utdoor air temperature 95 F DryBulb Heating : Indoor air temperature 70 F DryBulb, utdoor air temperature 47 F DryBulb/4 F WetBulb Equivalent piping length : 5ft, Hight difference : 0ft Conditions based on Alternate Test Method guidelines provided by the U.S. Department of Energy(DE) (*) Setting is necessary (*) The amount does not consider extra piping length. Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length. (*4) High-pressure switch / High-pressure sensor / Low-pressure sensor / Fusible plug / PC board fuse / Inverter overload protector (*5) Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA. MCA : Minimum Circuit Amps (minimum circuit Amps required for power supply design.) (*6) MCP : Maximum vercurrent Protection(Amps) 8

19 Combination unit (System with n-ducted indoor units) A value of the specifications list is numerical value as of Jun., 0 and may change it without a notice. utdoor unit set model name MMY- AP444FT9UL AP684FT9UL AP94FT9UL AP64FT9UL AP404FT9UL MAP074FT9UL MAP0964FT9UL MAP0964FT9UL MAP04FT9UL MAP04FT9UL utdoor unit model name MMY- MAP074FT9UL MAP074FT9UL MAP0964FT9UL MAP0964FT9UL MAP04FT9UL Power Supply Center Voltage V/Ph/Hz (08 / 0) / / 60 Cooling minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Heating minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Starting Current A Soft Start Total Weight Packed lbs Unit lbs Color Silky shade (Munsell Y8.5/0.5) Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Motor output kw Fan Propeller fan Fan unit Motor output kw Air volume cfm 5,0 + 5,0 7, ,0 7,60 + 7,060 7,60 + 7,060 Maximum external static pressure (*) In WG Heat exchanger Finned tube Refrigerant Name R40A Charged refrigerant amount (*) lbs High-pressure switch psi FF:40 N:540 Protective devices (*4) Electrical MCA (*5) A Unit specifications MCP (*6) A Liquid Diameter In 5/8" /4" /4" /4" Refrigerant piping Suction gas Diameter In -/8" -/8" -/8" -/8" Discharge gas Diameter In 7/8" 7/8" 7/8" -/8" Balance Diameter In /8" /8" /8" /8" Indoor units Maximum number of indoor units peration temperature range Cooling FDB 4 to 09 Heating FWB 4 to 60 Sound pressure level Cooling db(a) Heating db(a) (*) Rated conditions Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80 F DryBulb/67 F WetBulb, utdoor air temperature 95 F DryBulb Heating : Indoor air temperature 70 F DryBulb, utdoor air temperature 47 F DryBulb/4 F WetBulb Equivalent piping length : 00ft, Hight difference : 0ft Conditions based on Alternate Test Method guidelines provided by the U.S. Department of Energy(DE) (*) Setting is necessary (*) The amount does not consider extra piping length. Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length. (*4) High-pressure switch / High-pressure sensor / Low-pressure sensor / Fusible plug / PC board fuse / Inverter overload protector (*5) Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA. MCA : Minimum Circuit Amps (minimum circuit Amps required for power supply design.) (*6) MCP : Maximum vercurrent Protection(Amps) ,60 + 7, /4" -/8" -/8" /8"

20 Combination unit (System with ducted indoor units) A value of the specifications list is numerical value as of Jun., 0 and may change it without a notice. utdoor unit set model name MMY- AP444FT9UL AP684FT9UL AP94FT9UL AP64FT9UL AP404FT9UL MAP074FT9UL MAP0964FT9UL MAP0964FT9UL MAP04FT9UL MAP04FT9UL utdoor unit model name MMY- MAP074FT9UL MAP074FT9UL MAP0964FT9UL MAP0964FT9UL MAP04FT9UL Power Supply Center Voltage V/Ph/Hz (08 / 0) / / 60 Cooling minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Heating minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Starting Current A Soft Start Total Weight Packed lbs Unit lbs Color Silky shade (Munsell Y8.5/0.5) Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Motor output kw Fan Propeller fan Fan unit Motor output kw Air volume cfm 5,0 + 5,0 7, ,0 7, ,060 7,60 + 7,060 Maximum external static pressure (*) In WG Heat exchanger Finned tube Refrigerant Name R40A Charged refrigerant amount (*) lbs High-pressure switch psi FF:40 N:540 Protective devices (*4) Electrical MCA (*5) A Unit specifications MCP (*6) A Liquidr Diameter In 5/8" /4" /4" /4" Refrigerant piping Suction gas Diameter In -/8" -/8" -/8" -/8" Discharge gas Diameter In 7/8" 7/8" 7/8" -/8" Balance Diameter In /8" /8" /8" /8" Indoor units Maximum number of indoor units peration temperature range Cooling FDB 4 to 09 Heating FWB 4 to 60 Sound pressure level Cooling db(a) Heating db(a) (*) Rated conditions Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80 F DryBulb/67 F WetBulb, utdoor air temperature 95 F DryBulb Heating : Indoor air temperature 70 F DryBulb, utdoor air temperature 47 F DryBulb/4 F WetBulb Equivalent piping length : 50ft, Hight difference : 0ft Conditions based on Alternate Test Method guidelines provided by the U.S. Department of Energy(DE) (*) Setting is necessary (*) The amount does not consider extra piping length. Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length. (*5) High-pressure switch / High-pressure sensor / Low-pressure sensor / Fusible plug / PC board fuse / Inverter overload protector (*5) Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA. MCA : Minimum Circuit Amps (minimum circuit Amps required for power supply design.) (*6) MCP : Maximum vercurrent Protection(Amps) ,60 + 7, /4" -/8" -/8" /8"

21 -. 460V model Single unit (System with n-ducted indoor units) A value of the specifications list is numerical value as of Jun., 0 and may change it without a notice. utdoor unit model name MMY- MAP074FT6UL MAP0964FT6UL MAP04FT6UL Power Supply Center Voltage V/Ph/Hz 460 / / 60 Cooling minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Heating minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Starting Current A Soft Start Height In Packing Width In Dimension Depth In Height In Unit Width In Depth In Total Weight Packed lbs Unit lbs Color Silky shade (Munsell Y8.5/0.5) Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Motor output kw...7 Fan Propeller fan Fan unit Motor output kw Air volume cfm 5,0 7,060 7,60 Maximum external static pressure (*) In WG Heat exchanger Finned tube Refrigerant Name R40A Charged refrigerant amount (*) lbs High-pressure switch psi FF:40 N:540 Protective devices (*4) Electrical MCA (*5) A Unit specifications MCP (*6) A Liquid Diameter In /" /" /" Refrigerant piping Suction gas Diameter In 7/8" 7/8" -/8" Discharge gas Diameter In /4" /4" /4" Balance Diameter In /8" /8" /8" Indoor units Maximum number of indoor units 6 0 peration temperature range Cooling FDB 4 to 09 Heating FWB 4 to 60 Sound pressure level Cooling db(a) Heating db(a) (*) Rated conditions Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80 F DryBulb/67 F WetBulb, utdoor air temperature 95 F DryBulb Heating : Indoor air temperature 70 F DryBulb, utdoor air temperature 47 F DryBulb/4 F WetBulb 07,096 type :Equivalent piping length : 50ft, Hight difference : 0ft, 0 type :Equivalent piping length : 75ft, Hight difference : 0ft Conditions based on Alternate Test Method guidelines provided by the U.S. Department of Energy(DE) (*) Setting is necessary (*) The amount does not consider extra piping length. Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length. (*4) High-pressure switch / High-pressure sensor / Low-pressure sensor / Fusible plug / PC board fuse / Inverter overload protector (*5) Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA. MCA : Minimum Circuit Amps (minimum circuit Amps required for power supply design.) (*6) MCP : Maximum vercurrent Protection(Amps)

22 Single unit (System with ducted indoor units) A value of the specifications list is numerical value as of Jun., 0 and may change it without a notice. utdoor unit model name MMY- MAP074FT6UL MAP0964FT6UL MAP04FT6UL Power Supply Center Voltage V/Ph/Hz 460 / / 60 Cooling minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Heating minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Starting Current A Soft Start Height In Packing Width In Dimension Depth In Height In Unit Width In Depth In Total Weight Packed lbs Unit lbs Color Silky shade (Munsell Y8.5/0.5) Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Motor output kw...7 Fan Propeller fan Fan unit Motor output kw Air volume cfm 5,0 7,060 7,60 Maximum external static pressure (*) In WG Heat exchanger Finned tube Refrigerant Name R40A Charged refrigerant amount (*) lbs High-pressure switch psi FF:40 N:540 Protective devices (*4) Electrical MCA (*5) A Unit specifications MCP (*6) A Liquid Diameter In /" /" /" Refrigerant piping Suction gas Diameter In 7/8" 7/8" -/8" Discharge gas Diameter In /4" /4" /4" Balance Diameter In /8" /8" /8" Indoor units Maximum number of indoor units 5 9 peration temperature range Cooling FDB 4 to 09 Heating FWB 4 to 60 Sound pressure level Cooling db(a) Heating db(a) (*) Rated conditions Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80 F DryBulb/67 F WetBulb, utdoor air temperature 95 F DryBulb Heating : Indoor air temperature 70 F DryBulb, utdoor air temperature 47 F DryBulb/4 F WetBulb Equivalent piping length : 5ft, Hight difference : 0ft Conditions based on Alternate Test Method guidelines provided by the U.S. Department of Energy(DE) (*) Setting is necessary (*) The amount does not consider extra piping length. Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length. (*4) High-pressure switch / High-pressure sensor / Low-pressure sensor / Fusible plug / PC board fuse / Inverter overload protector (*5) Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA. MCA : Minimum Circuit Amps (minimum circuit Amps required for power supply design.) (*6) MCP : Maximum vercurrent Protection(Amps)

23 Combination unit (System with n-ducted indoor units) A value of the specifications list is numerical value as of Jun., 0 and may change it without a notice. utdoor unit set model name MMY- AP444FT6UL AP684FT6UL AP94FT6UL AP64FT6UL AP404FT6UL MAP074FT6UL MAP0964FT6UL MAP0964FT6UL MAP04FT6UL MAP04FT6UL utdoor unit model name MMY- MAP074FT6UL MAP074FT6UL MAP0964FT6UL MAP0964FT6UL MAP04FT6UL Power Supply Center Voltage V/Ph/Hz 460 / / 60 Cooling minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Heating minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Starting Current A Soft Start Total Weight Packed lbs Unit lbs Color Silky shade (Munsell Y8.5/0.5) Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Motor output kw Fan Propeller fan Fan unit Motor output kw Air volume cfm 5,0 + 5,0 7, ,0 7, ,060 7,60 + 7,060 Maximum external static pressure (*) In WG Heat exchanger Finned tube Refrigerant Name R40A Charged refrigerant amount (*) lbs High-pressure switch psi FF:40 N:540 Protective devices (*4) Electrical MCA (*5) A Unit specifications MCP (*6) A Liquid Diameter In 5/8" /4" /4" /4" Refrigerant piping Suction gas Diameter In -/8" -/8" -/8" -/8" Discharge gas Diameter In 7/8" 7/8" 7/8" -/8" Balance Diameter In /8" /8" /8" /8" Indoor units Maximum number of indoor units peration temperature range Cooling FDB 4 to 09 Heating FWB 4 to 60 Sound pressure level Cooling db(a) Heating db(a) (*) Rated conditions Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80 F DryBulb/67 F WetBulb, utdoor air temperature 95 F DryBulb Heating : Indoor air temperature 70 F DryBulb, utdoor air temperature 47 F DryBulb/4 F WetBulb Equivalent piping length : 00ft, Hight difference : 0ft Conditions based on Alternate Test Method guidelines provided by the U.S. Department of Energy(DE) (*) Setting is necessary (*) The amount does not consider extra piping length. Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length. (*4) High-pressure switch / High-pressure sensor / Low-pressure sensor / Fusible plug / PC board fuse / Inverter overload protector (*5) Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA. MCA : Minimum Circuit Amps (minimum circuit Amps required for power supply design.) (*6) MCP : Maximum vercurrent Protection(Amps) ,60 + 7, /4" -/8" -/8" /8"

24 Combination unit (System with ducted indoor units) A value of the specifications list is numerical value as of Jun., 0 and may change it without a notice. utdoor unit set model name MMY- AP444FT6UL AP684FT6UL AP94FT6UL AP64FT6UL AP404FT6UL MAP074FT6UL MAP0964FT6UL MAP0964FT6UL MAP04FT6UL MAP04FT6UL utdoor unit model name MMY- MAP074FT6UL MAP074FT6UL MAP0964FT6UL MAP0964FT6UL MAP04FT6UL Power Supply Center Voltage V/Ph/Hz 460 / / 60 Cooling minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Heating minal capacity (*) kbtu/h Starting Current A Soft Start Total Weight Packed lbs Unit lbs Color Silky shade (Munsell Y8.5/0.5) Compressor Type Hermetic twin rotary compressor Motor output kw Fan Propeller fan Fan unit Motor output kw Air volume cfm 5,0 + 5,0 7, ,0 7, ,060 7,60 + 7,060 Maximum external static pressure (*) In WG Heat exchanger Finned tube Refrigerant Name R40A Charged refrigerant amount (*) lbs High-pressure switch psi FF:40 N:540 Protective devices (*4) Electrical MCA (*5) A Unit specifications MCP (*6) A Liquid Diameter In 5/8" /4" /4" /4" Refrigerant piping Suction gas Diameter In -/8" -/8" -/8" -/8" Discharge gas Diameter In 7/8" 7/8" 7/8" -/8" Balance Diameter In /8" /8" /8" /8" Indoor units Maximum number of indoor units peration temperature range Cooling FDB 4 to 09 Heating FWB 4 to 60 Sound pressure level Cooling db(a) Heating db(a) (*) Rated conditions Cooling : Indoor air temperature 80 F DryBulb/67 F WetBulb, utdoor air temperature 95 F DryBulb Heating : Indoor air temperature 70 F DryBulb, utdoor air temperature 47 F DryBulb/4 F WetBulb Equivalent piping length : 50ft, Hight difference : 0ft Conditions based on Alternate Test Method guidelines provided by the U.S. Department of Energy(DE) (*) Setting is necessary (*) The amount does not consider extra piping length. Refrigerant must be added on site in accordance with the actual piping length. (*4) High-pressure switch / High-pressure sensor / Low-pressure sensor / Fusible plug / PC board fuse / Inverter overload protector (*5) Select wire size based on the larger value of MCA. MCA : Minimum Circuit Amps (minimum circuit Amps required for power supply design.) (*6) MCP : Maximum vercurrent Protection(Amps) ,60 + 7, /4" -/8" -/8" /8"

25 5. WIRING DIAGRAM -. utdoor Unit Model: MMY-MAP074FT9UL L-CM CN0 (WHI) Connector for optional P.C.BARD CN50 SW07 MCC-596 MCC-65A MCC-65B MCC-65C BLK RED WHI WHI BLK RED RB CN CN CN CN CN CN CN4 CN5 CN5 BLK BRW CN4 CN4 RED RED RED WHI WHI PUR F0 F0 F0 BLK RED TB WHI L L L PWER SUPPLY N ~ 60Hz 460V CN (RED) CN CN4 RED BLK WHI RED GRY CN50 (BLK) 4 F0 (BLK) CN400 (WHI) CN50 F0 CM CN0 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN9 L-CM V U MS ~ W CN9 CN85 (WHI) 5 5 F0 4 MCC-596 CN F0 CN CN CN (BLU) 5 4 (RED) CN CN4 (WHI) CN (WHI) MCC-606 U U TB CN-R U U U A.HEATER CN4(RED) HEATER HEATER CN5 CN (GR (WHI) CN (BLU) 4WV U4 U5 U6 (BLU) CN0 CN7 (BLU) (WHI) CN0 To Indoor Unit To utdoor unit To Central Controller (WHI) CN00 CN0 4 (WHI) 6 5 N SW0 FF CN508 N FF (RED) 4 SW06 N FF (BLK) CN509 PMV M PMV M SW0,SW0,SW0 SW06, SW07, SW09, SW0, SW, SW, SW, SW4, SW6, SW7, SW0 CN** F0,F0 SW04,SW05,SW5 D,E,4,4,A,B,C PMV,PMV PMV4 RB 4WV CN-R FM TD,TD TE, TE PD Mg-CTT Magnet contactor PS HEATER, HEATER L-CM,L-CM L-FM A.HEATER (MCC-596) (MCC-606) F0,F0 (MCC-60) F500 (MCC-65A) F0, F0, F0 MCC-65B MCC-596 MCC-65A MCC-60 MCC-606 P.C.Board 6H,6H CM,CM TB TB TS, TS T TL TK,TK,TK4,TK5 5,6, A,4 CN600 CN504 - FM CN0 CN0 CN0 CM V ~ MS U W CN0 (WHI) CN0 (WHI) CN0 (BLU) CN0 (BLU) CN85 (WHI) WHI RED U MS ~ BLK WHI RED BLK WHI RED BLK WHI RED BLK WHI RED BLK W V + CN705 + CN704 -CN70 CN A B C F0 CN CN F0 CN (RED) CN85 4 CN(WHI) 5 6 E D F500 MCC-60 (RED) CN505 CN500 (WHI) + (WHI) 4 V U TK TK4 TK5 Compressor terminal Color indication RED:RED WHI:WHITE YEL:YELLW BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK GRY:GRAY PNK:PINK RN:RANGE BRN:BRWN GRN:GREEN 5 L-FM CN50 - (BLU) CN5 W (BLU) (RED) CN55 (GRN) CN5 (YEL) CN54 (WHI) CN500 * CN5 CN CN0 D600 (BLU) SWRT (Service) CN800 FF SW09 N 4 FF N 4 (GRN) CN5 SW0 4 (BLU) CN5 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 D60 D60 D604 SW05 CN SW04 (GRN) CN54 SW5 (RED) CN50 4 PD TD TD T TE TL TK (BLK) (WHI) CN5 CN5 (YEL) CN50 CN507 (GRN) (PNK) (WHI) CN50 CN50 4 t t t t t t t t t t PS Reactor for fan Terminal block(control wiring) TR Transformer Pulse motor valve(main) Pulse motor valve(sub) Rush current protect resistor Pipe temp.sensor(discharge) Heat exchange temp.sensor Terminal block(power supply) Push button switch Rotary switch Dip switch il temp.sensor Liquid temp.sensor Air temp.sensor -way valve coil Pressure sensor(high) Pressure sensor(low) Pipe temp.sensoer(suction) Accumulator case heater Inverter P.C.Board(Compressor) Inverter P.C.Board(Fan) Interface Control P.C.Board ise filter P.C.Board A ise filter P.C.Board B MCC-65C Connection P.C.Board B Connector.5 A 500V~ High pressure switch Fan motor Compressor case heater Fuse(Compressor) Fuse(Interface) Fuse(ise filter) T6. A 50V~ Fuse(Fan) T5A 50V~ Fuse(Transformer) T8A 600V~ T6.A 50V~ Compressor Relay connector 4-way valve coil Reactor for compressor Symbol Parts name Symbol Parts name Field wiring Protective earth Terminal block P.C.board Connector Terminal U6 TB L L L U4 U U TB U U5 MCC-606 MCC-596 (CM) MCC-596 Mg-CTT (CM) MCC-60 MCC-65C Parts layout *ise filter P.C.Bosrds are installed on a back of terminal block. TS (BLK) CN506 6H P> P> P> (RED) CN05 (RED) CN07 6H P> P> P> (RED) CN06 Mg-CTT coil CN04 (RED) A A CN50 (WHI) T 4T 6T L L 5L Mg-CTT BLK U U CN7 (WHI) CN74 (WHI) CN7 (WHI) F70 CN7 0V 460V CN70 F7 TR CN56 CN54 (MCC-65C) F70, F7 MCC- 65A MCC- 65B Flont Back CN0 4 (RED) 6 5 PMV4 M t TS (WHI) CN505 TE CN5 (RED) t 6 CN5 (WHI) 5 7 CN9 A (WHI) CN6(YEL) 4

26 MMY-MAP074FT9UL L-CM CN05 (WHI) Connector for optional P.C.board CN50 SW07 SW7 SW MCC-595 U MCC-608A MCC-608B WHI RED BLK BLK WHI RED BLK WHI CN CN RED CN CN CN CN CN4 CN4 CN4 F0 F0 F0 BLK RED TB WHI BLK RED WHI BLK RED WHI L L L PWER SUPPLY ~ 60Hz 08/0V CN CN4 RED GRY CN50 (BLK) 4 F0 (BLK) CN400 (WHI) CN50 F0 CM CN0 CN0 CN0 CN05 CN04 L-CM V U MS ~ W CN04 6H P> P> P> CN5 (BLK) CN85(WHI) 5 5 F0 4 MCC-595 CN0 F0 CN0 CN0 CN(BLU) 5 4 (RED) CN CN4(WHI) CN (WHI) MCC-606 U U U TB CN-R U U U A.HEATER CN4 (RED) HEATER HEATER CN5 CN (GRY) (WHI) CN (BLU) 4WV U4 U5 U6 (BLU) CN0 CN7 (BLU) (WHI) CN0 CNTRLLER T CENTRAL T INDR UNIT T UTDR UNIT CN00 (WHI) CN0 (RED) CN0 4 (WHI) 6 5 FF FF N N SW0 FF 4 SW6 4 FF FF N CN508 N FF N (RED) 4 SW06 SW N FF N (BLK) CN509 PMV M PMV M CN600 CN504 - FM CN0 CN0 CN0 CM V ~ MS U W 6H P> P> P> CN5(BLK) CN85 (WHI) U MS ~ W V + CN705 + CN704 -CN70 CN A B C F0 CN0 CN0 F0 CN0 (RED) CN85 4 CN(WHI) 5 6 E D F500 MCC-60 (RED) CN505 CN500 (WHI) + (WHI) 4 V U TK TK4 TK5 Compressor terminal Color indication RED:RED WHI:WHITE YEL:YELLW BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK GRY:GRAY PNK:PINK RN:RANGE BRN:BRWN GRN:GREEN L-FM CN50 - (BLU) CN5 W (BLU) (RED) CN55 (BRN) CN5 (YEL) CN54 (WHI) CN500 * CN5 CN CN0 D600 (BLU) N N FF SWRT (Service) CN FF 4 4 FF SW09 SW N 4 FF N 4 (GRN) CN5 SW0 SW4 4 (BLU) CN5 D60 SW0 SW0 SW0 D60 D60 D604 SW05 CN SW04 (GRN) CN54 SW5 (RED) CN50 4 PD TD TD TS T TE TL TK (BLK) (WHI) CN5 CN5 (YEL) (WHI) CN50 CN507 CN505 (GRN) (PNK) (WHI) CN50 CN50 4 PS Parts layout MCC-60 SW0,SW0,SW0 SW06,SW07,SW09,SW0 CN** SW6,SW7,SW0 F0,F0 SW04,SW05,SW5 D,E,4,4,A,B,C PMV,PMV PMV4 4WV CN-R SW,SW,SW,SW4 FM TD,TD TE, TE PD PS HEATER,HEATER L-CM,L-CM L-FM A.HEATER (MCC-595) (MCC-606) F0,F0 (MCC-608A) F0,F0,F0 (MCC-60) F500 MCC-608B MCC-595 MCC-608A MCC-60 MCC-606 P.C.Board 6H,6H CM,CM TB TB TB TS, TS T TL TK,TK,TK4,TK5 5,6, A, 4 Reactor for fan MCC- 608B MCC- 608A Terminal block(relay wiring) Terminal block(control wiring) Pulse motor valve(main) Pulse motor valve(sub) Pipe temp.sensor(discharge) Heat exchange temp.sensor Terminal block(power supply) MCC-595 (CM) MCC-595 (CM) MCC-606 TB U5 U TB U U U4 L L L TB U6 Push button switch Rotary switch Dip switch il temp.sensor Liquid temp.sensor Air temp.sensor -way valve coil Pressure sensor(high) Pressure sensor(low) Pipe temp.sensoer(suction) ise filter P.C.Board B Accumulator case heater Interface Control P.C.Board Inverter P.C.Board(Fan) Inverter P.C.Board(Compressor) ise filter P.C.Board A Connector 0A 50V~ High pressure switch Fan motor Compressor case heater Fuse(Compressor) Fuse(Interface) T6.A 50V~ Fuse(ise filter) T6.A 50V~ Fuse(Fan) 5A 50V~ Compressor Relay connector 4-way valve coil Reactor for compressor Symbol Parts name Symbol Parts name Terminal Connector P.C.board Terminal block Protective earth Field wiring CN(RED) BLK RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK RED WHI *ise filter P.C. boards are installed on a back of terminal block. FRNT BACK TS (BLK) CN506 TE CN5 (RED) PMV4 M 6 TB0 CN5(WHI) t t t t t t t t t t t t 5 A CN6(YEL) CN9(WHI) 4 6

27 MMY-MAP0964FT6UL, MMY-MAP04FT6UL PWER SUPPLY N ~ 60Hz 460V TB RED L L L WHI BLK TB CNTRLLER T T INDR UTDR UNIT UNIT U U T CENTRAL U U4 U5 U6 MCC-606 PMV4 M 5 PMV M 5 PMV M 5 Connector for optional P.C.board CN0 (WHI) CN508 CN509 CN50 CN5 CN5 CN5 CN CN05 CN06 CN07 CN-R CN0 CN0 CN00 (RED) (BLK) (WHI) (GRN) (BLU) (BLU) (GRN) CN50 CN500 (RED) (RED) (RED) CN0 (RED) (WHI) (WHI) (RED) (WHI) MCC-65A (BLU) CN50 t TD CN04 (RED) (WHI) Mg-CTT A CN F0 Coil A SW06 SW07 SW09 SW0 SW04SW05 SW5 CN50 N N N N t TD (PNK) CN7 (BLU) U FF FF FF 4WV FF 4 CN0 CN CN504 t TD SW SW SW SW4 (BLU) F0 N A.HEATER CN4 (RED) N N N U FF FF FF FF CN t TS D600 D60 (WHI) D60 D60 D604 SW6 SW7 F0 HEATER CN (BLK) N N SW0 SW0 SW0 CN506 t TS FF FF (BLK) U 4 4 HEATER CN(BLU) CN507 t T (YEL) RED WHI BLK SW0 MCC-65C N CN50 TE CN7 CN74 CN7 FF t (WHI) HEATER CN (WHI) F70 (WHI) (GRN) RED CN70 (WHI) PUR RED 4 CN5 t TE 4 F7 (RED) BLK CN5 (GRY) CN7 CN800 CN5 SWRT t TL (WHI) RED (Service) WHI BRW 460V CN5 TR 0V MCC-65B t TK (BLK) CN56 CN54 CN50(BLK) CN5 TK CN50 t (GRN) (BLK) 4 CN5 CN400(WHI) t TK CN (RED) (RED) F0 CN54 t TK4 F0 (YEL) BLK CN t TK5 WHI CN CN600 (BLU) RED CN55 (RED) CN RED WHI BLK C B A D E F A B 4 5 RED MCC-60 GRY CN500 RB BLK (WHI) CN504(BLU) WHI F500 CN5 RED L-FM BLK CN50 WHI RED RED WHI BLK + RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK MCC-596 MCC-596 MCC-596 CN505 (RED) - Compressor terminal CN85 CN85 CN85 (RED) (RED) (RED) W CN85 (WHI) CN85(WHI) CN85 (WHI) CN50 5 (WHI) 5 U V U V W RED WHI BLK Parts layout MS Color indication ~ FM L-CM L-CM L-CM CN0 CN0 CN0 RED:RED (BLU) CN0 (WHI) (BLU) CN0 (WHI) (BLU) CN0 MCC-60 (WHI) MCC-606 WHI:WHITE TB YEL:YELLW U V W U V W U V W TB MCC-65C RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK MS MS MS CM GRY:GRAY ~ ~ ~ MCC-596 MCC-596 MCC-596 (CM) (CM) (CM) CM CM PNK:PINK RN:RANGE BRN:BRWN GRN:GREEN PD PS P> P> P> 6H 6H 6H Symbol P.C.Board MCC-596 MCC-606 MCC-60 MCC-65A MCC-65B MCC-65C Symbol 4WV 6H,6H,6H CM,CM,CM CN-R CN** (MCC-596) F0,F0 (MCC-606) F0,F0 (MCC-60) F500 (MCC-65A) F0, F0, F0 (MCC-65C) F70, F7 FM HEATER,HEATER HEATER A.HEATER L-CM,L-CM,L-CM L-FM Mg-CTT PD PS PMV,PMV PMV4 RB,A,B,C, D,E,F,4, 4,4,5,6, A,B,4 CN9 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN9 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN9 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN705 CN704 CN70 F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 F0 CN CN CN CN CN CN CN5(WHI) CN(RED) CN(BLU) CN4(WHI) SW0,SW0,SW0 Rotary switch SW04,SW05,SW5 Push button switch SW06,SW07,SW09,SW0 SW,SW,SW,SW4 Dip switch SW6,SW7,SW0 TD,TD,TD TE,TE TK,TK,TK,TK4,TK5 il temp.sensor TL T TS, TS TB TB TB TR Transformer CN CN CN CN (WHI) CN(WHI) CN CN (WHI) (WHI) U U U U4 U5 U6 TB MCC- 65A MCC- 65B Terminal block(power supply) Terminal block(control wiring) Terminal block(internal wiring connector) L L L TB Mg-CTT *ise filter P.C. boards are installed on a back of terminal block. (TB,TB) Inverter P.C.Board(Compressor) Interface Control P.C.Board Inverter P.C.Board(Fan) ise filter P.C.Board A ise filter P.C.Board B Connection P.C.Board Parts name 4-way valve coil High pressure switch Compressor Relay connector Connector Fuse(Compressor).5A 500V~ Fuse(Interface) T6.A 50V~ Fuse(Fan) 5A 50V~ Parts name Fuse(ise filter) T6. A 50V~ Fuse(Transformer) T8A 600V~ Fan motor Compressor case heater Accumulator case heater Reactor for compressor Reactor for fan Magnet contactor Pressure sensor(high) Pressure sensor(low) Pulse motor valve(main) Pulse motor valve(sub) Rush current protect resistor -way valve coil Pipe temp.sensor(discharge) Heat exchange temp.sensor Liquid temp.sensor Air temp.sensor Pipe temp.sensoer(suction) Field wiring Protective earth Terminal block Terminal Connector P.C.board 4 T 4T 6T L L 5L Mg-CTT CN CN4 CN9 (WHI) CN6(YEL) WHI CN4 CN4 CN4 CN5 CN5 CN CN CN FRNT BACK 7

28 PWER SUPPLY ~ 60Hz 08/0V To Indoor Unit To Central Controller To utdoor unit Connector for optional P.C.BARD TB L L L TB U U U U4 U5 U6 MCC RED WHI BLK BLK CN0 (WHI) CN508 CN509 CN50 CN5 CN5 CN5 CN CN-R CN0 CN0 CN00 (RED) (BLK) (WHI) (GRN) (BLU) (BLU) (GRN) CN50 CN500 CN0 (RED) (WHI) (WHI) (RED) (WHI) CN50 (BLU) (WHI) CN50 (PNK) MCC-608A CN7 (BLU) CN504 (BLU) 4WV F0 CN A.HEATER SW07 F0 CN4(RED) SW06 SW09 SW0 SW04 SW05 SW5 CN505 N N N N (WHI) FF FF FF F0 4 4 FF 4 4 CN0 CN CN506 HEATER CN (BLU) SW SW SW SW4 (BLK) U N N N N FF FF FF 4 4 FF CN D600 D60 D60 D60 D604 (YEL) HEATER CN (BLU) SW6 SW7 U U U N N SW0 SW0 SW0 FF FF 4 4 CN50 (BRN) HEATER CN (WHI) RED WHI BLK BLK CN5 SW0 (RED) N CN5 (GRY) FF CN5 (WHI) MCC-608B CN5 (BLK) CN50 (BLK) CN800 SWRT (Service) CN5 CN50 (BLK) 4 (BRN) CN5 CN (RED) (RED) RED F0 CN CN54 WHI F0 (YEL) CN CN400 (WHI) BLK CN CN600 (BLU) CN55 (RED) C B A D E F A B 4 5 MCC-60 CN500 (WHI) CN504 (BLU) F500 CN5 CN50 + CN505 (RED) U V W MCC-60 RED WHI BLK MCC-596 (CM) MCC-596 (CM) MCC-606 MCC-596 (CM) MCC-606A MCC-606B CN05 CN CN4 CN4 CN4 CN4 CN CN CN RED GRY PMV M PMV M CN04 CN05 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN04 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN (BLU) CN4 (WHI) CN (WHI) RED WHI BLK WHI RED BLK WHI RED BLK MCC-596 MCC-596 MCC-596 CN85 CN85 CN85 F0 F0 (RED) F0 F0 (RED) F0 F0 (RED) 5 5 CN85 (WHI) CN85 (WHI) CN85 (WHI) CN5 CN5 CN5 (BLK) (BLK) (BLK) U V W U V W U V W RED WHI BLK RED WHI BLK 6H MS 6H ~ CM FM C.Board(Compressor) P.C.Board Symbol Parts name MCC-595 Inverter P.C.Board(Compressor) MCC-606 Interface Control P.C.Board MCC-608A ise filter P.C.Board A MCC-608B ise filter P.C.Board B MCC-60 Inverter P.C.Board(Fan) Symbol Parts name 4WV 4-way valve coil High pressure switch 6H,6H, 6H CM,CM, CM CN-R CN** (MCC-595) F0,F0 (MCC-606) F0,F0 (MCC-608A) F0,F0,F0 (MCC-60) F500 FM HEATER, HEATER HEATER A.HEATER L-CM,L-CM, L-CM L-FM Mg-CTT Magnet contactor PD PS PMV,PMV PMV4,A,B,C D,E, F, 4, 4, 4, 5, 6, A, B, 4 SW0,SW0,SW0 SW04,SW05,SW5 SW06, SW07, SW09, SW0, SW, SW, SW, SW4, SW6, SW7, SW0 TD,TD, TD TE,TE TK,TK,TK,TK4,TK5 TL T TS, TS TB TB CN0 CN0 CN0 CN705 CN704 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN(WHI) CN (WHI) -CN70 MMY-MAP0964FT9UL, MMY-MAP04FT9UL Compressor terminal W V U Color indication RED:RED WHI:WHITE YEL:YELLW BLU:BLUE BLK:BLACK GRY:GRAY PNK:PINK RN:RANGE BRN:BRWN GRN:GREEN * RED WHI BLK MS ~ CM PD PS MS ~ Field wiring Protective earth Terminal block Terminal Connector P.C.board L-FM t t t t t t t t t t t t t t TD TD TS T TE TL TK TK TK4 TK5 Compressor Relay connector Connector Fuse(Compressor).5 A 500V~ Fuse(Interface) T6. A 50V~ Fuse(ise filter) T6. A 50V~ Fuse(Fan) 5 A 50V~ Fan motor Compressor case heater Accumulator case heater Reactor for compressor Reactor for fan Pressure sensor(high) Pressure sensor(low) Pulse motor valve(main) Pulse motor valve(sub) -way valve coil Rotary switch Push button switch Dip switch Pipe temp.sensor(discharge) Heat exchange temp.sensor il temp.sensor Liquid temp.sensor Air temp.sensor Pipe temp.sensoer(suction) Terminal block(power supply) Terminal block(control wiring) TB Terminal block(relayl wiring ) TB4 Terminal block(relayl wiring) TB5 Terminal block(relayl wiring) Parts layout L L L P> 6H *ise filter P.C.Bosrds are installed on a back of terminal block. TB U U U U4 U5 TB U6 CN04 CN05 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN5 (WHI) CN (RED) CN (WHI) CN9 (WHI) CN6 (YEL) BLK WHI RED BLK WHI RED RED RED WHI WHI BLK BLK TB TB4 RED TB WHI BLK L-CM L-CM L-CM PMV4 M MS ~ CM P> P> TD TS TE TK TB5 TB4 FLNT BACK U U U TB 8

29 -. FS unit (Flow Selector unit) Specifications Model Name RBM-Y08FUL RBM-Y06FUL RBM-Y096FUL Power supply 0 V (08/0 V) phase 60 Hz Connectable indoor unit capacity (kbtu/h) Below 8 8 to below 6 6 to 96 or less Connectable indoor units Height (in) Dimension Width (in) Depth (in) Total Weight (lbs) 0 Connecting port dia. (Indoor unit side) Connecting port dia. (utdoor unit side) Liquid side (in) /8" /8" /" Gas side (in) 5/8" 5/8" 7/8" Liquid side (in) /8" /8" /" Discharge gas side (in) /" /" /4" Gas side (in) 5/8" 5/8" 7/8" Connection Blaze connection External view (Unit: in (mm)) 9

30 <Installation space> (Unit: in (mm)) <RBM-Y08FUL / Y06FUL>.94"(00) or more utdoor unit side.94"(00) or more Indoor unit side Hanging bracket.97"(50) or more 9.85"(50) or more 9.85"(50) or more <RBM-Y08FUL (When attached pipes are used)> 9.7"(500) or more Electrical control box cover Check, parts 7.7" 7.7"(450x450) or more.94"(00) or more (6.89"(75)) 9.85"(50) or more.97"(50) or more (7.09"(80)).8"(50) or more <RBM-Y096FUL>.94"(00) or more utdoor unit side.94"(00) or more Indoor unit side Hanging bracket.94"(00) or more 5.8"(400) or more 5.8"(400) or more 7.6"(700) or more Electrical control box cover Check, parts.6".6"(600x600) or more 0

31 . PARTS RATING -. utdoor Unit (08/0V model: MMY-MAP 4FT9UL). Parts Name Model Specification MMY-MAP Compressor DA4AFB-8M utput:.kw utput:.kw utput:.7kw 4-way valve coil STF-0AQ89UA AC08 ~ 0V, 60Hz PMV coil HAM-MDTF-6 DVV 4 -way valve coil VPV-MAQ84A0 A B C AC08 ~ 0V, 60Hz D E F 6 5 -way valve coil FQ-D AC08 ~ 0V, 60Hz way valve coil SR5 AC00L500 4 AC08 ~ 0V, 60Hz 7 -way valve VPV-0DQ E F 8 -way valve VPV-60DQ B 9 -way valve FDFA way valve VPV-DQ A C D E 6 -way valve SR5-04WR BA 4 High-pressure SW ACB-4UB FF : 540psi (.7MPa) N : 40psi (.9MPa) Pressure sensor NSK-BC08F-U 0.5~4.V/0~540psi (.7MPa) (For high pressure) 4 Pressure sensor (For low pressure) NSK-BC00F-U 0.5~.5V/0~4psi (0.98MPa) 5 Fan motor STF-40A000- DC80V/kW 6 Case heater (For comp.) AC40V/9W 7 Case heater (For accum.) AC40V/55W 8 Fusible plug 6.4 F (7 C)

32 -. utdoor Unit (460V model: MMY-MAP 4FT6UL). Parts Name Model Specification MMY-MAP Compressor DA4AFB-9M utput:.kw utput:.kw utput:.7kw 4-way valve coil STF-0AQ89UA AC08 ~ 0V, 60Hz PMV coil HAM-MDTF-6 DVV 4 -way valve coil VPV-MAQ84A0 A B C AC08 ~ 0V, 60Hz D E F 6 5 -way valve coil FQ-D AC08 ~ 0V, 60Hz way valve coil SR5 AC00L500 4 AC08 ~ 0V, 60Hz 7 -way valve VPV-0DQ E F 8 -way valve VPV-60DQ B 9 -way valve FDFA way valve VPV-DQ A C D E 6 -way valve SR5-04WR BA 4 High-pressure SW ACB-4UB FF : 540psi (.7MPa) N : 40psi (.9MPa) Pressure sensor NSK-BC08F-U 0.5~4.V/0~540psi (.7MPa) (For high pressure) 4 Pressure sensor (For low pressure) NSK-BC00F-U 0.5~.5V/0~4psi (0.98MPa) 5 Fan motor STF-40A000- DC80V/kW 6 Case heater (For comp.) AC40V/9W 7 Case heater (For accum.) AC40V/55W 8 Fusible plug 6.4 F (7 C)

33 -. utdoor Inverter 08/0V model: MMY-MAP 4FT9UL. Name Model Specification Power supply terminal block HP-T05--P-LS AC600V/00A,P MMY-MAP Relay terminal block for power supply JX-600 AC600V/60A,P Relay terminal block for power supply JX-600 AC600V/60A,P 4 Relay terminal block for reactor JX-006 AC600V/0A,6P 5 Communication terminal block JX-BH AC0V (or no more then DC4V) 6 Reactor (For comp.) CH-80.4mH/5A 7 Reactor (For fan) CH mH/4A 8 P. C.board (ise filter) MCC Line filter 0.9mH/AC500V/65A 0 P. C.board (I/F board) MCC-606 P. C.board (IPDU for comp.) MCC-595 Fuse (MCC-595) CES5 0AF94 0A/AC50V (P. C.board) Comp. motor drive IPM (MCC-595) PSA79 50A/DC600V (P. C.board) 4 P. C.board (IPDU for fan) MCC-60 5 Fuse (MCC-60) CES5 5AF94 5A/AC50V (P. C.board) 6 Fan motor drive IPM (MCC-60) FSBB0CH60C 0A/DC600V (P. C.board) 7 Pipe temp. sensor (TD) 8 Pipe temp. sensor (TS) 9 Heatexchanger temp. sensor (TE) 0 utside temp sensor (T) il temp. sensor (TK) Liquid temp. sensor (TL) F to 75 F ( 0 C to 5 C) (Ambient temp. range) 4 F to 76 F ( 0 C to 80 C) (Ambient temp. range) 4 F to 76 F ( 0 C to 80 C) (Ambient temp. range) 4 F to 76 F ( 0 C to 80 C) (Ambient temp. range) F to 75 F ( 0 C to 5 C) (Ambient temp. range) 4 F to 76 F ( 0 C to 80 C) (Ambient temp. range)

34 -4. utdoor Inverter 460V model: MMY-MAP 4FT6UL. Name Model Specification Power supply terminal block HP-T05--P-LS AC600V/00A,P MMY-MAP Relay terminal block for reactor JX-6B AC50V/0A,6P Communication terminal block JX-BH AC0V (or no more then DC4V) 4 Reactor (For comp.) CH mH/6A 5 Reactor (For fan) CH mH/4A 6 P. C.board (ise filter) MCC-65 7 Line filter.7mh/5a 8 P. C.board (I/F board) MCC P. C.board (IPDU for comp.) MCC Fuse (MCC-596) GAC.5A.5A/AC500V (P. C.board) Comp. motor drive IPM (MCC-596) PSA76 5A/DC00V (P. C.board) P. C.board (IPDU for fan) MCC-60 Fuse (MCC-60) CES5 5AF94 5A/AC50V (P. C.board) 4 Fan motor drive IPM (MCC-60) FSBB0CH60C 0A/DC600V (P. C.board) 5 Magnet contactor FC-SUL AC0-40V 6 PTC thermistor MZ-0RMARD0E A/AC500V 7 Pipe temp. sensor (TD) 8 Pipe temp. sensor (TS) 9 Heatexchanger temp. sensor (TE) 0 utside temp sensor (T) il temp. sensor (TK) Liquid temp. sensor (TL) F to 75 F ( 0 C to 5 C) (Ambient temp. range) 4 F to 76 F ( 0 C to 80 C) (Ambient temp. range) 4 F to 76 F ( 0 C to 80 C) (Ambient temp. range) 4 F to 76 F ( 0 C to 80 C) (Ambient temp. range) F to 75 F ( 0 C to 5 C) (Ambient temp. range) 4 F to 76 F ( 0 C to 80 C) (Ambient temp. range) 4

35 -5. Parts Layout in utdoor Unit 07 type Model: MMY-MAP074FT 5

36 096, 0 type Model: MMY-MAP0964FT, MAP04FT 6

37 -6. Parts Layout in Inverter Assembly 08/0V model: MMY-MAP074FT9UL 7

38 08/0V model: MMY-MAP0964FT9UL, MMY-MAP04FT9UL 8

39 460V model: MMY-MAP074FT6UL 9

40 460V model: MMY-MAP0964FT6UL, MMY-MAP04FT6UL 40

41 -7. utdoor (Inverter) print circuit board -7-. Interface P.C. board (MCC-606) 4

42 -7-. Inverter P.C. board for compressor (MCC-595) A-IPDU For 08/0V model : MMY-MAP 4FT9UL 4

43 -7-. Inverter P.C. board for compressor (MCC-596) A-IPDU For 460V model : MMY-MAP 4FT6UL 4

44 -7-4. Inverter P.C. board for fan motor (MCC-60) FAN-IPDU 44

45 -7-5. ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608 -A, -B) For 08/0V model : MMY-MAP 4FT9UL 45

46 -7-6. ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-65 -A, -B, -C) For 460V model : MMY-MAP 4FT6UL 46

47 4. REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEMATIC DRAWING Model: MMY-MAP074FT UL FM Fan motor Fan Right side Main heat exchanger (T) Right side sub heat exchanger PMV PMV Left side PMV 4 (TE ) (TE ) ( ) Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve Fusible plug FP (TL) Liquid tank ( 5) ( 6) ( D) ( 4) (TD ) il separator High pressure SW ( C) Check joint(high pressure) High pressure sensor FP Fusible ( ) plug (TK 4) High pressure SW ( 4) (TD ) (TS ) Accumulator Low pressure sensor (TS ) Check joint (Low pressure) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) ( 4) (TK ) (TK ) il header Check joint (Liquid pipe) ( E) (TK 5) ( A) ( B) Liquid side service valve Dischage gas side service valve Suction gas side service valve Balance pipe service valve Symbol Solenoid valve Capillary tube Check valve Check joint Strainer Tempe. sensor Distributor 47

48 Model: MMY-MAP0964FT UL, MMY-MAP04FT UL FM Fan motor Fan Right side Main heat exchanger (T) Right side sub heat exchanger PMV PMV Left side (TE ) PMV 4 (TE ) ( ) Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve Fusible plug FP (TL) ( 5) ( 6) ( D) Check joint ( High pressure) High pressure sensor ( ) (TS ) FP Fusible plug (TS ) Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) Liquid tank ( 4) (TD ) il separator High pressure SW ( C) High pressure SW (TK 4) ( 4) (TD ) High pressure (TD ) SW Accumulator ( 4) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) ( 4) (TK ) (TK ) (TK ) ( E) (TK 5) il header ( F) Check joint (Liquid pipe) ( A) ( B) Liquid side service valve Dischage gas side service valve Suction gas side service valve Balance pipe service valve Symbol Solenoid valve Capillary tube Check valve Check joint Strainer Tempe. sensor Distributor 48

49 Explanation of Functional Parts Functional part name Solenoid valve 4-way valve Pulse motor valve il separator Temp. Sensor Pressure sensor Heater Balance pipe A B C D E F PMV, PMV4 TD,TD,TD TS TS TE TE TK, TK TK, TK4 TK5 TL T High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor Compressor case heater Accumulator case heater Functional outline (Connector CN: White) ) Supplies oil reserved in the oil header during N time. (Connector CN: White) ) Returns oil supplied in the balance pipe to the compressor. (Connector CN: White) ) Pressurizes oil reserved in the oil header during N time. (Connector CN: White) ) Reserves oil in the oil separator during FF time. ) Returns oil reserved in the oil separator to the compressor during N time. (Connector CN: White) ) Turns on during operation and balances oil between compressors. (Connector CN: White) ) Controls oil level balances between compressors. (Connector CN: White) Hot gas bypass ) Low pressure release function ) High pressure release function ) Gas balance function during stop time (4 Connector CN: Blue, 4 Connector CN: Blue, 4 Connector CN: Red) Start compensation valve of compressor ) For gas balance start ) High pressure release function ) Low pressure release function (Connector CN4: White) ) Gas balance function at defrost operation when the number of heating indoor units increased/decreased ) Gas recovery function in the discharge gas pipes when the all cooling operation (Connector CN5: White) ) Liquid bypass function for discharge temperature release (cooling bypass function) ) Refrigerant recovery function from the stopped follower unit (Connector CN9: White) To block discharge gas pipe (At all cooling or defrost operation) (Connector CN6: Yellow) ) To block the liquid line (Connector CN7:Blue) ) Cooling/heating exchange ) Reverse defrost ) Exchange of main heat exchanger with sub heat exchanger (Connector CN00, 0: White) ) Super heat control function at all heating, mainly heating operation ) Under cool control function in all cooling operation (Connector CN0: Red) ) Controls flow volume of the auxiliary heat exchanger at collective operation ) Preventive function for high-pressure rising in all heating operation ) Prevention for rapid decreasing of oil (Decreases oil flowing to the cycle) ) Reserve function of surplus oil (TD Connector CN50: White, TD Connector CN50: Pink, TD Connector CN504: Blue) ) Protection of compressor discharge temp. (Connector CN505: White) ) Controls PMV, super heat in all heating / mainly heating (Connector CN506: Black) ) Controls indoor oil recovery at all cooling, mainly cooling ) Detects overheat of the cycle (Connector CN50: Green) ) Controls defrost in all / mainly heating operation ) Controls outdoor fan in all / mainly heating operation (Connector CN5: Red) ) Controls flow volume of the sub heat exchanger at simultaneous operation (TK Connector CN5: Black, TK Connector CN5: Green, TK Connector CN5: Red, TK4 Connector CN54: Yellow, TK5 Connector CN55: Red) ) Judges oil level of the compressor (Connector CN5: White) ) Detects under cool at all operation / mainly cooling operation (Connector CN507: Yellow) ) Detects outside temperature (Connector CN50: Red) ) Detects high pressure and controls compressor capacity ) Detects high pressure at all operation / mainly cooling operation, and controls the fan in low ambient cooling operation ) Detects under cool in indoor unit at all operation / mainly heating operation 4) Controls rps of outdoor fan at mainly cooling operation (Connector CN500: White) ) Detects low pressure at all cooling operation / mainly cooling operation and controls compressor capacity ) Detects low pressure at all cooling operation / mainly heating operation, and controls the super heat (Compressor Connector CN: White, Compressor Connector CN: Blue, Compressor Connector CN: Black) ) Prevents liquid accumulation to compressor (Connector CN4: Red) ) Prevents liquid accumulation to accumulator ) il balancing in each outdoor unit 49

50 Configuration of outdoor unit heat exchanger Propeller fan Propeller fan Fan motor Fan motor Wind direction Main heat exchanger Wind Wind direction direction Main heat exchanger Wind direction Sub heat exchanger Sub heat exchanger MMY-MAP074FT MMY-MAP0964FT Left side Right side Left side MMY-MAP04FT Right side RBM-Y08FUL Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Suction gas pipe RBM-Y06FUL Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Suction gas pipe Check valve Strainer Strainer Check valve Strainer Strainer Capillary Check valve (D) (DD) Capillary (SS) Capillary (S) Capillary Check valve (D) (DD) Capillary (SS) Capillary (S) Strainer Strainer To indoor liquid side To indoor gas side To indoor liquid side To indoor gas side RBM-Y096FUL Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Suction gas pipe Check valve Strainer Strainer Capillary (D) (D) (DD) Capillary (SS) Capillary (S) Strainer To indoor liquid side To indoor gas side Functional parts name Solenoid valve D S DD SS Function outline (Discharge gas block valve) ) High-pressure gas circuit at heating operation (Suction gas block valve) ) Low-pressure gas circuit at cooling operation (Pressure valve) ) To increase pressure when. of indoor heating units are increased (Regulator valve) ) To recover refrigerant in the stopped cooling thermo-ff indoor unit ) To decrease pressure when. of indoor heating units are decreased 50

51 5. SYSTEM REFRIGERANT PIPING SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS <Exchange of operation mode> For exchange between each operation mode, follow the table below: When Momentary stop is executed, the unit does not operate for minutes after stop of operation before update. Before exchange All cooling (FF) Mainly cooling (N) Mainly heating (N) All heating (N) All cooling (FF) peration continuation (N FF) Momentary stop (N FF) Momentary stop (N FF) te) In the table, status of 4-way valve is indicated in parenthesis. Mainly cooling (N) peration continuation (FF N) peration continuation (N as it is) peration continuation (N as it is) After exchange Mainly heating (N) peration continuation (FF N) All heating (N) Momentary stop (FF N) peration continuation peration continuation (N as it is) (N as it is) peration continuation (N as it is) peration continuation (N as it is) <Exchange unit valve N-FF list> Indoor operation mode Control valve output outline of cooling/heating exchange unit (peration standard) D (High-pressure circuit valve) DD (Pressure valve <For delay>) S (Low-pressure circuit valve) SS (Regulator valve <For delay>). Stop (Remote controller FF) <When all the system stop> FF <FF> FF <FF> FF <FF> N <FF>. Cooling thermo FF FF FF FF N. Cooling thermo N FF FF N N 4. Heating thermo FF 5. Heating thermo N N FF FF FF 6. During detection of [E04] error FF N FF FF 5

52 5-. All Cooling mode (peration of cooling only) when outside temperature is high (Standard: 50 F or higher) / Defrost mode utdoor header unit (MMY-MAP0964FT UL) utdoor follower unit (MMY-MAP074FT UL) FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Right side sub heat exchanger Fan T FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Right side sub heat exchanger Fan T PMV PMV PMV4 TE TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve PMV PMV PMV4 TE TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve Fusible plug FP TL 5 6 il separator D Check joint ( High pressure) High pressure sensor TS Fusible FP plug TS Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure Fusible plug FP TL 5 6 il separator D TS Check joint ( High pressure) TS High pressure sensor Fusible FP plug Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure Liquid tank 4 TD High pressure SW C High pressure SW 4 TD High pressure SW Accumulator 4 TD Liquid tank 4 TD High pressure SW C High pressure SW Accumulator 4 Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) 4 Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) TK TK TK TK TK E TK5 il header F E TK5 il header Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Balance pipe Liquid pipe Dischage gas pipe Suction gas pipe Indoor unit FS unit PMV D DD SS S PMV D DD SS S TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC PMV D DD SS S PMV D DD SS S Cooling Cooling Cooling Stop 4-Way valve 4(n) PMV, PMV4 utdoor Unit N A B N C Control D FF E FF F Control utdoor fan Control Control Control Control N Control Control FS unit / indoor unit Cooling thermo N Stop D S DD SS PMV FF N FF N Control D S DD SS PMV FF FF FF N Close High-pressure gas refrigerant Condensed liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) Pressure circuit (High-pressure refrigerant) Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) (4 Ton system described in the example of (8 Ton + 6 Ton)) The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the Header unit. ther outdoor units are called Follower units. 5

53 5-. All Cooling mode (peration of cooling only) when outside temperature is low (Standard: 50 F or lower) utdoor header unit (MMY-MAP0964FT UL) utdoor follower unit (MMY-MAP074FT UL) FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Right side sub heat exchanger Fan T FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Right side sub heat exchanger Fan T PMV PMV PMV4 TE TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve PMV PMV PMV4 TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve Fusible plug FP TL 5 6 D il separator Check joint ( High pressure) High pressure sensor TS Fusible FP plug TS Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure Fusible plug FP 5 6 il separator D Check joint ( High pressure) High pressure sensor Fusible FP plug TS TS Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure Liquid tank 4 TD High pressure SW C High pressure SW 4 TD High pressure SW Accumulator 4 TD Liquid tank 4 TD High pressure SW C High pressure SW 4 TD Accumulator 4 Comp. (Inverter) TK4 Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) 4 Comp. (Inverter) TK4 Comp. (Inverter) E TK TK il header TK5 F TK E TK TK5 TK il header Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Balance pipe Liquid pipe Dischage gas pipe Suction gas pipe Indoor unit FS unit PMV D DD SS S PMV D DD SS S TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC PMV D DD SS S PMV D DD SS S Cooling Cooling Cooling Stop 4-Way valve 4(n) PMV, PMV4 utdoor Unit N FF Control N FF Control A B C D E F utdoor fan Control Control Control Control N Control Control FS unit / indoor unit Cooling thermo N Stop D S DD SS PMV FF N N N Control D S DD SS PMV FF FF FF N Close High-pressure gas refrigerant Condensed liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) Pressure circuit (High-pressure refrigerant) Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) (4 Ton system described in the example of (8 Ton + 6 Ton)) The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the Header unit. ther outdoor units are called Follower units. 5

54 5-. All Heating mode (peration of heating only) utdoor header unit (MMY-MAP0964FT UL) utdoor follower unit (MMY-MAP074FT UL) PMV PMV TL Fusible plug FP PMV4 TE 5 Fan FM Fan motor FM Fan motor Right side Main heat exchanger Right side sub heat exchanger Left side Main TE heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 6 il separator D Check joint ( High pressure) High pressure sensor T TS 4-way valve TS Fusible FP plug w pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure Fusible plug FP PMV PMV PMV4 TE 5 Right side Main heat exchanger Right side sub heat exchanger Left side Main TE heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 6 il separator D Fan Check joint ( High pressure) TS High pressure sensor Fusible FP plug T TS 4-way valve Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure Liquid tank 4 4 TD Comp. (Inverter) High pressure SW C High pressure SW TK4 Comp. (Inverter) 4 TD High pressure SW Comp. (Inverter) Accumulator 4 TD Liquid tank 4 TD Comp. (Inverter) High pressure SW C High pressure SW TK4 Comp. (Inverter) 4 TD Accumulator TK TK TK 4 TK TK E TK5 il header F E TK5 il header Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Balance pipe Liquid pipe Dischage gas pipe Suction gas pipe Indoor unit FS unit PMV D DD SS S PMV D DD SS S TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC 4-Way valve 4(n) PMV, PMV4 Heating utdoor Unit N A B FF C Control D N E F Control utdoor fan Control Control Control Control N Control Control Heating Heatling thermo N D N S FF DD FF SS FF PMV Control PMV D DD SS FS unit / indoor unit Heatling thermo FF D N S FF DD FF SS FF PMV FF High-pressure gas refrigerant Condensed liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) S Heating thermo FF D S DD SS PMV (4 Ton system described in the example of (8 Ton + 6 Ton)) Stop PMV FF FF FF N Close D DD Stop SS S Pressure circuit (High-pressure refrigerant) Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the Header unit. ther outdoor units are called Follower units. 54

55 5-4. Mainly cooling mode (perating cooling function mainly, collective operation of cooling and heating operation) utdoor header unit (MMY-MAP0964FT UL) utdoor follower unit (MMY-MAP074FT UL) FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Fan T FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Fan T Right side sub heat exchanger Right side sub heat exchanger PMV PMV PMV4 TE TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve PMV PMV PMV4 TE TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve Fusible plug FP TL 5 6 D il separator Check joint 6 ( High pressure) High pressure sensor TS Fusible FP plug TS Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) Fusible plug FP TL 5 6 D il separator TS Check joint 6 ( High pressure) TS High pressure sensor Fusible FP plug Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) Liquid tank High Accumulator 4 pressure High High 4 SW pressure 4 pressure SW SW TD TD TD C TK4 Liquid tank 4 TD High pressure SW C High pressure SW TK4 4 TD Accumulator Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) 4 4 TK TK TK TK TK E TK5 il header F E TK5 il header Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Balance pipe Liquid pipe Dischage gas pipe Suction gas pipe Indoor unit FS unit PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC 4-Way valve 4(n) PMV, PMV4 Cooling utdoor Unit N A B FF C Control D N E F utdoor fan Control Control Control Control Control N Control Control Cooling Heating thermo N D FF S N DD FF SS N PMV Control Stop FS unit / indoor unit Heating thermo FF D N S FF DD FF SS FF PMV FF High-pressure gas refrigerant Condensed liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) D S DD SS PMV Stop FF FF FF N Close Heating Pressure circuit (High-pressure refrigerant) Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) (4 Ton system described in the example of (8 Ton + 6 Ton)) The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the Header unit. ther outdoor units are called Follower units. 55

56 5-5. Mainly heating mode (perating heating function mainly, collective operation of cooling and heating operation) utdoor header unit (MMY-MAP0964FT UL) utdoor follower unit (MMY-MAP074FT UL) FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Fan T FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Fan T Right side sub heat exchanger Right side sub heat exchanger PMV PMV PMV4 TE TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve Fusible plug FP TL 5 6 D il separator Check joint ( High pressure) High pressure sensor Fusible plug TS TS FP Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) Fusible plug FP 5 6 D il separator TS Check joint ( High pressure) TS High pressure sensor Fusible FP plug Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) Liquid tank 4 TD High pressure SW C 4 High pressure SW TD TK4 High pressure SW Accumulator 4 TD Liquid tank 4 TD High pressure SW C TK4 High pressure SW 4 TD Accumulator Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) 4 4 TK TK TK TK TK E TK5 il header F E TK5 il header Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Balance pipe Liquid pipe Dischage gas pipe Suction gas pipe Indoor unit FS unit PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC Heating Heating Stop Cooling 4-Way valve 4(n) PMV, PMV4 utdoor Unit N A B FF C Control D N E F Control utdoor fan Control Control Control Control N Control Control Cooling thermo N D N S FF DD FF SS FF PMV Control FS unit / indoor unit Stop Cooling thermo FF D FF D FF S FF S N DD FF DD FF SS N SS N PMV Close PMV Close High-pressure gas refrigerant Condensed liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) Pressure circuit (High-pressure refrigerant) Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) (4 Ton system described in the example of (8 Ton + 6 Ton)) The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the Header unit. ther outdoor units are called Follower units. 56

57 5-6. Emergency operation (All cooling operation at backup of the header unit) utdoor header unit (MMY-MAP04FT UL) utdoor follower unit (MMY-MAP04FT UL) Trouble When PMV leaked, service valve at liquid side = Close fully FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Fan T Temporal set header unit in emergency operation FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Fan T Right side sub heat exchanger Right side sub heat exchanger PMV PMV PMV4 TE TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve PMV PMV PMV4 TE TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve Fusible plug FP TL Liquid tank 5 6 D 4 TD il separator High pressure SW Check joint ( High pressure) High pressure sensor C 4 High pressure SW TD High pressure SW TS Fusible FP plug 4 TD TS Accumulator Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) Fusible plug FP TL Liquid tank 5 6 D 4 TD High pressure SW Check joint ( High pressure) High pressure sensor C High pressure SW 4 TD High pressure SW Accumulator 4 TD TS TS Fusible FP plug Fusible FP plug Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) 4 4 TK TK TK TK TK TK E TK5 il header F E TK5 il header F Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Balance pipe Liquid pipe Dischage gas pipe Suction gas pipe Indoor unit FS unit PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC Cooling Trouble header outdoor unit 4-Way valve 4(n) PMV, FF N N Control FF FF Close A B C D E F utdoor fan PMV4 Close FF FF FF FF N FF FF 4-Way valve 4(n) PMV, PMV4 Cooling Temporal header outdoor unit N A B N C Control D FF E FF F Control utdoor fan The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the Header unit. ther outdoor units are called Follower units. Control Control Control Control N Control Control High-pressure gas refrigerant Condensed liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) Cooling (0 Ton system described in the example of (0 Ton + 0 Ton)) Stop FS unit / indoor unit Cooling thermo N Stop D S DD SS PMV FF N FF N Control D S DD SS PMV FF FF FF N Close Pressure circuit (High-pressure refrigerant) Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) 57

58 5-7. Emergency operation (All heating operation at backup of the header unit) utdoor header unit (MMY-MAP04FT UL) utdoor follower unit (MMY-MAP04FT UL) Trouble When PMV leaked, service valve at liquid side = Close fully FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Fan T Temporal set header unit in emergency operation FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Fan T Right side sub heat exchanger Right side sub heat exchanger PMV PMV PMV4 TE TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve PMV PMV PMV4 TE TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve Fusible plug FP TL 5 6 D il separator Check joint ( High pressure) High pressure sensor TS Fusible FP plug TS Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) Fusible plug FP TL 5 6 D il separator Check joint ( High pressure) High pressure sensor TS Fusible FP plug TS Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) Liquid tank 4 TD High pressure SW C 4 High pressure SW TD High pressure SW Accumulator 4 TD Liquid tank 4 TD High pressure SW C High pressure SW 4 TD High pressure SW Accumulator 4 TD Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) Comp. (Inverter) 4 4 TK TK TK TK TK TK E TK5 il header F E TK5 il header F Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Balance pipe Liquid pipe Dischage gas pipe Suction gas pipe Indoor unit FS unit PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC Heating Trouble header outdoor unit 4-Way valve 4(n) PMV, N N FF Control N FF Close A B C D E F utdoor fan PMV4 Close FF N FF FF N FF FF 4-Way valve 4(n) PMV, PMV4 Heating Temporal header outdoor unit N A B FF C Control D N E F Control utdoor fan Control Control Control Control N Control Control High-pressure gas refrigerant Condensed liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) Stop (0 Ton system described in the example of (0 Ton + 0 Ton)) The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the Header unit. ther outdoor units are called Follower units. Stop FS unit / indoor unit Cooling thermo N Stop D S DD SS PMV N FF FF FF Control D S DD SS PMV FF FF FF N Close Pressure circuit (High-pressure refrigerant) Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) 58

59 5-8. Refrigerant recovery (during pump-down operation) of the troubled outdoor unit) (In case of trouble of follower unit) utdoor header unit (MMY-MAP0964FT UL) utdoor follower unit (MMY-MAP074FT UL) Trouble FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Fan T FM Right side Main heat exchanger Fan motor Fan T Right side sub heat exchanger Right side sub heat exchanger PMV PMV PMV4 TE TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger 4-way valve PMV PMV PMV4 TE TE Left side Main heat exchanger Left side sub heat exchanger Fusible plug FP TL 5 6 D il separator Check joint ( High pressure) High pressure sensor TS Fusible FP plug TS Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) Fusible plug FP TL 5 6 D il separator TS Check joint ( High pressure) TS High pressure sensor Fusible FP plug Low pressure sensor Check joint (Low pressure) Liquid tank 4 TD Comp. (Inverter) High pressure SW C High pressure SW TK4 Comp. (Inverter) 4 TD High pressure SW Comp. (Inverter) 4 TD Accumulator Liquid tank 4 TD Comp. (Inverter) High pressure SW C High pressure SW TK4 Comp. (Inverter) TD Accumulator 4 4 TK TK TK TK TK E TK5 il header F E TK5 il header Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Check joint (Liquid pipe) A B Balance pipe Liquid pipe Dischage gas pipe Suction gas pipe Balance pipe packed valve = pen full Low pressure gas pipe service valve = pen full 0 minutes after operation = Close full Liquid side service valve, dischage pipe service valve = Close full Indoor unit FS unit PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC PMV DD D SS S TC TCJ TC 4-Way valve 4(n) PMV, PMV4 Cooling Header outdoor unit FF A B N C Control D FF E FF F Control utdoor fan Control Control Control Control N Control Control 4-Way valve 4(n) PMV, PMV4 Cooling Cooling Cooling Trouble outdoor unit FF A B N C Control D FF E FF F Control utdoor fan The outdoor unit which communication line between indoor and outdoor is connected is the Header unit. ther outdoor units are called Follower units. Control Control Control Control N Control Control High-pressure gas refrigerant Condensed liquid refrigerant Evaporative gas refrigerant (Low pressure) (4 Ton system described in the example of (8 Ton + 6 Ton)) FS unit / indoor unit Cooling thermo N D FF S N DD FF SS N PMV Control Pressure circuit (High-pressure refrigerant) Low-pressure circuit (Refrigerant recovery line) 59

60 6. CNTRL UTLINE N. Item Specification outline Remarks Pulse motor valve (PMV) control. PMV, control (PMV and ) ) During air conditioner operation, the pulse count of a PMV (pulse motor valve) is controlled between 90 and 000. ) During all cooling, the PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TL temperature sensor and the Pd pressure sensor (under cool control). ) During all heating, the PMV opening is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TS and TD temperature sensors and the PS pressure sensor (super heat control).\ 4) PMVs are fully closed when the air conditioner is in thermo FF state or upon being turned off normally or shut down due to an abnormality. During all heating, collective heating, PMV control may be provided with PMV alone, operated at 45 pulses (minimum), with PMV turned off. 000 pening of PMV, PMV PMV Minimum Maximum. PMV4 control ) PMV4 (Pulse Motor Valve) is controlled between 0 and 500 pulses at mainly cooling / heating operation. ) PMV4 opening is controlled according to the demand capacity difference (Ton) between cooling and heating operation. ) PMVs are fully closed when the air conditioner is in thermo FF state or upon being turned off normally or shut down due to an abnormality. MAX 000 PMV, opening Controlled between 90 and 000 pulses SH control 0 MAX Cooling-heating demand capacity difference (Ton) PMV4 opening Cooling-heating demand capacity difference (Ton) Mainly heating operation area Mainly cooling operation area 60

61 N. Item Specification outline Remarks utdoor fan control. All cooling fan control ) utdoor fan speed (mode) is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the Pd pressure sensor. ) For a specified period after the start of cooling operation, the header outdoor unit controls outdoor fan speed (mode) on the basis of measurements provided by the Pd pressure sensor. Follower units, on the other hand, control outdoor fan speed (mode) on the basis of measurements provided by the TE temperature sensor. Pd pressure psi (MPa) 45 (.0) 84 (.65) 55 (.45) 4 (.5) (.5) 90 (.00) 8 (.95) [Highest mode] [Current mode - ]/50 seconds Mode being lowered: Highest mode - [Current mode - ] (Mode lowered as rapidly as every two seconds) (down to mode 0) [Hold] * Available control modes are 0 (at rest) to 6. [Current mode + ] (Mode raised as rapidly as every second) [Current mode + ]/50 seconds [Current mode + ]/75 seconds (Mode raised up to ) (Mode to highest) Mode being raised: mode 0 Interval control [Mode [0]: 80 seconds Mode []: 0 seconds]. All heating fan control ) utdoor fan speed (mode) is controlled on the basis of measurements provided by the TE temperature sensor. ) If TE > 77 F (5 C) is continuously detected for 8 minutes, the fan may be turned off. However, this condition is the same as normal thermo FF, so that fan operation will be restarted. ) For a specified period after air conditioner startup and during defrosting, this control is disabled. 4) When refrigerant is in extremely short supply, this control may cause the air conditioner to be repeatedly turned on and off. TE temperature F ( C) Zone A: Lowest mode, timer count for forced compressor shutdown 77 (5) Zone B: -/0 seconds (down to lowest mode) 46.4 (8) Zone C: -/0 seconds (down to lowest mode) 4.8 (6) Zone D: Hold (staying at current mode) 9. (4) Zone E: +/0 seconds (up to highest mode) 5.6 () Zone F: Highest mode. Mainly cooling fan control The outdoor fan rps (mode) is controlled by the objective condensation temperature (Pd) during mainly cooling operation. Pd (psi(mpa)) At heating At heating thermo-ff thermo-n [Mode at present + ] / Until Min. second 450 (.0) 466 (.) [Mode at present + ] / 40 seconds 46 (.94) 455 (.4) HLD (Keeps the mode at present) 95 (.7) 46 (.94) [Mode at present ] / 40 seconds 87 (.67) 45 (.86) [Mode at present ] / 6 seconds 7 (.57) 400 (.76) [Mode at present ] / seconds 4. Control while follower unit stops To prevent refrigerant stagnation into heat exchanger of the outdoor unit, operate the fan with Mode. (Except defrost operation) The fan speed corresponding to the highest mode varies with the Ton capacity of the outdoor unit. The fan speed corresponding to the highest mode varies with the Ton capacity of the outdoor unit. The fan speed corresponding to the highest mode varies with Ton capacity of the outdoor unit This control may cause the air conditioner to be fan stop. 6

62 N. Item Specification outline Remarks Capacity control 4 il level detection control ) The compressors of the header and follower units are controlled on the basis of capacity demand issued by indoor controllers. ) The two or three compressors featured in an outdoor unit operate on a rotational basis, so that, every time they come to a stop, their order of startup changes. ) Where two follower units are connected, every time the system goes thermo FF or all the compressors featured in the follower units come to a stop, the priority startup order of the follower units changes, as they are also subject to rotational operation. ) Judgment as to whether an optimum amount of oil is present in the compressor cases is made on the basis of the temperature readings of sensors TK to TK5. This control function is performed by the header unit and each follower unit individually. ) In concrete terms, judgment is based on the relationship between the temperature measurements provided by TK, TK or TK, on the one hand, and those provided by TK4 or TK5, on the other. If there is depletion, oil equalization control takes over. ) This control function is performed whenever at least one compressor is in operation. (D) FF FF (4) il separator (TD) FF High (C) pressure SW High pressure SW () (TD) (4) FF High pressure SW (4) (TD) FF Minimum rps of the compressor is 4 rps. il level detection takes place regardless of the number of compressors, whether it be one, two or three. Rough guide for oil level judgment ) If TK - TK4 57. F (4 C), oil level of compressor is optimum. ) If TK - TK4 57. F (4 C), oil level of compressor is optimum. ) If TK - TK4 57. F (4 C), oil level of compressor is optimum. Compressor (inverter) (TK4) Compressor (inverter) Compressor (inverter) (TK) (TK) (TK) N (TK5) il header (E) (F) N (A) FF Check valve FF (B) Check valve Balance pipe Packed valve 6

63 N. Item Specification outline Remarks 5 il equation control 6 Refrigerant/ oil recovery control This control function is aimed at preventing compressors from running out of oil by evening out the oil supply to outdoor units, and is basically performed by opening/ closing solenoid valves A, B, C, D, and F. There are three control patterns as described below. (For a schematic diagram of oil equalization control, see 4. il level detection control in the previous page.). Preparatory control If the oil level judgment result in the memory continues to be low for 0 seconds, B is turned on, with D turned on and off intermittently.. il equation control This control function is performed to transfer oil to the outdoor unit whose oil level is low from other outdoor units. It takes place whenever the header unit registers a low oil level result while at least one of its compressors is turned on or at least one of the follower units issues an oil level equation request. This control function does not apply to a header unit-only system (no follower units connected).. il depletion protection control This control function is performed if oil equation control fails to achieve an optimum oil level. In concrete terms, if a low oil level situation continues for 0 minutes, the unit is brought to a protective shutdown, followed by a restart minutes and 0 seconds later. If protective shutdown is repeated three times, the error is confirmed as final. (There will be no more restarts.) The error code is H07.. Cooling oil (refrigerant) recovery control Performed during all cooling or mainly cooling operation, this control function aims to: periodically collect any refrigerating oil condensate that has built up in inter-unit gas pipes and indoor units and return it to outdoor units when the compressor operation command is inadequate; and prevent the accumulation of refrigerant in outdoor heat exchangers while cooling operation is in progress under low outside air temperature conditions. It is managed by the header outdoor unit. ) Control commencement conditions When cooling operation has continued for at least hours When cooling operation has started (compressors have just been turned on, though this does not always happen depending on outside air temperature conditions). ) Control details All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed, with those currently not in operation turned on. Indoor units are set to the cooling oil (refrigerant) recovery control mode, with their indoor PMVs opened to a certain degree. Compressors are operated at the target speed. After recovery control is performed for a specified period of time, it is terminated, and normal cooling operation resumes.. Heating refrigerant (oil) recovery control Performed during all heating or mainly heating operation, this control function aims to recover any liquid refrigerant trapped inside indoor units that have been turned off. It also serves the additional purposes of recovering indoor/outdoor refrigerant after defrosting and recovering oil present in outdoor heat exchangers during heating overload operation. This control function is managed by the header outdoor unit. ) Control commencement conditions When heating operation has started (compressors have just been turned on) When heating takes over upon completion of defrosting When heating operation has continued for 60 minutes ) Control details All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed, with those currently not in operation turned on. Indoor units are set to the heating refrigerant (oil) recovery control mode, with their indoor PMVs opened to a certain degree. Compressors are operated at the target speed. Upon completion of refrigerant recovery for all the indoor units, normal cooling operation resumes.. Cooling oil recovery control at mainly operation This control is provided to recover the refrigerator oil which stagnates in the low-pressure gas inter-unit piping at simultaneous operation (regardless of cooling or heating). ) Control condition (Representative) When integrating time of compressor N reached to 95 minutes during simultaneous operation ) Control contents When the conditions are satisfied, set cooling operation to heating indoor unit temporarily (stop the indoor fan) and then recover oil for minutes 0 seconds to max. 0 minutes. The cooling indoor unit continues operation. il accumulated in the oil separator is returned to the compressor. This is normal oil equalization control. This protective control is performed when a prolonged low oil level is detected. Cooling oil recovery control takes place approximately every hours. Control duration is about to 5 minutes, though it varies according to the operating conditions of the system. Heating oil recovery control takes place approximately every hour. Control duration is about to 0 minutes, though it varies according to loading conditions. Compressor rotational speed varies with control conditions, indoor unit capacity, and outdoor unit specification. 6

64 N. Item Specification outline Remarks 7 Defrosting control (reverse defrosting method). Defrosting commencement conditions During heating operation, the cumulative duration of operation in which TE sensor temperature falls below frost formation temperature is measured, and when this reaches 55 minutes, defrosting control is introduced. (Just after startup or upon changeover from cooling to heating, the target cumulative duration is 5 minutes.) * If the outdoor units are a combination of different models, all the units begin engaging in defrosting control as soon as one of them satisfies defrosting commencement conditions.. Details of defrosting control ) All compressors currently in operation are operated at the minimum speed. ) When a specified amount of time passes from the time the compressors reached the minimum speed, the outdoor fans are turned off by closing the 4-way valves. ) All compressors currently not in operation are turned on and operated at the target rotational speed for defrosting control.. Defrosting termination conditions Defrosting termination conditions are met when the TE temperature sensor measurement reaches a specified value (roughly 5.6 F ( C)) a certain period of time after the commencement of defrosting control. In that event, defrosting termination control takes over. * If the outdoor units are a combination of different models, defrosting termination control commences when all the units satisfy the defrosting termination conditions. As long as one or more outdoor units are yet to satisfy the defrosting termination conditions, those that have engage in standby operation. 4. Details of defrosting termination control ) Compressors are operated at the standby operation speed. ) When a specified amount of time passes, the 4-way valves are opened. ) Indoor heating refrigerant recovery control is performed. For control details, see 6. Refrigerant/oil recovery control. Frost formation temperature is 0 F ( C). If the outdoor units are a combination of different models, defrosting operation, once started, cannot be manually terminated for about minutes. To protect the refrigerating cycle circuit, the fan mode may be controlled during defrosting. During defrosting control, compressors are controlled so that their speeds do not exceed 70 rps. During standby operation, compressor speed is in the 4-.5 rps range. (It varies from outdoor unit to outdoor unit.) 64

65 N. Item Specification outline Remarks 8 Release valve control. gas balance control This control function is aimed at achieving gas balance by opening while compressors are turned off so as to reduce their startup load the next time they are turned on. It is individually performed by the header outdoor unit and each follower outdoor unit. ) Control conditions In cooling, compressors have been turned off. In heating, the header unit has been shut down. ) Control details The control point is changed according to ΔP (Pd pressure - Ps pressure) registered just before the compressors were turned off. When ΔP P, is opened. When this results in ΔP < P, is closed. When ΔP < P, is closed. (Unit: psi (MPa)) Control points for Pd pressure P, P Heating Cooling Header unit compressors Header unit compressors Header unit compressors FF FF N P P P P P P Header unit 89 (.) 60 (.) 89 (.) 60 (.) Follower unit 89 (.) 60 (.) 89 (.) 60 (.) 7 (0.5) 58 (0.4). high pressure release control This control function is aimed at mitigating pressure rise while a compressor is in operation at low speeds. ) Control conditions In case of all heating, all cooling, mainly heating or mainly cooling is operating In case that a header unit singly operates a compressor ) Control details When Pd pressure becomes 49 psi (.4 MPa), is opened. When Pd pressure becomes 406 psi (.8 MPa), is closed. ) Termination conditions Shutdown, thermo FF, defrosting operation. The number of header unit compressors in operation increases to two or more. At least one follower unit compressor is turned on.. low pressure release control This control function is aimed at preventing a rapid fall in pressure during transient operation. It is individually performed by the header outdoor unit and each follower outdoor unit. The control is always provided except during periods of stoppage or thermo FF. ) Control details When Ps pressure becomes psi (0.6) MPa, is opened. When Ps pressure becomes > 9 psi (0.0) MPa, is closed. 4. 4, 4, 4 low pressure release control This control function is aimed at providing low pressure protection, and is individually performed by the header unit and each follower unit. The control takes place during defrost operation, heating operation, mainly heating, mainly cooling and all cooling operation. ) Control details (heating) When Ps pressure becomes 5 psi (0. MPa), 4, 4 and 4 are opened; when Ps pressure becomes psi (0.5 MPa), 4, 4 and 4 are closed. ) Control details (cooling) When Ps pressure and Pd pressure become 0 psi (0.4 MPa) and 47 psi (.7 MPa), respectively, 4 and 4 are opened; when Ps pressure and Pd pressure become 8 psi (0.9 MPa) and 9 psi (. MPa), respectively, 4 and 4 are closed valve clean bypass control This control is provided for controlling liquid refrigerant bypass to control discharge temperature-up or temperature inside of the compressor. It works during all cooling, all heating, mainly cooling, mainly heating, mainly heating and defrost operation. ) Control contents (All cooling) When TD temperature 0 F (95 C) and compression ratio.0, turn 6 to N, and when TD temperature 8.4 F (8 C) or compression ratio.0, turn 6 to FF. ) Control contents (ther operation) When TD temperature 0 F (95 C) and compression ratio 4., turn 6 to N, and when TD temperature 8.4 F (8 C) or compression ratio., turn 6 to FF. 65

66 N. Item Specification outline Remarks 9 High pressure release compressor shutdown control This control function is aimed at automatically shutting down a compressor in an outdoor unit depending on Pd pressure. It is individually performed by the header unit and each follower unit. ) Control details Compressors are shut down when Pd pressure reaches or exceeds P0. The compressor restart prevention timer ( minutes 0 seconds) is set, and the control terminated. When Pd P0 = 500 psi (.45 MPa), compressor. or. (the last one of three compressors in terms of startup order in a three compressor configuration) is shut down. When Pd P0 = 508 psi (.5 MPa), compressor. (the first compressor in terms of startup order) is shut down. 0 Case heater control There are two types of case heaters: a compressor case heater and an accumulator case heater. This control function is aimed at preventing the accumulation of refrigerant in those cases, and is performed by all outdoor units. If the power supply has not been turned on for a specified period before a postinstallation test run, compressor failure may occur. Similarly, when starting compressors after a long period of no power supply, it is recommended that the power supply be turned on for a while before operation is resumed, just like a postinstallation test run. This control function is sometimes used alongside an electrical charging of the compressor motor windings. In this case, a charging sound may be heard, but this is normal. ) Control details The heaters are turned on while the compressors are turned off. The heaters are turned off when To sensor temperature becomes 8.4 F (8 C), and are turned back on when To sensor temperature becomes 77 F (5 C). When the compressors are turned on, the heaters are kept on for 0 minutes. 66

67 N. Item Specification outline Remarks A-IPDU control IPDU controls inverter compressors by issuing commands relating to compressor speeds, speed increases/decreases, and current release control values via the interface P.C. board. The main control functions of the IPDU P.C. board are described below.. Current release control To prevent inverter input current from exceeding the specified value, output frequency is controlled with AC input current as detected by T0 mounted on the control P.C. board. Current I I Zone D Zone B Zone C Zone A Zone A:Compressors are operated normally. Zone D:The current operating frequency is maintained. Zone B:perating frequency is lowered. Zone C:The lowering of operating frequency is halted to maintain the current frequency. Current control values for various outdoor units are shown below. utdoor unit FT9UL (08/0V) FT6UL (460V) Ton capacity I I I I Heat sink temperature detection control ) This control function is aimed at protecting IGBT from overheating via a thermistor (TH sensor) mounted in the compressor drive module (Q0) of A- IPDU. ) When TH 85 F (85 C) is detected, the fan operation mode is raised by one step, followed by a series of additional step-ups right up to the highest mode at a rate of one step/5 seconds. ) After step ), the normal fan mode is restored when TH falls to < 76 F (80 C). 4) When TH F (05 C), compressors are shut down. 5) Compressors are restarted minutes and 0 seconds later, with an error count of recorded. If this is repeated four times (error count reaches 4), the error is confirmed as final. The error [P07] is displayed. (There will be no more restarts.) * Possible causes of the confirmed error include a heat buildup in the outdoor unit, fan abnormality, blockage of the cooling duct, and IPDU P.C. board fault. * The TH temperature used in this control function is the highest registered by A-IPDU, A-IPDU, and A-IPDU.. vercurrent protection control ) When the overcurrent protection circuit on an IPDU P.C. board detects an abnormal current, the compressor is shut down. ) The compressor is restarted minutes and 0 seconds later, with an error count of recorded. If the compressor successfully operates for at least 0 minutes after a restart, the error count is cleared. ) If the error count reaches 8, the error is confirmed as final. 4. High pressure SW control ) When the high pressure SW of an inverter compressor is activated, the compressor is shut down with an error count of recorded. ) The compressor is restarted minutes 0 seconds later, and, if it successfully operates for at least 0 minutes, the error count is cleared. ) If the error count reaches 4, the error is confirmed as final. The error P04 is displayed. A-IPDU, and are each provided with a TH sensor. Connected to A- IPDU, the highpressure SW is normally closed. 67

68 <ther points to note> Cooling operation under low outside temperature conditions ) If pressure falls to extremely low levels, indoor units may be shut down via freeze prevention control based on the indoor TC sensor. ) If pressure falls to extremely low levels, frequency may be reduced via cooling capacity control. ) When the discharge temperature sensor reading falls below 40 F (60 C), the frequency may be increased above the level called for by the commandreceived from the indoor unit. PMV (Pulse Motor Valve) ) When the power is turned on, PMVs generate a tapping sound as they are initialized. If this sound is not heard, there is a possibility of faulty PMV operation. However, in a noisy environment, it may simply be drowned out by ambient noise. ) Do not separate the actuator (head section) from any PMV during operation. It may result in an inaccurate opening. ) When transporting (relocating) the set, do not, under any circumstances, keep the actuator separated. It may damage the valve by causing it to close and exposing it to pressure from sealed liquid. 4) When reattaching the actuator after its removal, push it in firmly until a click sound is heard. Then, turn the power off and back on again. <Schematic diagram for oil equation control> Unit transferring oil Header unit (MMY-MAP0964FT ) Unit receiving oil Follower unit (MMY-MAP074FT ) FM FM T T PMV PMV PMV PMV PMV4 TE PMV4 TE TE 4-way valve TE 4-way valve 5 TS Low pressure sensor 5 TS FP TL 6 D il separator High pressure sensor Accumulator TS FP FP TL 6 D il separator High pressure sensor Accumulator Low pressure TS FP Liquid tank 4 C 4 4 Liquid tank 4 C 4 TD HP SW TK4 HP SW TD HP SW TD TD HP SW TK4 HP SW TD Comp. Comp. Comp. Comp. Comp. TK TK TK TK TK E TK5 F E TK5 il header A Check joint (Liquid) A B B Balance pipe Liquid pipe Dischage gas pipe Suction Gas pipe 68

69 7. APPLIED CNTRL AND FUNCTIN 7-. Applied Control for utdoor Unit The outdoor fan high static pressure support functions are made available by setting relevant switches provided on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit. 7-. utdoor Fan High Static Pressure Shift Purpose/characteristics This function is used when connecting a duct to the discharge port of an outdoor unit (as part of, for example, unit installation on the floor by floor installation.) Setup Turn N the DIP switch [SW0, Bit ] provided on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit. This function must be enabled with every discharge duct connected outdoor unit for both of the header and follower units. Specification Increase the speed of the propeller fan units on the outdoor fan to allow the installation of a duct with a maximum external static pressure not greater than specified in the table below. If a discharge duct with a resistance greater than 0.06 InWG (5 Pa) is to be used, enable this function. The maximum external static pressures of base units are shown below (Table ). In the case of combined use of multiple outdoor units, set all the units to the same maximum external static pressure as the one with the lowest maximum external static pressure (see table). Table : Maximum External Static Pressures of Base utdoor Units Model MMY- MAP074FT MAP0964FT MAP04FT Maximum external static pressure 0. lngw (50 Pa) 0.6 lngw (40 Pa) 0.6 lngw (40 Pa) (*) utdoor unit air flow (CFM) (*) Calculate duct resistance from outdoor unit air flow. Table : Maximum External Static Pressures for Combined Use of Base Units () Standard models Combined horsepower output 6 Ton 8 Ton 0 Ton Ton 4 Ton 6 Ton 8 Ton 0 Ton Model MMY- MAP074FT MAP0964FT MAP04FT AP444FT AP684FT AP94FT AP64FT AP404FT Combination of outdoor units Unit MAP074FT MAP0964FT MAP04FT MAP074FT MAP0964FT MAP0964FT MAP04FT MAP04FT Unit MAP074FT MAP074FT MAP0964FT MAP0964FT MAP04FT Maximum external static pressure lngw (Pa) 0. (50) 0.6 (40) 0.6 (40) 0. (50) 0.6 (40) 0.6 (40) 0.6 (40) 0.6 (40) 69

70 7-. Applied Control Using ptional Board for utdoor Unit ptional control P.C. boards provide access to a range of functions as listed below.. Function utdoor unit for control P.C. board connection Header unit Control P.C. board to be used utdoor unit interface P.C. board setting* PCDM4UL PCM4UL PCIN4UL Connector. DIP SW. Bit Power peak-cut Control (Standard) CN5(blue) SW07 Power peak-cut Control (For one input function) Header unit CN5(blue) SW07 J6 Power peak-cut Control (Enhanced Functions) Header unit CN5(blue) SW07. Snowfall Fan Control Header unit CN509(black) 4 External master N / FF Control Header unit CN5(blue) 5 Night operation (sound reduction) Control Header unit CN508(red) peration Mode Selection Control Header unit CN50(white) 6 peration Mode Selection Control (forced choice) Header unit CN50(white) J0 7 Error / peration output Header unit CN5(green) 8 Compressor peration utput Individual outdoor unit CN54(green) 9 perating Rate utput Header unit CN54(green) SW6 Layout of utdoor Unit Interface P.C. Board * DIP switch settings and jumper wire statuses vary from function to function. Connector layout Jumper to be removed Jumper wire layout DIP switch layout Interface P.C. Board 70

71 7--. Power peak-cut Control (Standard): TCB-PCDM4UL Header outdoor unit L: Display lamp suring power peak cut control Locally procured utdoor unit interface PCB ptional PCB Display relay TB L Power supply CN5 SW07 N FF 4 Bit FF Connection cable [PERATIN] PJ7 TB CM N [N] CM FF [FF] Shield wire SW SW SW SW Shield wire For SW and SW, be sure to provide novoltage contacts for each terminal. The input signals of SW and SW may be pulse input (00 msec or more) or continuous make. peration An external power peak-cut control signal limits the peak capacity of the outdoor unit. L: Power peak-cut control indication lamp SW: Power peak-cut control N switch (N as long as target power peak-cut control has been reached or exceeded, normally FF)* SW: Power peak-cut control FF switch (FF as long as target power peak-cut control has not been reached or exceeded, normally N)* * The inputs of SW and SW can be either pulse (00 msec or wider) or step signals. Do not turn on SW and SW simultaneously. * Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal. Power peak-cut control settings Power peak-cut control P.C. board Power peak-cut control N signal received Power peak-cut control FF signal received Interface P.C. board of header outdoor unit SW SW L SW07 Bit FF SW07 Bit N N FF N 0% (forced stop) 60% capacity (upper limit regulated) FF N FF 00% (normal operation) 00% (normal operation) Two-core cable support SMMS-i series allows N/FF power peak-cut control to be implemented using a power peak-cut control N input (SW) alone, provided that the J6 jumper wire on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit has been removed. Header outdoor unit L: Display lamp suring power peak cut control Locally procured utdoor unit interface PCB ptional PCB Display relay TB L Power supply J6 Cut SW07 N FF 4 Bit N CN5 [PERATIN] PJ7 TB CM N [N] CM FF [FF] Shield wire Shield wire SW Connection cable 7

72 <SW07 Bit FF (two-step control)> Power peak-cut control is enabled as long as SW, as shown on the wiring diagram, is N (continuously). Jumper wire J6 Cut Input SW FF N Bit FF 00% (normal operation) 0% (forced stop) <Electrical Rating> 08 to 0 VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less 4 VDC, 0 ma or more, A or less (non-conductive load) SW07 Bit Bit N 00% (normal operation) Approx. 60% (upper limit regulated) te : Specifications of display relay contact The terminal for display output ([peration] terminal) must satisfy the following electrical rating. Indicator relay When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to the display relay load, insert a surge killer CR (for an AC power supply) or a diode for preventing back electromotive force (for a DC power supply) on the bypass circuit. The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U) Power peak-cut Control (Extended) : TCB-PCDM4UL Header outdoor unit L: Display lamp suring power peak cut control Locally procured (L) FF N utdoor unit interface PCB ptional PCB Display relay TB L Power supply SW07 N FF 4 Bit N CN5 Connection cable [PERATIN] PJ7 TB CM N [N] CM FF [FF] Shield wire SW SW Shield wire For SW and SW, be sure to provide no-voltage contacts for each terminal. peration An external power peak-cut control signal limits the peak capacity of the outdoor unit. L: Power peak-cut control indication lamp SW: Power peak-cut control N switch* SW: Power peak-cut control FF switch* * The inputs of SW and SW can be either pulse (00 msec or wider) or step signals. * Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal. Extended power peak-cut control settings Specifications of display relay contact External power peak-cut control Peak capacity signals I/F SW07 Bit Indication lamp SW SW FF N L FF FF 00% (normal operation) 00% (normal operation) FF N FF 80% (upper limit regulated) 85% (upper limit regulated) N FF N 60% (upper limit regulated) 75% (upper limit regulated) N N N 0% (forced stop) 60% (upper limit regulated) N te : Specifications of display relay contact The terminal for display output ([peration] terminal) must satisfy the following electrical rating. <Electrical Rating> 08 to 0 VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less 4 VDC, 0 ma or more, A or less (non-conductive load) When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to the display relay load, insert a surge killer CR (for an AC power supply) or a diode for preventing back electromotive force (for a DC power supply) on the bypass circuit. The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U). 7

73 7--. Snowfall Fan Control : TCB-PCM4UL Header outdoor unit utdoor unit interface PCB CN509 Connection cable ptional PCB TB CM PJ7 CL HEAT Locally procured Shield wire Snowfall sensor SW SW: Snowfall detection switch (snowfall sensor) peration An external snowfall signal turns on the outdoor unit fan. Terminal Input signal peration CL (SW) N FF N FF Snowfall fan control (Turns on outdoor unit fan) rmal operation (Cancels control) The input signal is recognized during its rising/falling phase. (After reaching the top/bottom of the rising/falling edge, the signal must remain there for at least 00 ms.) The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U) External master N/FF Control : TCB-PCM4UL Header outdoor unit utdoor unit interface PCB CN5 SW: peration input switch SW: Stop input switch Connection cable ptional PCB TB CM PJ7 CL HEAT Locally procured Shield wire SW SW peration The system is started/stopped from the outdoor unit. Terminal Input signal peration CL (SW) N FF Turns on all indoor units HEAT (SW) N FF Turns off all indoor units The input signal is recognized during its falling phase. (After reaching the bottom of the falling edge, the signal must remain there for at least 00 ms.) CAUTIN () Do not turn on the CL (SW) and HEAT (SW) terminals simultaneously. () Be sure to provide a contact for each terminal. External signal: -voltage pulse contact The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U). 7

74 7--5. Night operation (sound reduction) Control : TCB-PCM4UL Header outdoor unit utdoor unit interface PCB CN508 Connection cable ptional PCB TB CM PJ7 CL HEAT Locally procured Shield wire SW SW: Night time signal switch peration This function decreases noise at night or other times as necessary. Terminal Input signal peration N Night time control CL (SW) FF N FF rmal operation The input signal is recognized during its rising/falling phase. (After reaching the top/bottom of the rising/falling edge, the signal must remain there for at least 00 ms.) The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U). The system s capacity is reduced during low-noise operation. The table below provides a rough guide to this capacity reduction. utdoor unit During low-noise mode* Capacity (base unit) db(a) Cooling Heating Model 07 type 50 approx. 85% approx. 80% Model 096 type 5 approx. 85% approx. 85% Model 0 type 5 approx. 80% approx. 80% Relative to maximum capacity * Position of noise measuring device:. ft ( m) from the front face of the set and 4.9 ft (.5 m) above ground (Measured in anechoic room) 74

75 7--6. peration Mode Selection Control : TCB-PCM4UL Header outdoor unit utdoor unit interface PCB CN50 Connection cable SW: Cooling mode specified input switch SW: Heating mode specified input switch ptional PCB PJ7 CM CL HEAT TB Locally procured Shield wire SW SW NTE SW: CL mode selection switch SW: HEAT mode selection switch CL (SW) N Input signal HEAT (SW) FF peration nly cooling operation allowed FF N nly heating operation allowed FF FF rmal operation Remarks * * * The display (peration mode selection control in progress) appears on the remote controller Indoor unit operation intervention function The statuses of indoor units operating in a mode different from the selected operation mode can be changed by changing the status of a jumper wire (J0) provided on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit. Jumper wire J0 connected (factory default) J0 cut Description of intervention All indoor units operating in a mode different from the selected operation mode (prohibited-mode indoor units) become non-priority units (thermostat FF). Prohibited-mode indoor units peration mode peration status Remote controller display CL Fan operation at air flow rate set via remote controller operation ready HEAT Fan operation at extremely low air flow rate FAN Fan operation at air flow rate set via remote controller as normal The selected operation mode is imposed on all indoor units operating in a different mode. Mode selected at P.C. board Remote controller operation / display rmal All modes (CL, DRY, HEAT and FAN) available CL nly CL, DRY and FAN available operation mode control HEAT nly HEAT and FAN available (turned on during remote controller operation) The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U). 75

76 7--7. Error/peration utput : TCB-PCIN4UL Header outdoor unit utdoor unit interface PCB SW6 N FF 4 ptional PCB TB C K UTPUT CN5 PJ0 K 4 5 UTPUT UTPUT 6 Locally procured Shield wire L L (See NTE ) PS PS peration In-operation output: An in-operation indication signal is output as long as at least one indoor unit is in operation in the line. Error output: An error indication signal is output if an error occurs in at least one indoor/outdoor unit in the line. te : utput Relay (K, K, K) Contact Specifications utput terminals (UTPUT,, ) must satisfy the following electrical rating. When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to loads K, K and K, insert a surge killer CR (for an AC power supply) or a diode for preventing back electromotive force (for a DC power supply) on the bypass circuit. <Electrical Rating> 08-0 VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less 4 VDC, 0 ma or more, A or less (non-conductive load) C CN5 K,K L L UTPUT UTPUT PJ0 TB Connector cable (CN5) Connector on Interface side (green) Relays Error indication Lamp peration indication Lamp Error output peration output Connector on optional PCB side Terminal block The optional P.C. board should be connected to the header outdoor unit (U). 76

77 7--8. Compressor peration utput : TCB-PCIN4UL utdoor unit Locally procured utdoor unit interface PCB SW6 N FF 4 ptional PCB TB C K UTPUT CN54 PJ0 K K UTPUT UTPUT Shield wire (See NTE ) CTR L CTR L CTR L PS PS PS When a compressor is in operation, a relay connected to the output terminal assigned to it is turned on (closed). When it is at rest, the relay is turned off (open). The output terminals are named UTPUT, UTPUT and UTPUT from left to right when facing the front of the outdoor unit, as shown in the diagram. te : utput Relay (K, K, K) Contact Specifications utput terminals (UTPUT,, ) must satisfy the following electrical rating. When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to loads K, K and K, insert a surge killer CR (for an AC power supply) or a diode for preventing back electromotive force (for a DC power supply) on the bypass circuit. <Electrical Rating> 08-0 VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less 4 VDC, 0 ma or more, A or less (non-conductive load) Model featuring three compressors Model featuring two compressors UTPUT UTPUT UTPUT UTPUT UTPUT C Connection cable (CN54) CN54 Interface-side connector (green) CTR Elapsed operation counter CTR Elapsed operation counter CTR Elapsed operation counter K,K,K Relay L,L,L peration indication lamp UTPUT Compressor in-operation output terminal UTPUT Compressor in-operation output terminal UTPUT Compressor in-operation output terminal PJ0 ptional P.C. board-side connector PS Power supply unit TB Terminal block 77

78 7--9. perating Rate utput : TCB-PCIN4UL Header outdoor unit Locally procured utdoor unit interface PCB SW6 N FF 4 ptional PCB TB C K UTPUT CN54 PJ0 K K UTPUT UTPUT Shield wire (See NTE ) MNITR At the output terminals, a signal is present (relay closed) or absent (relay open) in various combinations according to the system operation factor, as shown in the diagram. (The operation rate (FA) is the percentage ratio of the current output of the system to the maximum output (00%).) Function SW6 UTPUT UTPUT UTPUT peration factor (FA) System operation N off off off FA=0% rate output FF 4 on off off 0%<FA<0% Bit : N off on off 0% FA<5% Bit : FF on on off 5% FA<50% off off on 50% FA<65% on off on 65% FA<80% off on on 80% FA<95% on on on 95% FA off = Relay open on = Relay closed C Connection cable (CN54) CN54 Interface-side connector (green) MNITR Monitoring device UTPUT utput terminal for each function UTPUT utput terminal for each function UTPUT utput terminal for each function PJ0 Connector on optional PCB side TB Terminal block * Connect the optional P.C. board to the header outdoor unit. te : utput Relay (K, K, K) Contact Specifications utput terminals (UTPUT,, ) must satisfy the following electrical rating. When connecting a conductive load (e.g. relay coil) to loads K, K and K, insert a surge killer CR (for an AC power supply) or a diode for preventing back electromotive force (for a DC power supply) on the bypass circuit. <Electrical Rating> 08-0 VAC, 0 ma or more, A or less 4 VDC, 0 ma or more, A or less (non-conductive load) 78

79 8. TEST PERATIN 8-. Procedure and Summary of Test peration A test operation is executed with the following procedure. When problems or an error occurs at any step, remove the causes of the problem or error referring to 9 TRUBLESHTING. Checks before test operation Check basic items, mainly the installation work. Be sure to enter the check results in checklist and. Check that the main power supply is turned on. This check is done after the power has been turned on. Check that the refrigerant circuit system is turned on normally. Set up the addresses. Start the address setup in the outdoor/indoor units. te: peration does not start simply by powering-on. Test operation Carry out a test operation. Check air blowing and cooling/heating operation in the indoor unit. END 79

80 8-. Check Items before Test peration (before poweringon) Prior to the test operation, check the following items to verify there are no problems with the installation work. () In the case that a central control system is not connected: () () (4) () Header unit (A) U U4 Follower unit (B) U U4 utdoor unit U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 (6) (5) Indoor unit U U U U U U U U A B A B A B A B Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Main check items ()Are the indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to the U/U terminals? () Is the relay connector between the U/U terminal and the U/U4 terminal removed? (Set up at shipment from the factory) () Is the communication line between outdoor units connected to the U5/U6 terminal? (4) Is the terminal resistance (SW0-bit ) on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on? (Set up at shipment from the factory) (5) Is the end terminal of the shield wire open? Check NTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires. For details, refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit, indoor unit, remote controller, or optional devices. 80

81 () In the case that a central control system is connected (before address setup) Central remote controller () (4) ()(5) () U U U U4 (8) To other refrigerant line ther refrigerant line Header unit (A) Follower unit (B) U U4 U U4 U U4 utdoor unit U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 To indoor unit (7) (6) Indoor unit U U U U U U U U A B A B A B A B Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Main check items () Are the indoor and outdoor communication lines of the header unit connected to the U/U terminals? () Is the relay connector between the U/U terminal and the U/U4 terminal removed? (Set up at shipment from the factory) (Keep the relay connector disconnected before address setup.) () Is the communication line between outdoor units connected to the U5/U6 terminal? (4) Is the communication line of the central control system connected to the header unit U/U4 terminals of each refrigerant line? (The communication line of the central control system may be connected to the communication lines of the indoor/outdoor communication lines.) (5) Is the terminal resistance (SW0-bit ) on the interface PC board of the header unit turned on? (Set up at shipment from the factory) * After address setup and test operation check, turn on the SW0-bit of the header unit for the smallest line address, and turn off SW0-bit of the header unit for other refrigerant lines. (See Address Setup Procedure ) (6) Is the end terminal of the shield wire open? (7) When the refrigerant line and the central control system of the DI-SDI series are connected: Are Network adapter (TCB-PCNTTLUL) correctly connected? When the DI-SDI series operates with group, twin, or triple operation, are the adapters connected to the header unit of the indoor unit? Check NTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires. For details, refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit, indoor unit, remote controller, or optional devices. 8

82 () Connection check of FS (Flow Selector) unit with indoor unit To Header unit U/U Cooling/Heating FS unit Cooling/Heating FS unit Cooling/Heating FS unit CN0 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN0 CN0 L N U U L N U U L N U U CN8 CN8 CN8 Indoor unit A B Indoor unit A B Indoor unit A B A B 4 A B A B Remote Controller Remote Controller Remote Controller Main check items () Is the indoor/outdoor communication line connected to U/U terminals of the header unit? () Is the control wires connected of FS unit to the connector CN8? () Is the power supply wires connected of FS unit to RS Faston terminal? (4) In case of the indoor unit wish end-closed connector, Is power supply wire of FS unit connected to end-closed connector? Check NTE The above figure does not described all the electric wiring. For details, refer to the Installation Manual of FS unit. 8

83 Checklist Check that there are no problems with the installation work. Is the capacity of the circuit breaker (Earth leakage breaker) appropriate? Is the gauge of the power cable correct? utdoor total capacity A Header unit (A) A Indoor unit A Follower unit (B) A Header unit (A) AWG Indoor unit AWG Follower unit (B) AWG Is the control Indoor-outdoor connection terminals (U, U) communication line utdoor-outdoor connection terminals (U5, U6) correct? Central control system connection terminals (U, U4) Is the power of indoor units supplied collectively? Is it grounded to earth? Is the resistance sufficient? (0 MΩ or higher) MΩ or higher Is the main power voltage sufficient? (within FT9: 08/0V ± 0%, FT6: 460V ± 0%) V Is the diameter of connecting pipe correct? Is the branch kit correct? Is the water drain of the indoor unit arranged so that it flows without accumulation? Is the heat insulation of pipes sufficient? (connecting pipes, branch kit) Is there no short circuit of discharge air in the indoor/outdoor units? After an airtightness test of the pipes, are vacuuming and adding of refrigerant executed? Are the valves of all the outdoor units fully opened? Suction Discharge gas side gas side Liquid side Balance side Header unit (A) Follower unit (B) 8

84 Checklist Check the additional amount of refrigerant. Calculate the additional amount of refrigerant from the additional amount of refrigerant (A) by the pipe diameter on the liquid side, the pipe length to be connected, and the corrective amount of refrigerant (B) according to system capacity. Additional refrigerant charge amount (lb) Actual length Additional refrigerant = of liquid pipe charge amount. + per liquid pipe ft Adjustment amount of refrigerant according to system capacity (A) (B) First, enter the total length for each liquid pipe diameter in the following table, and then calculate the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length. <(A) : Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length> Pipe diameter on the liquid side Ø/4" Ø/8" Ø/" Ø5/8" Ø/4" Additional refrigerant amount/ft (lb) Total pipe length on each liquid side (ft) Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length (A) = = = = = total Additional mount of refrigerant pipe diameter on each liquid side (lb) Next, refer to the following table for the corrective amount of refrigerant (B) according to system capacity. <(B) : Adjustment amount of rifrigerant according to system capacity> utdoor unit capacity type 07 type 096 type 0 type 44 type 68 type 9 type 6 type 40 type Adjustment amount of refrigerant (lb) type 096 type 0 type 07 type 096 type 096 type 0 type 0 type Combined outdoor units 07 type 07 type 096 type 096 type 0 type Lastly, add the additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length (A) to the Adjustment amount of according refrigerant to system capacity (B). This is the final additional. <Additional amount of refrigerant> (A) : Additional amount of refrigerant by pipe length (lb) (B) : Adjustment amount of refrigerant according to system capacity (lb) (A) + (B) : Additional amount of refrigerant (lb) 84

85 8-. Check at Main Power-on After turning on the main power of the indoor units and outdoor unit in the refrigerant line to conduct a test operation, check the following items in each outdoor and indoor unit. (After turning on the main power, be sure to check in order: indoor unit outdoor unit.) <Check on the outdoor unit> () Check that all the rotary switches, SW0, SW0, and SW0, on the interface PC board of the header unit are set to. () If another check code is displayed on the 7-segment display [B], remove the cause of the problem referring to Section, 9 TRUBLESHTING. () Check that L08 is displayed on the 7-segment display [B] on the interface PC board of the header unit. (L08: Indoor address not set up) (If the address setup operation has already been completed during servicing, etc., the above check code is not displayed, and U is displayed on the 7-segment display [A].) Interface PC board Push switches 7-segment display [A] SW04 SW05 SW5 D600 D60 D60 D60 D604 SW0 SW0 SW0 7-segment display [B] Rotary switches <Check on the indoor unit> () Display check on the remote controller (in the case of a wired remote controller) Check that a frame, as shown in the following figure at left, is displayed on the LC display section of the remote controller. Correct Incorrect TEMP. N / FF TEMP. N / FF TIMER SET FAN MDE TIMER SET FAN MDE TIME SAVE VENT TIME SAVE VENT FILTER RESET TEST SET CL SWING/FIX UNIT LUVER FILTER RESET TEST SET CL SWING/FIX UNIT LUVER rmal status (power supplied and operation stopped) When power is not supplied normally If no frame is displayed, as shown in the above figure at right, the remote controller does not have a normal supply of power; check the following items. Check the power supply of the indoor unit. Check the cabling between the indoor unit and the remote controller. Check whether there is a cutoff of wire around the indoor control PC board or not, and check for connection failures of the connectors. Check for failure of the transformer for the indoor electrical control box. Check for failure of the indoor control PC board. 85

86 8-4. Address Setup This product requires address setup before operation. Follow this procedure for address setup Precautions () Address setup is not performed simply by turning on the power supply. () For indoor units, address setup can be done either by manual address setup or by automatic address setup Automatic address setup: Setup from SW5 on the interface PC board of the header unit Manual address setup: Setup from the wired remote controller. (For details, refer to Address Setup Procedure. ) () Automatic setup usually takes about 5 minutes per line. In some cases, however, it may take up to 0 minutes. (4) It is unnecessary to operate the air conditioner to achieve address setup Address Setup and Check Procedure Procedure Item Indoor unit power-on peration and check contents Turn on the power of the indoor unit for the refrigerant line for which the address is to be set up. utdoor unit power-on Turn on the power of all the outdoor units for the refrigerant line for which the address is to be set up. 7-segment display Check that L08 is displayed on the 7-segment display [B] on the interface PC board of the check header unit in the system where the address is to be set up Address setup start Display check after setup System information check after setup Confirm the items in Address Setup Procedure, and then set up the address according to the operation procedure. (Be careful to note that the setup operation may differ in group control and central control systems.) te: The address cannot be set up if switches are not operated. After address setup, U is displayed on the 7-segment display. For follower outdoor units, U to U are displayed on the 7-segment display [A]. If an error code is displayed on the 7-segment display [B], remove the cause of the problem referring to 9 TRUBLESHTING. Using the 7-segment display function, check the system information of the scheduled system. (This check is executed on the interface PC board of the header unit.) Rotary switch setup 7-segment display SW0 SW0 SW0 [A] [B] System capacity* [minal Ton] [Ton] Number of connected outdoor units Number of connected indoor units 4 [Number of units] [Number of connected units] After the above checks, return rotary switches SW0, SW0, and SW0 to //. [ P] * System capacity utdoor unit capacity type 07 type 096 type 0 type 44 type 68 type 9 type 6 type 40 type minal Tons Interface PC board Push switches 7-segment display [A] SW04 SW05 SW5 D600 D60 D60 D60 D604 SW0 SW0 SW0 Rotary switches 7-segment display [B] 86

87 8-4-. Address Setup Procedure Single refrigerant system: go to Address setting procedure Multipul refrigerant system with cetral control: go to Address setting procedure (Example) Address setting procedure Without central control single refrigerant system with central control when controling or more refrigerant lines centrally To procedure To procedure utdoor utdoor Central remote controller utdoor utdoor Central remote controller System wiring diagram Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Address setting procedure Turn on indoor units first, and then turn on outdoor units. About one minute after turning the power on, confirm that the 7-segment display on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit indicates U.. L08 (U.. flash). Push SW 5 to start the automatic address setting. (It may take up to 0 minutes (normally about 5 minutes) to complete one line s setting.) 4 The 7-segment display indicates Auto Auto Auto. After the indication, U (U.. flash) starts flashing on the display. When the flashing stops and U (U.. light) emain lit on the display, the setting is complete. Interface P.C. board on the header outdoor unit SW04 SW05 SW5 Relay connector D600 D60 D60 D60 D604,4 5 SW0 SW0 SW0 U U U U4 U5 U6 T INDR UNIT T CENTRAL CNTRL LER T UTDR UNIT 5 When using a central control, connect a relay connector between [U, U] and [U, U4] terminals. 87

88 NREQUIREMENTE When or more refrigerant lines are controlled as a group, be sure to turn on all the indoor units in the group before setting addresses. If you set the unit addresses of each line separately, each line s header indoor unit is set separately. In that case, the CDE. L0 (Indoor header unit overlap) is indicated as running starts. Change the group address to make one unit the header unit using wired remote controller. (Example) Controlling or more refrigerant lines as a group utdoor utdoor System wiring diagram Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Remote controller (Group control) Address setting procedure Set a system address for each system using SW and 4 on the interface P.C. board on the header outdoor unit of each system. (Factory default: Address ) NTE Be sure to set a unique address on each system. Do not use a same address as another system (refrigerant line) or DI/SDI series. Interface P.C. board on the header outdoor unit SW06 SW07 SW09 SW SW SW SW SW Line address switches on the outdoor interface PC board ( : switch on, : switch off) Line address SW SW4 4 4 Line address t used for setup of line address (do not change setup.) SW SW

89 Be sure to disconnect the relay connectors between the [UU] and [UU4] terminals on all the header outdoor units that will be connected to the central control. (Factory default: disconnected) U U U U4 U5 U6 T INDR UNIT T CENTRAL CNTRL LER T UTDR UNIT Turn on indoor units first, and then turn on outdoor units. 4 About minute after turning the power on, confirm that the 7-segment display on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit indicates U.. L08 (U.. flash). 5 Push SW 5 to start the automatic address setting. (It may take up to 0 minutes (normally about 5 minutes) to complete one line s setting.) 6 The 7-segment display indicates Auto Auto Auto. After the indication, U (U.. flash) starts flashing on the display. When the flashing stops and U (U.. light), remains lit on the display, the setting is complete. 7 Repeat steps 4 to 6 for other refrigerant lines. 8 After completing address setting of all systems, turn off dip switch of SW0 on the interface P.C. boards of all the header outdoor units connected to the same central control, except the unit that has the lowest address. (For unifying the termination of the wiring for the central control of indoor and outdoor units) 9 Connect the relay connectors between the [U, U] and [U, U4] terminals of the header outdoor unit of each refrigerant line. 9 U U U U4 U5 U6 T INDR UNIT T CENTRAL CNTRL LER T UTDR UNIT 89

90 0 Set the central control address. (For the setting of the central control address, refer to the installation manuals of the central control devices or Manual address setup from the remote controller in the next to the following page and after. Header unit interface P.C. board 5 SW5 4, 6 7-segment display SW04 SW05 D600 D60 D60 D60 D604 SW SW4 SW0 SW0 SW0 SW0 8 SW0 bit switch FF * Except the smallest line address of header unit SW0 SW0 bit switch N * The smallest line adress of header unit 90

91 Switch setting (setting example when controlling or more refrigerant lines centrally) utdoor units (setting manually) *The items in bold font must be set manually. utdoor unit s interface P.C. board SW, 4 (Line (system) address) Dip switch of SW0 (Terminator of indoor/ outdoor communication line and central control line) Relay connector Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Factory default N Connect after setting addresses. ( setting required) ( setting required) pen Set to FF after setting addresses. Connect after setting addresses. ( setting required) ( setting required) pen Set to FF after setting addresses. Connect after setting addresses. N pen Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Central remote controller U U4 U U4 U U4 U U4 U U4 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 Relay connector Relay connector Relay connector U U U U U U U U U U A B A B A B A B A B Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Individual Group Indoor units (automatic setting) Line (system) address Indoor unit address Group address CAUTIN Relay connector connection Never connect relay connectors between the [U, U] and [U, U4] terminals before completing address setting of all the refrigerant lines. therwise, the addresses cannot be set correctly. 9

92 Manual address setup from the remote controller With indoor wiring work completed and outdoor wiring work not donein cases where indoor unit addresses are decided in advance from the wired remote controller, or in cases where addresses are change after address setup. (Wiring example for refrigerant lines) Line Line Remote controller Line address Indoor address Group address utdoor Indoor Header utdoor Group address Individual: 0000 Header unit: 000 Follower unit: 000 Indoor Indoor utdoor Line Line Indoor Indoor (Remote controller group control) Follower Follower (Wiring during manual address setup) Indoor Indoor Indoor Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Follower Follower In the above example, where remote controllers are not yet wired, set the address manually after individually connecting the wired remote controller. utdoor Indoor Indoor Remote controller Remote controller After address setup, return to the original wiring over remote controllers. In cases of remote controller group control Arrange one indoor unit and one remote controller set to by. Turn on the power. Push the + + buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more. LCD begins blinking. (Refrigerant line address) 4 Using the buttons, set the DN code to. 5 Using the buttons, set up the line address (match it with the line address on the interface PC board of the header unit on the same refrigerant line). 6 Push the button (K when the display goes on). (Indoor address) 7 Using the buttons, set the DN code to. 8 Using the buttons, set up the indoor address. (000 ~ 0040) 9 Push the button (K when the display goes on). (Group address) 0 Using the buttons, set the DN code to 4. Using the buttons, set Individual = 0000, Header unit = 000, Follower unit = 000. Set data TEMP. FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET SET TIME CL FAN SAVE SWING/FIX N / FF MDE VENT UNIT LUVER 5, 8,, 4 6, 9,, 5 6 DN code (CDE.) Push the button (K when the display goes on). (Central control address) Using the buttons, set DN code to 0. 4 Using the buttons, set up the central control address. (000 ~ 0064) 5 Push button. (K when display goes on). 6 Push the button. Setup is finished ( Setting up blinks; when Setting up goes off, operation is possible). 7 Return to the original wiring over remote controllers. 9

93 NTE () When setting the line address from the remote controller, do not use addresses 9 and 0. Addresses 9 and 0 cannot be set up on the outdoor unit. If they are incorrectly used, the code E04 (indoor/outdoor communication circuit error) is output. () When manual address setup has been done from a remote controller, and central control over refrigerant lines is to be done, setup the header unit of each line as follows: Using SW and SW4 on the interface PC board of the header unit of each line, setup the line address for each line. Except for the line with the smallest line address number, set SW0-bit to off for the interface PC board of the header unit of lines connected to the same central control (put the resistance of the end terminals of the central control line, indoors and outdoors, into one). Connect the relay connector between U/U and U/U4 of the header unit for each refrigerant line. After that, set up the central control address. (For central control address setup, refer to the installation manual of the central control devices.) Confirming the indoor unit addresses and the position of an indoor unit using the remote controller Confirming the numbers and positions of indoor units To see the indoor unit address of an indoor unit which you know the position of When the unit is individual (the indoor unit is paired with a wired remote controller one-to-one), or it is a group-controlled one. CDE. UNIT. F TEMP. TIMER SET TIME N / FF Starts running FILTER RESET TEST SET CL (Execute it while the units are running.) Push the button if the units stop. Push the UNIT LUVER button (left side of the button). A unit numbers - is indicated on the LCD (it will disappear after a few seconds). The indicated number shows the system address and indoor unit address of the unit. When or more indoor units are connected to the remote controller (group-controlled units), a number of UNIT LUVER other connected units appears each time you push the button (left side of the button). 9

94 To find an indoor unit s position from its address When checking unit numbers controlled as a group CDE. SET DATA SETTING UNIT. R.C.. TEMP. N / FF Stop FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET TIME SET CL (Execute it while the units are stopped.) The indoor unit numbers in a group are indicated one after another. The fan and louvers of the indicated units are activated. Push and hold the and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds. ALL appears on UNIT. on the LCD display. The fans and louvers of all the indoor units in the group are activated. Push the UNIT LUVER button (left side of the button). Each time you push the button, the indoor unit numbers are indicated one after another. The first-indicated unit number is the address of the header unit. nly the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor unit are activated. Push the button to finish the procedure. All the indoor units in the group stop. To check all the indoor unit addresses using an arbitrary wired remote controller. (When communication wirings of or more refrigerant lines are interconnected for central control) CDE. SET DATA SETTING UNIT. R.C.. TEMP. N / FF 6 FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET TIME SET CL 4 5 (Execute it while the units are stopped.) You can check indoor unit addresses and positions of the indoor units in a single refrigerant line. When an outdoor unit is selected, the indoor unit numbers of the refrigerant line of the selected unit are indicated one after another and the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor units are activated. 94

95 Push and hold the TIME and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds. At first, the line and CDE. AC (Address Change) are indicated on the LCD display. (Select an outdoor unit.) Push UNIT LUVER the (left side of the button) and SWING/FIX buttons repeatedly to select a system address. Push the button to confirm the system address selection. The address of an indoor unit connected to the selected refrigerant line is indicated on the LCD display and its fan and louvers are activated. 4 Push the UNIT LUVER button (left side of the button). Each time you push the button, the indoor unit numbers of the selected refrigerant line are indicated one after another. nly the fan and louvers of the indicated indoor unit are activated. To select another system address 5 Push the button to return to step. After returning to step, select another system address and check the indoor unit addresses of the line. 6 Push the button to finish the procedure. Changing the indoor unit address using a remote controller To change an indoor unit address using a wired remote controller. The method to change the address of an individual indoor unit (the indoor unit is paired with a wired remote controller one-to-one), or an indoor unit in a group. (The method is available when the addresses have already been set automatically.) CDE. SET DATA SETTING UNIT. R.C Finish (Execute it while the units are stopped.) Push and hold the,, and buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds. (If or more indoor units are controlled in a group, the first indicated UNIT. is that of the head unit.) Push the UNIT LUVER button (left side of the button) repeatedly to select an indoor unit number to change if or more units are controlled in a group. (The fan and louvers of the selected indoor unit are activated.) (The fan of the selected indoor unit is turned on.) N / FF, 6, 7 Push the TEMP. / buttons repeatedly to select TEMP. FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET TIME SET CL 4 for CDE.. 95

96 4 Push the TIME / buttons repeatedly to change the value indicated in the SET DATA section to that you want. 5 Push the button. 6 Push the UNIT LUVER button (left side of the button) repeatedly to select another indoor UNIT. to change. Repeat steps 4 to 6 to change the indoor unit addresses so as to make each of them unique. 7 Push the UNIT LUVER button (left side of the button) to check the changed addresses. 8 If the addresses have been changed correctly, push the button to finish the procedure. To change all the indoor unit addresses using an arbitrary wired remote controller. (The method is available when the addresses have already been set automatically.) (When communication wirings of or more refrigerant lines are interconnected for central control) NTE You can change the addresses of indoor units in each refrigerant line using an arbitrary wired remote controller. * Enter the address check/change mode and change the addresses. SET DATA SETTING UNIT. R.C.. CDE. TEMP. N / FF TIMER SET TIME FILTER RESET TEST SET CL Cancels the line selection If no number appears on UNIT., no outdoor unit exists on the line. Push CL following step. button and select another line (Execute it while the units are stopped.) Push and hold the TIME / buttons at the same time for more than 4 seconds. At first, the line and CDE. AC (Address Change) are indicated on the LCD display. Push UNIT LUVER (left side of the button) and SWING/FIX buttons repeatedly to select a system address. Push the button. The address of one of the indoor units connected to the selected refrigerant line is indicated on the LCD display and the fan and louvers of the unit are activated. At first, the current indoor unit address is displayed in SET DATA. ( system address is indicated.) 96

97 CDE. SET DATA SETTING UNIT. R.C.. TEMP. N / FF 4 8 Finish FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET TIME SET CL 5, 7 Push to finish setting. 6 4 Push the TIME / buttons repeatedly to change the value of the indoor unit address in SET DATA. Change the value in SET DATA to that of a new address. 5 Push the button to confirm the new address on SET DATA. 6 Push the UNIT LUVER button (left side of the button) repeatedly to select another address to change. Each time you push the button, the indoor unit numbers in a refrigerant line are indicated one after another. nly the fan and louvers of the selected indoor unit are activated. Repeat steps 4 to 6 to change the indoor unit addresses so as to make each of them unique. 7 Push the button. (All the segments on the LCD display light up.) 8 Push the button to finish the procedure. Resetting the address (Resetting to the factory default (address undecided)) Method Clearing each address separately using a wired remote controller. Set the system address, indoor unit address and group address to 0099 using a wired remote controller. (For the setting procedure, refer to the address setting procedures using the wired remote controller on the previous pages.) Method Clearing all the indoor unit addresses on a refrigerate line at once from the outdoor unit. Turn off the refrigerant line to reset to the factory default and set the header outdoor unit of the line as below. ) Disconnect the relay connectors between the [U, U] and [U, U4] terminals. (Leave them as they are if they have already been disconnected.) 97

98 ) Turn on dip switch of SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit if the switch is FF. (Leave it as it is if it has already been set to N.) Central remote controller Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit U U U U4 U U4 U U4 U U4 U U4 U U4 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U U U U U U U U A B A B A B A B A B Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Indoor units to have their addresses initialized Turn on the indoor and outdoor units of the refrigerant line for which you want to initialize the addresses. About one minute after turning on the power, confirm that the 7-segment display on the header outdoor unit indicates U and operate the interface P.C. board on the header outdoor unit of the refrigerant line as follows. SW0 SW0 SW0 SW04 Clearable addresses Confirm that the 7-segment display indicates A.d.buS and turn SW04 N for more than five seconds. Confirm that the 7-segment display indicates A.d.nEt and turn SW04 N for more than five seconds. System/indoor unit/group address Central control address Confirm that the 7-segment display indicates A.d. c.l. and set SW0, SW0 and SW0 to,, respectively. 4 After a time U..L08 appears on the 7-segment display if the address clearing has been completed successfully. If the 7-segment display indicates A.d. n.g., the outdoor unit may still connected with other refrigerant lines. Check the connection of the relay connectors between [U, U] and [U, U4]. NTE Take care to carry out the procedure above correctly; otherwise, addresses in other refrigerate lines may also be cleared. 5 Set the addresses again after finishing the clearance. 98

99 In the case of an increase in address-undefined indoor units (extension, etc.) To set up the indoor address of a unit with an address that is undefined due to the extension of indoor units or replacement of PC board, etc., follow the methods below. Method Set up an address individually from a wired remote controller. (Line address, Indoor address, Group address, Central address) For the setup method, refer to Manual address setup from the remote controller. above. Method Set up an address from the outdoor unit. * Leave the addresses of the units for which addresses have already been set up as they are. Set up an address only for the unit where the address is undefined. Addresses are allocated from lower numbers. Setup procedure Set up the outdoor header units in the refrigerant line to which indoor units have been added, as follows. Remove the relay connector between U/U and U/U4. If it is off, turn on SW0-bit on the interface PC board at outdoor header unit side. * Turn off the power, and then execute the operation. Central remote controller Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit U U U U4 U U4 U U4 U U4 U U4 U U4 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U U U U U U U U A B A B A B A B A B Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Added indoor unit Turn on the indoor/outdoor power for the refrigerant line for which an address is to be set up. After approximately minute, check that U is displayed on the 7-segment display. 4 Execute the following operation on the interface PC board of the header unit. SW0 SW0 SW0 SW04 4 After checking that In.At is displayed on the 7-segment display, push SW04 for 5 seconds or more. AUT AUT AUT... AUT9... is counted and displayed on the 7-segment display. 5 When U is displayed on the 7-segment display, the setup operation finished. Turn off the indoor/outdoor power. 6 Return to the following setup as before. Relay connector SW0-bit SW0, SW0, SW0 99

100 Check after Address Setup when Central Control System Is Connected When the central control system is connected, check that the following setup has finished after address setup. (4) () (5) () () U U Central remote controller U U4 Line address = Line address = To other refrigerant line ther refrigerant line Header unit (A) Header unit (A) Follower unit (B) U U4 U U4 U U4 utdoor unit U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 (5) Indoor unit U U U U U U U U A B A B A B A B Remote controller Remote controller Remote controller Relay connector Terminal resistance Line address Main check items ()Is the relay connector of the header unit connected after address setup? ()Is the relay connector of the follower unit removed? ()Is the end resistance (SW0-bit ) of the header unit with the smallest line address number in the central control turned on? (Setup is unnecessary for follower units.) (4)Is the terminal resistance (SW0-bit ) of the header units, except for the line with the smallest central control line address, turned off? (Setup is unnecessary for follower units.) (5)Are addresses in the line address (SW, SW4) not duplicated in each refrigerant line? Check NTE The figure above does not show all the electric wires. For details, refer to the installation manuals for the outdoor unit, indoor unit, remote controller, or optional devices. 00

101 Setting when connecting multiple indoor units to a FS (Flow Selector) unit Cautions to connection of indoor unit When connecting the multiple indoor units to a single FS unit, it is necessary to set up the CDE.. Be sure to set up the CDE. after setup of address. When connecting the multiple indoor units to a single FS unit, only group control is available. For the indoor unit, a remote controller cannot be individually connected. FS unit must be connected to one of the multiple indoor units which is under group control of a remote controller. The distance between FS unit and the indoor unit must be within 49 ft (5 m). FS unit Control wiring between indoor unit and FS unit (Within 49 ft (5 m)) FS unit Piping Piping Piping Remote controller Group control Incorrect example of connection FS unit Indoor unit 5 4 How to set up CDE.. Push + buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more. ALL is displayed in the UNIT. window. In this time, the fans of all the indoor units in the group control start the fan operation. Using the set temperature buttons, select the CDE. 0E. / Change SET DATA to 0 by the timer buttons /. 4 Push button. 5 Push button. Then the setup finished. Control wiring between indoor unit and FS unit Remote controller Incorrect Indoor unit Group control FS unit Piping Control wiring between indoor unit and FS unit Indoor unit Remote controller Incorrect 0

102 How to set up the cooling only indoor unit When setting the specific indoor unit to Cooling nly unit without connecting to the flow selector unit, setup to the indoor unit to become the Cooling nly unit is necessary. Perform setup in the following procedure. Setup to the indoor unit is performed by handling the wired remote controller. Even if a wired remote controller is not used, attach a wired remote controller for setup. Change the setup with the wired remote controller before using the air conditioner with a wireless remote controller. Change the setup during stop of the operation. (Be sure to stop operation of the air conditioner.) 4 6 SET DATA SETTING When pushing + + buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more, after a while, the display part flashes as shown in the figure. Check that the displayed CDE. is [0]. If the CDE. indicates one other than [0], push button to erase the display, and then retry the operation from the first step. (After pushing button, the operation of remote controller cannot be accepted after a while.) SET DATA SETTING (* The display changes according to the indoor unit model.) In a group control, the firstly displayed indoor unit. becomes the header unit. UNIT LUVER Every pushing button (left side of the button), the indoor unit. in the group control is displayed successively.. 5 UNIT. R.C.. F CDE. Select an indoor unit of which setting is to be changed. SET DATA SETTING UNIT. R.C.. CDE. In this time, the position of the indoor unit of which setup is to be changed can be confirmed because the fan and louver of the selected indoor unit work. Use or buttons of the set temperature to specify the CDE. [0F 0F]. 4 Use or buttons of the timer time to select the SET DATA [ ]. SET DATA Cooling nly Heat pump Cooling nly setup 5 Push button. In this time, if the display changes from flashing to lighting, the setup completes. To change the setup of an indoor unit other than the selected one, start operation from Procedure. In a group control, setup change of all the indoor units in a group is necessary. To change the setup of the set other than the selected one, start again operation from Procedure. CAUTIN Cooling nly and Heat pump cannot exist in the same group. Pushing button clears the set up contents which have been already set. In this case, retry from Procedure. 6 When the setup finished, push button. (The setup is determined.) Pushing button deletes the display and returns to normal stop status. (For some time after button has been pushed, the operation of the remote controller cannot be accepted.) 0

103 8-5. Troubleshooting in Test peration If there are phenomena such as the output of a check code or the remote controller is not accepted when poweredon after wiring work or during address setup operation, the following causes are considered A Check Code Is Displayed on the Remote Controller Check the code displayed on the indoor remote controller E04 E6 E E5 E6 L04 Header unit 7- segment display Cause * L05 : Displayed on the indoor unit set up with priority L06 : Displayed on the indoor units except the one set up with priority Countermeasures When outdoor power is off Check that the header outdoor unit power is on L08 E08 -XX Alternate blinking E07 E06 E6 -XX Alternate blinking E E5 E6 -XX Alternate blinking L04 Address setup error nly line addresses of the connected indoor units are undefined. The outdoor line address and the line addresses of all the indoor units do not match. The indoor addresses are duplicated. (Units except those displaying E04 are duplicated.) A header unit is not set up in group control (except groups displaying E04). Duplication of indoor addresses (address number in the subcode of the check code are duplicated). There is no outdoor terminal resistance, or there are two or more resistances. (After address setup, when terminal resistance setup is changed after poweringon) Transmission circuit error at the interface side (PC board failure) After address setup, communication from all the indoor units is interrupted under the condition that a normal operation can be performed. Exceeded the number or capacity of connected indoor units Communication between outdoor units has stopped. Duplication of outdoor addresses (only when an outdoor address was manually set up) Number of connected outdoor units has decreased. When installing an outdoor backup The power of a follower unit is not turned on. Duplication of outdoor line addresses Line address setup error (occurred after connection between U/U and U/U4 connectors) Set up the address again. Set up the address again. Check SW0 bit of the header unit. connection between multiple refrigerant lines: SW0 bit is on. Connection between multiple refrigerant lines: SW0 bit of the connected header unit is turned on only for one line. Replace the interface PC board. Check and correct disconnection of the indoor/ outdoor communication line (the communication line between the header unit and the leading indoor unit). Check for the influence of communication noise. Adjust the number or capacity of connected indoor units. Check the number of connected outdoor units. Check that outdoor unit power is on. Do not use manual setup for outdoor addresses. Correction of the cause of error occurrence If it occurs when installing a backup, clear the error after setup finishes. If the power of a follower unit is not turned on, turn on the power. Modify the line address setup of the header unit between lines. (Set up SW and SW4 on the interface PC board.) L05(*) L06 Duplication of indoor units with priority Set up priority only for one indoor unit. L06(*) L08 L08 There are two or more indoor units set up with priority. N SW0 Address setup error nly indoor addresses of all the connected indoor units are undefined. Among indoor units indicating L05, set one unit with priority. Set up the addresses again. Modify the setup. 0

104 8-5-. peration from the indoor remote controller is not accepted, and a check code is displayed on the 7-segment display of the interface PC board of the header unit. Indoor remote controller status response Header unit 7-segment display L08 E9-00 Alternate blinking E9-0 Alternate blinking E0-0 Alternate blinking Cause Line addresses and indoor addresses of all the connected indoor units are not set. There is no header unit of group control. Indoor unit power is not turned on. Indoor/outdoor communication line is not correctly connected to the U/U terminal of the header unit ( Fig. ). (Indoor/ outdoor cannot communicate before address setup.) There is no of outdoor terminal resistance, or there are two or more resistances (before address setup). N SW0 When connecting an indoor/outdoor communication line between outdoor units under the condition of a connected communication line between outdoor units ( Fig. ). Address setup is performed with connecting an indoor/ outdoor communication line between outdoor units ( Fig. ). Address setup is performed under the condition of connecting multiple refrigerant lines ( Fig. ). Set up addresses. Countermeasures Set up a group address. Turn on the power again. (In the order: indoor outdoor) Correct wiring Check SW0 bit of the header unit. connection between multiple refrigerant lines: SW0 bit is on. Connection between multiple refrigerant lines: SW0 bit of the connected header unit is turned on only for one line. Correct wiring Correct wiring Correct wiring There is no display of a check code on the 7-segment display on the interface PC board of the header unit, although there is indoor unit that is not accepting operation from the indoor remote controller. Indoor remote controller status response display on the indoor remote controller (no line is output.) Header unit 7-segment display ne ne Cause The communication line is not connected between indoor and outdoor (the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote controller). Line address and indoor address are not set (the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote controller). The power of the header unit of the group is not turned on in indoor group control (the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote controller). Group address is set to the follower unit for individual control (the unit that does not respond to the indoor remote controller). The power is not turned on (the unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote controller). The indoor remote controller is not connected with a wire (the unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote controller). Miswiring of the indoor remote controller (the unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote controller) Indoor remote controller communication circuit error (the unit that is not displayed on the indoor remote controller) If 08/0 V is incorrectly applied to the indoor remote controller terminal, the remote controller communication circuit fails. Modify the wiring. Set up the address. Turn on the power. Countermeasures Set the group address to 0 in the case of individual control. Turn on the power. Modify the wiring. Modify the wiring. Remove the fast-on terminal connected to indoor remote controller terminals A/B, and check the voltage. If voltage is not applied (normally 5 to 8 V), replace the PC board. 04

105 In checking the number of connected outdoor units and connected indoor units after address setup, a lower number of connected units is displayed. (There are outdoor/indoor units that do not operate in a test operation.) Status Cause Countermeasures The number of connected outdoor units is too few. The number of connected indoor units is too few. The number of outdoor units connected to a group is too few in group operation from an indoor remote controller. Miswiring of communication lines between outdoor units or an unconnected wire ( Fig. 4). (Address setup operation finished without recognizing a miswired follower unit.) Miswiring of communication lines between indoor units or an unconnected wire ( Fig. 5). (Address setup operation finished without recognizing a miswired indoor unit.) The indoor remote controller is not connected with wire. Miswiring of the indoor remote controller Indoor remote controller communication circuit error If 08/0V or 460V is incorrectly applied to the remote controller terminal, the remote controller communication circuit fails. After modification of wiring, set up the addresses again and check the number of connected outdoor units. After modification of wiring, set up the addresses again and check the number of connected indoor units. Using the main indoor remote controller connected to a group, start a test operation, specify the unit that is not operating (the unit not connected to the group), and then check the wiring. Using the main indoor remote controller connected to a group, start a test operation and then specify the unit that is not operating (the unit not connected to the group). Remove the fast-on terminal connected to remote controller terminals A/B, and check the voltage. If voltage is not applied (normally 5 to8 V), replace the PC board. 05

106 Miswiring example Figure Remote controller status Header unit 7-segment display Miswiring example Header unit Header unit Fig. response E9-00 U U4 U5 U6 U U U U U U U U Header unit Follower unit Fig. response E9-0 U U U5 U6 U U U5 U6 U U U U Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit [Line ] Follower unit [Line ] Fig. response E0-0 U U U U U U U5 U6 U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U Figure Status Miswiring example The number of connected outdoor units is too few. Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Header unit Follower unit Fig. 4 U U U U4 U U U U4 U U U5 U6 U U U U U U U U U U or U U4 or U5 U6 U U U U U U or U U4 The number of connected indoor units is too few. Header unit Follower unit Fig. 5 U U U U Wiring forgotten U U A B U U U U 06

107 8-6. Test peration Check Fan Check START Push the Start/Stop button on the remote controller. Select the " Fan" operating mode. Check code appears Check code appears When a check code has been displayed on the remote controller, remove the cause of the error, referring to "Check code and check position displayed on remote controller and outdoor unit." Is air discharged from the discharge port of the indoor unit? YES N Check the indoor fan, fan motor, and fan circuit. Is the sound normal? YES N Check positions around the fan. rmal Check every indoor unit in turn. 07

108 8-6-. Cooling/heating test operation check The cooling/heating test operation check can be performed on both the indoor remote control and the outdoor header unit interface PC board. () Test operation start/stop operation Test operation from the indoor remote control Wired remote control: Refer to the items below in Test operation of the wired remote control. Wireless remote control: Refer to the items below in Test operation of the wireless remote control. Wired remote control Procedure 4 peration content When the Test button is pushed for 4 seconds or more, TEST is displayed in the display section, and the unit enters test operating mode. Push the button. Using the Select Mode button, select the CL or HEAT operating mode. Do not use an operating mode other than CL or HEAT. Temperature adjustment is unavailable during test operation. Error is detected as usual. When the test operation has finished, push the button to stop the operation. (The same display as in procedure appears in the display section.) Push the Test button to clear the test operating mode. ( TEST disappears from the display section, and the status returns to the normal stopped status.) Wireless remote control (Except the 4-way Cassette type and the Ceiling type) Procedure 4 peration content Remove the nameplate of the receiver section by inserting a screwdriver or similar tool into the notch at the bottom of the plate, and set the DIP switch to TEST RUN N. Execute a test operation with the button on the wireless remote control. The, and LEDs blink during test operation. Under TEST RUN N status, temperature adjustment from the wireless remote controller is invalid. Do not use this method of operation other than for test operation because the equipment will be damaged. Use either the CL or HEAT operation mode for a test operation. * The outdoor unit does not operate for approximately minutes after powering-on or stopping operation. After the test operation is finished, stop the air conditioner from the wireless remote controller, and return the DIP switch of the sensor section to its original position. (A 60-minute timer clearing function is attached to the sensor section in order to prevent continuous test operation.) Receiver unit Spacer M4 5 screw ( pieces) 5, 4 tch Small screw Nameplate, 5 08

109 Wireless remote control (4-way Cassette type) Wireless remote control (Ceiling type) Procedure 4 5 peration content Turn off the air conditioner fs power. Remove the adjustment corner cap attached to the sensor section from the ceiling panel. For removing method, follow the installation manual attached to the ceiling panel. (Be careful when handling the sensor section because it has cables connected to it.) Remove the sensor cover from the adjustment corner cap (held with screw). Change Bit, TEST, of switch S00 on the sensor PC board from off to on. Replace the sensor cover and attach the adjustment corner cap with the sensors to the ceiling panel. Turn on the air conditioner fs power. Push the button of the wireless remote control, and select the CL or HEAT operating mode with the Mode button. (All display lamps on the wireless remote control sensor section blink during the test operation.) Do not use any operating mode other than CL or HEAT. Error is detected as usual. When the test operation has finished, push the button to stop the operation. Turn off the air conditioner fs power. Change Bit of switch S00 on the sensor PC board from on to off. Attach the adjustment corner cap with the sensors to the ceiling panel. Sensor cover Adjustment corner cap Bit FF N 4 S00 N Sensor PC board Procedure peration content Turn on the air conditioner fs power. This operation is not accepted for 5 minutes when power has been turned on for the first time after installation, and for minute when power has been turned on the second and subsequent times after that. After the specified time has passed, perform the test operation. Push the button and change the operating mode to CL or HEAT with the Mode button. Then change the fan speed to High using the Fan button. Test cooling operation Set the temperature to 64.4 F (8 C) using the Temperature setting button. After checking for the receiving gbeep h tone, immediately push the Temperature setting button to set it to 66. F (9 C). After checking for the receiving gbeep h tone, immediately push the Temperature setting button to set it to 64.4 F (8 C). Test heating operation Set the temperature to 86 F (0 C) using the Temperature setting button. After checking for the receiving gbeep h tone, immediately push the Temperature setting button to set it to 84. F (9 C). After checking for the receiving gbeep h tone, immediately push the Temperature setting button to set it to 86 F (0 C). Then repeat steps After approximately 0 seconds, the PERATIN (green) and READY (yellow) display lamps on the sensor part of the wireless remote controller blink, and the air conditioner starts operating. If the lamps do not blink, repeat step and the subsequent steps. After the test operation, push the Start/Stop button to stop the operation. utline of test operation from the wireless remote controller Test cooling operation: Start 64.4 F (8 C) 66. F (9 C) 64.4 F (8 C) 66. F (9 C) 64.4 F (8 C) 66. F (9 C) 64.4 F (8 C) (Test operation) Stop Test heating operation: Start 86 F (0 C) 84. F (9 C) 86 F (0 C) 84. F (9 C) 86 F (0 C) 84. F (9 C) 86 F (0 C) (Test operation) Stop Always select [ HIGH] fan speed., 4, 5, 6,7 Test operation from the outdoor unit Refer to Function to start/stop (N/FF) indoor unit from outdoor unit in Service support function. te: The test operation returns to normal operating mode after 60 minutes. 09

110 () Test operation START Test operation for every indoor unit in turn Test operation for one indoor unit peration starts Is cold air or hot air discharged? YES N Refer to "Test operation procedure" of the indoor remote controller. The operation does not start for approximately minutes after powering-on or stopping operation. te: After powering-on, it may require up to 0 minutes to start the operation due to the initial communications of the system. Check the operating status of the compressor. Is air circulation sufficient? N Check the direction of the louver. YES perate all the indoor units at once. Execute a test operation using "Start/Stop Function of the Indoor Unit from utdoor Unit" in the "Service Support Function" section. te Is there adequate temperature difference between suction and discharge? N YES Is the operating voltage correct? (FT9: 08/0V ± 0%, FT6: 460V ± 0%) YES N Check power voltage of the main power supply. Check the cable size of the power supply. te te Is the operating current normal? rmal YES Is the operating pressure normal? YES N N tes - are on the next page. Check the temperature load of the indoor/outdoor units. Check the pipe length and refrigerant amount. Check the operating Herts of the compressor. Check the operation of the outdoor fans. Check for abnormal sound in the outdoor unit. (Abnormal sound, etc. of the compressor and other components) 0

111 te : Criteria for the difference between suction and discharge temperatures () Individual cooling operation After operating for a minimum of 0 minutes in CL mode, if the ΔT dry bulb temperature difference between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit is 46.4 F (8 C) or more, it is normal. () Individual heating operation After operating for a minimum of 0 minutes in HEAT mode, if the ΔT dry bulb temperature difference between suction and discharge air of the indoor unit is 59 F (5 C) or more, it is normal. * If demand from the indoor unit on the outdoor unit is low because the difference between the temperature set by the remote controller and the temperature of the room is small, then the ΔT temperature difference is small. * Consider that ΔT temperature difference may diminish in cases of a system in which the connected indoor unit capacity exceeds the outdoor unit capacity, the pipe length is long, or a large difference exists among outdoor units. te : Criteria for operating power current The table below shows the maximum current for each outdoor unit. Under standard conditions, operating current is about 80% of the value shown in the table below. utdoor unit MMY-MAP 074FT9UL 0964FT9UL 04FT9UL 074FT6UL 0964FT6UL 04FT6UL current valve (A) te : Criteria for cycle status () These data are based on operating a 4-way Cassette type air conditioner of 00% connection with standard piping length. Data may vary depending on temperature conditions, installed pipe length, and room shape combinations, or indoor unit connection capacity. For pressure criteria in different temperature conditions, refer to (). Model MMY-MAP 074FT9UL / 074FT6UL 0964FT9UL / 0964FT6UL 04FT9UL / 04FT6UL perating mode All cooling All heating All cooling All heating All cooling All heating Pressure (psi) Pipe surface temperature ( F) Number of compressor rotations (rps)* Pd Ps Discharge (TD) Suction (TS) Suction (TS) Indoor heat exchanger (TC) utdoor heat exchanger (TE) Liquid Compressor Compressor Compressor temperature (TL) Indoor fan High High High High High High Air temperature condition (DB/WB)( F) Indoor 80/67 70/ 80/67 70/ 80/67 70/ utdoor 95/ 47/4 95/ 47/4 95/ 47/4 * This compressor is driven with a 4-pole motor. The value of the compressor frequency (rps) measured with a clamp meter at the compressor lead line is two times the rotation count (rps) of the compressor. * Each compressor may have a different frequency as a measure against resonance. * The temperature of the indoor heat exchanger (TC) indicates TCJ sensor temperature when cooling, and TC sensor temperature when heating, respectively. () Criteria for operating pressure perating mode All cooling All heating Indoor temp. ( F) utdoor temp. ( F) Pressure Pd Ps (psi) (psi) * Criteria after 5 minutes or more has passed since operating started. () n rotations of outdoor fans utdoor fans may rotate slowly to control pressure when cooling with low outer air temperature or heating with excessive load. For control content, also refer to items in Section 5, Control utline: utdoor Unit, utdoor Fan Control.

112 8-7. Confirmation of Test peration Function to Start/Stop (N/FF) Indoor Unit from utdoor Unit The following functions of the indoor unit can start or stop by the switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit.. Function utline Setup/Release 7-segment display All cooling test operation All heating test operation Fan test operation Changes the mode of all the connected indoor units collectively to cooling test operation. te) Control operation same as usual test operation from remote control is performed. Changes the mode of all the connected indoor units collectively to heating test operation. te) Control operation same as usual test operation from remote control is performed. Changes operation mode of all the connected indoor units collectively to test operation mode. te) Control operation same as usual test operation from remote control is performed. 4 Batch start Starts all the connected indoor units collectively. te) The contents follow to the setup of remote controller. Batch stop 5 Individual start Individual stop Individual test operation Stops all the connected indoor units collectively. Starts the specified indoor unit. tes) The contents follow to the setup of remote controller. The other indoor units keep the status as they are. Stops the specified indoor unit. te) The other indoor units keep the status as they are. perates the specified indoor unit. te) The other indoor units keep the status as they are. [Setup] Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/5/], and push SW04 for seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. [Setup] Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/6/], and push SW04 for seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. [Setup] Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/9/], and push SW04 for seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. [Setup] Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/7/], and push SW04 for seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to []. [Setup] Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/7/], and push SW05 for seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to []. [Setup] Set SW0 to [6], set SW0 and SW0 to address. ( to 40) to be started, and push SW04 for seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. [Setup] Set SW0 to [6], set SW0 and SW0 to address. ( to 40) to be stopped, and push SW05 for seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. [Setup] Set SW0 to [6], set SW0 and SW0 to address. to be operated, and push SW04 for 0 seconds or more. [Release] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. Section A [C. ] Section A [H. ] Section A [F. ] Section B [ C] Section B [ H] Section B [ F] Section A Section B [C.H] [ ] [ 00] is displayed on Section B for 5 seconds. Section A Section B [C.H] [ 00] [ 00] is displayed on Section B for 5 seconds. Section A Section B [ ] [ ] Section A: Displays the corresponding indoor address. Section B: Displays [ ] for 5 seconds from operation-n. Section A Section B [ ] [ ] Section A: Displays the corresponding indoor address. Section B: Displays [ 00] for 5 seconds from operation-ff. Section A Section B [ ] [ ] Section A: Displays the corresponding indoor address. Section B: Displays [ FF] for 5 seconds from test operation-n. NTE ) This start/stop function only sends the signals from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit, such as start, stop, operation mode, etc. It does not resend the signals even if the indoor unit does not follow the sent signals. NTE ) The above controls are not used during abnormal stop. 7-segment display [A] SW04 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches>

113 () All cooling test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the cooling test operation mode, by using switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. <peration procedure> Power N Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power-n of outdoor unit. Set SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [/5/]. ([C. ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A].) Push SW04 on the same board for seconds or more. Start [Test run] is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated. Check that [ C] is displayed on 7-segment display [B] on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. [A] [C. ] [B] [ C] peration check Return SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//], or push the push switch SW05 for seconds or more. Stop/End 7-segment display [A] SW04 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> NTE) The test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes.

114 () All heating test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the heating test operation mode, by using switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. <peration procedure> Power N Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power-n of outdoor unit. Set SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [/6/]. ([H ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A].) Push SW04 on the same board for seconds or more. Start [Test run] is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated. Check that [ H] is displayed on 7-segment display [B] on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. [A] [H. ] [B] [ H] peration check Return SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//], or push the push switch SW05 for seconds or more. Stop/End 7-segment display [A] SW04 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> NTE) The test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes. 4

115 () Single fan test operation function This function is provided to change collectively the mode of all the indoor units connected to the same system for the fan test operation mode by using switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. <peration procedure> Power N Be sure to turn on power of the indoor unit and then turn on power supplies at outdoor unit side. Match [SW0/SW0/SW0] on the interface P.C.board of the header unit to [/5/]. (7-segment display [A] changes to [F. ].) Push the push switch SW4 for seconds or more on the P.C. board. peration [Test run] is displayed on the remote controller of the indoor unit to be operated. Check that 7-segment display [B] on the interface P.C. board of the header unit changed to [ C] [A] [F. ] [B] [ F] peration check Return [SW0/SW0/Sw0] on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//]. or push the push switch [SW05] for seconds or more. Stop/End 7-segment display [A] SW04 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> NTE) The test operation ends after 60 minutes and the operation returns to normal status. 5

116 (4) Batch start/stop (N/FF) function This function is provided to start/stop collectively all the indoor units connected to the same system by using switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. <peration procedure> Power N Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power-n of outdoor unit. If an error is already displayed with SW0/SW0/SW0 being [//], return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation. Set up the operation mode of the remote controller. (If it is not set up, the operation continues with the current mode.) (FAN/CL/HEAT) The unit which is not given with priority by heating priority control, cooling priority control, and selection of cooling or heating mode is not operated. In this case, " operation ready" or " operation mode controlled" is displayed on the remote controller. Set SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [/7/]. ([C.H ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A].) Push SW04 on the same board for seconds or more. Start The indoor unit to be started operates. peration check If the discharge temperature does not change though CL or HEAT has been set up from the remote controller, misconnection is considered. Push the push switch SW05 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit for seconds or more. Stop After test operation, return the rotary switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//]. End 7-segment display [A] SW04 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> 6

117 (5) Individual start/stop (N/FF) individual test operation function This function is provided to start/stop (N/FF) individually each indoor unit connected to the same system by using switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. Set SW0 [6] and set SW0, SW0 to indoor address. ( to 40) to be started (Refer to the following table*) - only the setup indoor unit starts operation. (In the rotary switches of the indoor unit which operates in a group by the remote controller, the follower unit cannot be individually started or stopped. In this case, [ - - ] is displayed on 7-segment display [B] on the interface P.C. board of the header unit.) <peration procedure> Power N Be sure to turn on power at the indoor side before power-n of outdoor unit. If an error is already displayed with SW0/SW0/SW0 being [//], return the status to normal one according to troubleshooting and then execute a test operation. Set up the operation mode of the remote controller. (If it is not set up, the operation continues with the current mode.) The unit which is not given with priority by heating priority control, cooling priority control, and selection of cooling or heating mode is not operated. In this case, " operation ready" or " operation mode controlled" is displayed on the remote controller. 7-segment display [A] SW04 7-segment display [B] SW05 Match the rotary switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to the following table*. (7-segment display) [A] [ ] Address display of corresponding indoor unit [B] [ ] [ 00] is displayed for 5 seconds after operation-n. SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> Push the push switch SW04 on the same board for seconds or more. (If pushed continuously for 0 seconds or more, the operation changes to the individual test operation.) [A] [ ] Address display of corresponding indoor unit (7-segment display) [B] [ ] [ ] is displayed for 5 seconds after operation-n. (For individual test operation, [ FF] is displayed.) Start The indoor unit to be started operates. peration check If the discharge temperature does not change though CL or HEAT has been set up from the remote controller, misconnection is considered. Push the push switch SW05 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit for seconds or more. (7-segment display) [A] [ ] Address display of corresponding indoor unit After test operation, return the display select switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//]. [B] [ ] [ 00] is displayed for 5 seconds after operation-n. End * SW0 SW0 SW0 Units to be operated 6 ~6 6 ~6 6 ~6 Address to Address 6 } individually Address 7 to Address } individually Address to Address 40 } individually In individual start/stop NTE) The individual test operation returns to the normal operation after 60 minutes. 7

118 8-7-. Error Clearing Function () Clearing from the main remote controller Error clearing in outdoor unit Error of the outdoor unit currently detected is cleared by the unit of one refrigerant circuit system to which the indoor units operated by the remote controller is connected. (Error of the indoor unit is not cleared.) For clearing errors, the service monitor function of the remote controller is used. <Method> Change the mode to service monitor mode by pushing + buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more. Using buttons, set CDE. to FF. The display in Section A in the following figure is counted with interval of 5 seconds as When the count arrives 0000, the error is cleared. * However, counting from 0005 is repeated on the display. 4 When TEST button is pushed, the status returns to the normal status. Section A TEMP. TIMER SET FAN N / FF MDE TIME SAVE VENT FILTER RESET TEST SET CL SWING/FIX UNIT LUVER 4 Error clearing in indoor unit Error in the indoor unit is cleared by button on the remote controller. (nly error of the indoor unit connected with operating remote controller is cleared.) 8

119 () Clearing error by using switches on the interface board of the header unit Using the switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit, this function is to clear the currently detected error for each refrigerant circuit system without resetting the power supply. Errors in both outdoor and indoor units are once cleared, and error detection is performed again. Set the rotary switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit as follows. Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/6/] 7-segment display [A] [B] [ E r ] [ ] Push the push switch SW04 on the same board for 5 seconds or more. [ C L] is displayed in 7-segment display [B] on the board (for 5 seconds), and the error is completely cleared. 7-segment display [A] [B] [ E r ] [ C L ] Interface P.C. board 7-segment display [A] SW04 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> () Clearing error by resetting power This function is provided to clear error in a system by resetting the power of all the outdoor and the indoor units. As same as the clearing method by the interface P.C. board, errors of both the outdoor and the indoor units are once cleared, and error detection is performed again. <Method> () Be sure to reset power of both the outdoor and the indoor units. () Turn on the power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit. (If the power is turned on in reverse order, a check code [E9] (. of header unit error) is output.) NTE) After power reset, it requires usually minutes to power-on due to the initial communication of the system. In some cases, it requires max. 0 minutes. 9

120 8-7-. Remote Controller Distinction Function This function is provided to distinguish the remote controller connected to the indoor unit from the outdoor unit for a refrigerant circuit system by using switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. <Distinction procedure> Power N Be sure to turn on the power of the indoor unit prior to the power of the outdoor unit. Set the display select switches on the interface P.C. board of the header unit as follows: Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [/4/] 7-segment display [A] [B] [ A ] [ ] peration Push the push switch SW04 on the same board for seconds or more. 7-segment display [A] [B] [ A ] [ FF] "Checking" display of the connected remote controller flashes. Check the connected remote controller Push the push switch SW05 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit for seconds or more. End ther end conditions:. 0 minutes has passed. SW0, SW0, or SW0 changed to other position. Interface P.C. board 7-segment display [A] SW04 7-segment display [B] SW05 SW0 SW0 SW0 <Rotary switches> 0

121 Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Forced pen/close Function in Indoor Unit This function is provided to open or close forcedly PMV for minutes in all the indoor units by the switch operation on the interface P.C. board of the header unit. This function is also used to open PMV fully when turning off the power and executing an operation. <peration> [pen fully] Set the switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//], and push SW04 for seconds or more. (Display appears on 7-segment display for minutes as follows.) [P ] [ FF] [Close fully] Set the switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the header unit to [//], and push SW05 for seconds or more. (Display appears on 7-segment display for one minute as follows.) [P ] [ 00] [Clear] After minutes ( minutes for Close fully ) after setting up, the opening automatically returns to the normal opening Pulse Motor Valve (PMV) Forced pen Fully/Close fully Function in utdoor Unit This function is provided to forcedly open or close fully P.M.V. (PMV/PMV, PMV4) used in the outdoor unit for minutes. [PMV/PMV pen fully] n the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit, set the dip switch [SW bit] to [FF], [SW bit] to [FF], and shortcircuit CN0. [PMV/PMV Close fully] n the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit, set the dip switch [SW bit] to [FF], [SW bit] to [FF], and shortcircuit CN. [PMV4 pen fully] n the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit, set the dip switch [SW bit] to [FF], [SW bit] to [N], and shortcircuit CN0. [PMV4 Close fully] n the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit, set the dip switch [SW bit] to [FF], [SW bit] to [N], and shortcircuit CN. [Clear] For both open fully and close fully, after minutes, the opening returns to the normal opening. Be sure to remove the cord used for short-circuit after confirmation, and set the dip switch [SW bit] to [FF] and [SW bit] to [FF].

122 Solenoid Valve Forced pen/close Function in utdoor Unit This function is provided to forcedly open each solenoid valve mounted in the outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P.C. board in the outdoor unit. Use this function to check there is no refrigerant clogging with N/FF operation of the solenoid valve. [peration] () Set the switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit to [//]. () When [H. r] is displayed in 7-segment display [A], keep pushing the switch SW04 for seconds or more. () From when [ ] is displayed in 7-segment display [B], is turned on. (4) After then, N and FF of each solenoid valve are exchanged by changing the setup number of the switch SW0. (N/FF output pattern of each solenoid valve is as shown below.) NTE ) Display in 7-segment display [B] is exchanged just when the number of SW0 has been changed; on the other hand, the solenoid valve output is exchanged when SW0 has been kept with the same number for 5 seconds or more. NTE ) The mark [] in the table indicates that the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned on. NTE ) The mark [-] in the table indicates that N/FF of the solenoid valve is controlled based upon the specifications of the air conditioner. NTE 4) The mark [ ] in the table indicates that the corresponding solenoid valve is forcedly turned off with this operation. NTE 5) The case heater output is for both the compressor and accumulator heaters. [Clear] Return switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board to [//]. NTE) As this function is not based on the specified general control, be sure to release this mode after checking. SW0 7-segment display [B] peration pattern of solenoid valve Case heater output A B C D E F 6 4 [ ] [ 5 ] [ 4 ] [ 4 ] [ 4 ] [ A ] [ b ] [ C ] [ d ] [ ] [ 6 ] [ ] [ ] [ 4 ] [ ALL ]

123 Fan peration Check in utdoor Unit This function is provided to check the fan operation of the outdoor unit by using switches on the interface P.C. board in the outdoor unit. The frequency of the fan speed can be controlled by setting of the switches. Use this function to check the operation or abnormal sound in the fan system. And, use this function while the system is stopped. NTE) Do not use this function during operation of the compressor. It may damage the compressor. [peration] () Set the switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit to [//4]. () When [F. d] is displayed in 7-segment display [A], keep pushing the switch SW04 for seconds or more. () When [ 6 ] is displayed in 7-segment display [B], the fan starts operation. (Max. mode operation) (4) After that, by changing the setup number of the switches SW0 and SW0, 7-segment display [B] and the fan mode are changed. (Mode output pattern of the fan is as follows.) SW0 SW0 7-segment display [B] Fan mode [ 6 ] 6 [ 6 ] 6 [ 6 ] 6 4 [ 60 ] 60 5 [ 59 ] 59 6 [ 58 ] 58 7 [ 57 ] 57 8 [ 56 ] [ 55 ] 55 0 [ 54 ] 54 [ 5 ] 5 [ 5 ] 5 [ 5 ] 5 4 [ 50 ] 50 5 [ 49 ] 49 6 [ 48 ] 48 [ 47 ] 47 [ 46 ] 46 [ 45 ] 45 4 [ 44 ] 44 5 [ 4 ] 4 6 [ 4 ] 4 7 [ 4 ] 4 8 [ 40 ] [ 9 ] 9 0 [ 8 ] 8 [ 7 ] 7 [ 6 ] 6 [ 5 ] 5 4 [ 4 ] 4 5 [ ] 6 [ ] SW0 SW0 7-segment display [B] Fan mode [ ] [ 0 ] 0 [ 9 ] 9 4 [ 8 ] 8 5 [ 7 ] 7 6 [ 6 ] 6 7 [ 5 ] 5 8 [ 4 ] [ ] 0 [ ] [ ] [ 0 ] 0 [ 9 ] 9 4 [ 8 ] 8 5 [ 7 ] 7 6 [ 6 ] 6 [ 5 ] 5 [ 4 ] 4 [ ] 4 [ ] 5 [ ] 6 [ 0 ] 0 7 [ 9 ] 9 8 [ 8 ] [ 7 ] 7 0 [ 6 ] 6 [ 5 ] 5 [ 4 ] 4 [ ] 4 [ ] 5 [ ] 6 [ 0 ] 0 [Clear] This function is cleared by one of the following operations. () When SW0 setting number was changed to other number. () Push-switch SW05 was push for seconds or more.

124 Abnormal utdoor Unit Discrimination Method By Fan perating Function This function is provided to forcedly operate the fan of the outdoor unit in which an error occurred or the fan of thevnormal outdoor unit by the switch operation on the interface P.C. board in the header unit. To specify which one of the follower units connected to the system was faulty, use this function for the system stop due to a follower unit fault (Check code [E8]). [peration] <In case to operate the fan in the erroneous outdoor unit only> () Check that the switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board in the header unit are set to [//]. [A] 7-segment display [B] utdoor unit. Error code display () Push the push switch SW04 for seconds or more. () [E ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A]. (4) The fan of the outdoor unit in which error occurred starts operation within approx. 0 seconds after [E ] was displayed. <In case to operate the fans in all the normal outdoor units> () Check that the switches SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board in the header unit are set to [//]. () Push the push switches SW04 and SW05 at the same time for seconds or more. () [E 0] is displayed on 7-segment display [A]. (4) The fans of all the normal outdoor units start operation with the Max. fan speed within approx. 0 seconds after [E 0] was displayed. [Release] Push the push switch SW05 on the interface P.C. board in the header unit for seconds or more. The outdoor fan which was operated stops. * Check that [U. ] is displayed on 7-segment display [A], and then finish the work. 4

125 Manual Adjustment Function of utside Temperature (T) Sensor This function is provided to fix T sensor value manually by the switch operation on the interface P.C. board in the outdoor unit. When the unit stops abnormally due to T sensor failure, etc, an emergent operation is available by setting up the value manually to position near the current outside temperature. [peration] () Set the rotary switches on the interface P.C. board to numbers as follows: SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//5] 7-segment display: [ t o ] () Keep pushing the push switch SW04 on the interface P.C. board for second or more. The mode changes to the T sensor value fix manual mode. () As shown in the following table, T sensor value can be fixed by setting the rotary switch SW0 on the interface P.C. board. [Clear] Return SW0/SW0/SW0 on the interface P.C. board in the outdoor unit to [//]. SW segment display [B] [ 50 ] [ 59 ] [ 68 ] [ 77 ] [ 86 ] [ 95 ] [ 04 ] [ 09 ] [ ] [ 5 ] [ 4 ] [ ] [ ] [ 5 ] [ 4 ] [ 44 ] T sensor value 50 F (0 C) 59 F (5 C) 68 F (0 C) 77 F (5 C) 86 F (0 C) 95 F (5 C) 04 F (40 C) 09 F (4 C) F (45 C) 5 F ( 5 C) 4 F ( 0 C) F ( 5 C) F (0 C) 5 F ( C) 4 F (5 C) 44 F (7 C) NTE If operated with T sensor fixed by this function, the system control operation of the air conditioner may not be based on the specification of the product. Therefore an emergent operation should be restricted to a day or so. 5

126 <Service support function list> SW0 SW0 SW0 7-segment display [A] Function contents [J. C] Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function (Cooling operation) [J. H] Refrigerant circuit and control communication line check function (Heating operation) [P. ] Indoor PMV forced full open function 4 [A. ] Indoor remote controller discriminating function 5 [C. ] Cooling test operation function 6 [H. ] Heating test operation function 7 [C. H] Indoor collective start/stop (N/FF) function [r. d] utdoor refrigerant recovery operation function (Pump down function) 6 [E. r] Error clear function [H. r] Solenoid valve forced open/close function ~6 4~7 [F. d] Fan forced operation function 5 [t. o] utside temperature sensor manual adjustment function [0 ]~[ 6] Indoor. to 6 unit 6 ~6 [ 7]~[ ] Indoor. 7 to unit [ ]~[4 0] Indoor. to 40 unit Indoor individual start/stop (N/FF) function SW0 SW0 SW0 7-segment display [A/B] Function contents [U ] [ E8 ] Follower unit error / Corresponding unit fan operation function 6

127 Monitor Function of Remote Controller Switch When using a remote controller with the model name RBC-AMTUL, the following monitor functions can be used. Calling of display screen <Content> The sensor temperature or operation status of the remote controller, indoor unit, or the outdoor unit can be known by calling up the service monitor mode from the remote controller. [Procedure] Push + buttons simultaneously for 4 seconds or more to call up the service monitor mode. The service monitor goes on, and temperature of the CDE. 00 is firstly displayed. Push the temperature setup buttons to select the CDE. to be monitored. For displayed codes, refer to the table next page. Push button to determine the item to be monitored. Then monitor the sensor temperature or operation status of indoor unit and the outdoor unit in the corresponding refrigerant line. 4 Pushing button returns the display to the normal display. TEMP. TIMER SET FAN N / FF MDE TIME SAVE VENT FILTER RESET TEST SET CL SWING/FIX UNIT LUVER 4 7

128 System data Indoor unit data * CDE. Data name Display format Unit Remote controller display example 00 Room temperature (During control) C 0 Room temperature (Remote controller) C [007] = 7 C A 0B 0C 0D Indoor suction temperature (TA) Indoor coil temperature (TCJ) Indoor coil temperature (TC) Indoor coil temperature (TC) Indoor discharge temperature (TF) * Indoor PMV opening. of connected indoor units Total capacity of connected indoor units. of connected outdoor units Total capacity of outdoor units /0 0 0 F F F F F pls unit Ton unit Ton [0080] = 80 F [050] = 500pls [004] = 4 units [05] =.5 Ton [000] = units [060] = 6 Ton utdoor unit individual data * CDE. U U A A B B C C D D E E F F Data name Display format Unit Remote controller display example High-pressure sensor detention pressure (Pd) 0 psi Low-pressure sensor detention pressure (Ps) 0 psi [450] = 45 psi Compressor discharge temperature (Td) F Compressor discharge temperature (Td) F Compressor discharge temperature (Td) F Suction temperature (TS) F utdoor coil temperature (TE) F [0080] = 80 F utdoor coil temperature (TE) F Temperature at liquid side (TL) F utside ambient temperature (T) F PMV + opening pls PMV4 opening pls [0500] = 500pls Compressor current (I) 0 A Compressor current (I) 0 A Compressor current (I) 0 A [05] =.5A utdoor fan current (IFan) 0 A utdoor unit individual data * 4 CDE. U A U Data name Display format Unit Remote controller display example Compressor revolutions Compressor revolutions Compressor revolutions utdoor fan mode Compressor IPDU heat sink temperature Compressor IPDU heat sink temperature Compressor IPDU heat sink temperature utdoor fan IPDU heat sink temperature Pressure release * 5 Discharge temperature release * rps rps rps mode F F F F [064] = 64.rps [0058] = 58 mode [0080] = 80 F 5 58 Heating/cooling recovery controlled * 0: rmal [000] = Heating recovery controlled : Recovery controlled [000] = Cooling recovery controlled 5B Follower unit release (U outdoor units) * 5 0: rmal : Release controlled 5F 6F utdoor unit capacity 0 Ton [0080] = 8 Ton [000] = Pressure release controlled [000] = Discharge temperature release controlled [000] = U outdoor unit release controlled * nly a part of indoor unit types is installed with the discharge temperature sensor. This temperature is not displayed for other types. * When the units are connected to a group, data of the header indoor unit only can be displayed. * The first digit of an CDE. indicates the outdoor unit number. *4 The upper digit of an CDE. 4 indicates the outdoor unit number., 5... U outdoor unit (Header unit), 6... U outdoor unit (Follower unit) *5 nly the CDE. 5* of U outdoor unit (Header unit) is displayed. 8

129 9. TRUBLESHTING 9-. verview () Before engaging in troubleshooting (a) Applicable models All Super Heat Recovery Multi (SHRM-i) models. (Indoor units: MM-AP, utdoor units: MMY-MAP4F ) (b) Tools and measuring devices required Screwdrivers (Philips, flat head), spanners, long-nose pliers, nipper, pin to push reset switch, etc. Multimeter, thermometer, pressure gauge, etc. (c) Things to check prior to troubleshooting (behaviors listed below are normal) N. Behavior Possible cause 4 5 A compressor would not start An indoor fan would not start An outdoor fan would not start or would change speed for no reason An indoor fan would not stop The air conditioner would not respond to a start/stop command from a remote controller Could it just be the -minute delay period ( minutes after compressor shutdown)? Could it just be the air conditioner having gone thermo FF? Could it just be the air conditioner operating in fan mode or put on the timer? Could it just be the system going through initial communication? Could it just be within range of use temperature? When outside temperature is 69.8 F ( C) or higher, heating operation is not available. When outside temperature is 4 F ( 0 C) or lower, cooling operation is not available. Could it just be cold air discharge prevention control, which is part of heating? Could it just be cooling operation under low outside temperature conditions? Could it just be defrosting operation? Could it just be the elimination of residual heat being performed as part of the air conditioner shutdown process after heating operation? Could it just be the air conditioner operation under external or remote control? CAUTIN The cooling performance may decline considerably when total operating capacity of cooling indoor units is less than 8 kbtu/h while ambient temperature is below F (0 C). () Troubleshooting procedure When a fault occurs, proceed with troubleshooting in accordance with the procedure shown below. "E8" error Fault Investigate check code displayed on interface P.C. board of header unit Investigate check code displayed on interface P.C. board of relevant follower unit Check fault site or faulty part Any other fault NTE Rather than a genuine fault (see the List of Check Codes below), the problem could have been caused by a microprocessor malfunction attributable to a poor quality of the power source or an external noise. Check for possible noise sources, and shield the remote controller wiring and signal wires as necessary. 9

130 9-. Troubleshooting Method The remote controllers (main remote controller and central control remote controller) and the interface P.C. board of an outdoor unit are provided with an LCD display (remote controller) or a 7-segment display (outdoor interface P.C. board) to display operational status. Using this self-diagnosis feature, the fault site/faulty part may be identified in the event of a fault by following the method described below. The list below summarizes check codes detected by various devices. Analyze the check code according to where it is displayed and work out the nature of the fault in consultation with the list. When investigating a fault on the basis of a display provided on the indoor remote controller or TCC-LINK central control remote controller - See the TCC-LINK remote control or main remote controller display section of the list. When investigating a fault on the basis of a display provided on an outdoor unit - See the utdoor 7- segment display section of the list. When investigating a fault on the basis of a wireless remote controller-controlled indoor unit - See the Light sensor indicator light block section of the list. List of Check Codes (Indoor Unit) (Error detected by indoor unit) Check code utdoor 7-segment display Sub-code TCC-LINK central control or main remote controller display E0 E8 Display of receiving unit Indicator light block peration Timer Ready Flash IPDU: Intelligent Power Drive Unit (Inverter P.C. board) : Lighting, : Flashing, : Goes off ALT.: Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED SIM: Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED * Indicator light display of the receiving unit may be different from those in the following table. (Wall type series, etc.) Typical fault site Indoor-remote controller periodic communication error Error in periodic communication between indoor header and follower unit Description of error Communication from remote controller or network adaptor has been lost (so has central control communication). E04 Indoor-outdoor periodic Signals are not being received from outdoor unit. communication error E08 Duplicated indoor address L0 F0 F0 ALT ALT Indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TCJ) error Indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC) error Periodic communication between indoor header and follower units cannot be maintained. Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TCJ) has been open/short-circuited. Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC) has been open/short-circuited. L0 SIM Duplicated indoor group header There is more than one header unit in group. unit L08 L0 Detected indoor unit. E08 E0 F0 F0 L0 L07 L0 ALT ALT SIM SIM SIM Indoor inter-mcu communication error Indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC) error Ambient temperature sensor (TA) error F9 SIM P.C. board or other indoor error utdoor unit model unmatched error Connection of group control cable to stand-alone indoor unit L08 SIM Indoor group address not set L09 SIM Indoor capacity not set Indoor external error input (interlock) P0 ALT Indoor AC fan error P0 Detected indoor unit. P0 ALT Duplicated indoor address Indoor overflow error P ALT Indoor DC fan error P ALT ther indoor unit error Indoor unit detects address identical to its own. MCU communication between main controller and motor microcontroller is faulty. Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC) has been open/short-circuited. Ambient temperature sensor (TA) has been open/ short-circuited. Indoor EEPRM is abnormal (some other error may be detected). In case that outdoor unit model is different (t corresponded) There is at least one stand-alone indoor unit to which group control cable is connected. Address setting has not been performed for one or more indoor units (also detected at outdoor unit end). Capacity setting has not been performed for indoor unit. L0 SIM Duplicated central control address There is duplication in central control address setting. Unit shutdown has been caused by external error input (CN80). Indoor AC fan error is detected (activation of fan motor thermal relay). Float switch has been activated. Indoor DC fan error (e.g. overcurrent or lock-up) is detected. Follower unit cannot be operated due to header unit alarm (E0/L0/L07/L08). 0

131 (Error detected by main remote controller) Check code utdoor 7-segment display Sub-code Main remote controller Display of receiving unit Indicator light block peration Timer Ready Flash Typical fault site Description of error E0 master remote controller, faulty remote controller communication (reception) Signals cannot be received from indoor unit; master remote controller has not been set (including two remote controller control). E0 Faulty remote controller Signals cannot be transmitted to indoor unit. communication (transmission) E09 Duplicated master remote controller Both remote controllers have been set as master remote controller in two remote controller control (alarm and shutdown for header unit and continued operation for follower unit) (Error detected by central control device) Check code utdoor 7-segment display Sub-code TCC-LINK central control Display of receiving unit Indicator light block peration Timer Ready Flash Typical fault site Description of error C05 C06 indication (when main remote controller also in use) C P0 As per alarm unit (see above) Faulty central control communication (transmission) Faulty central control communication (reception) Multiple network adapters Blanket alarm for general-purpose device control interface Group control follower unit error Central control device is unable to transmit signal due to duplication of central control device. Central control device is unable to receive signal. Multiple network adapters are connected to remote controller communication line. Device connected to general-purpose device control interface for TCC-LINK is faulty. Group follower unit is faulty (unit. and above detail [ ] displayed on main remote controller) NTE The same error, e.g. a communication error, may result in the display of different check codes depending on the device that detects it. Moreover, check codes detected by the main remote controller/central control device do not necessarily have a direct impact on air conditioner operation.

132 List of Check Codes (utdoor Unit) (Errors detected by SHRM-i outdoor interface - typical examples) If HELL is displayed on the outdoor 7-segment for minute or more, turn off the power supply once and then turn on the power supply again after passage of 0 seconds or more. When the same symptom appears, it is considered there is a possibility of I/F board error. Check code utdoor 7-segment display E06 E07 E08 E E5 E6 E9 E0 E E5 E6 E8 Sub-code Number of indoor units from which signal is received normally Duplicated indoor address 0: Indoor-outdoor communication 0: utdoor-outdoor communication 00: verloading 0: Number of units connected 00: header unit 0: Two or more header units 0: Connection of outdoor unit from other refrigerant line 0: Connection of indoor unit from other refrigerant line Address of outdoor unit from which signal is not received normally Detected outdoor unit. TCC-LINK central control or main remote controller display E06 (E04) (E08) E E5 E6 E9 E0 E E5 E6 E8 Display of receiving unit Indicator light block peration Timer Ready Flash IPDU: Intelligent Power Drive Unit (Inverter P.C. board) : Lighting, : Flashing, : Goes off ALT.: Flashing is alternately when there are two flashing LED SIM: Simultaneous flashing when there are two flashing LED * Indicator light display of the receiving unit may be different from those in the following table. (Wall type series, etc.) Typical fault site Dropping out of indoor unit Indoor-outdoor communication circuit error Duplicated indoor address Automatic address starting error Indoor unit not found during automatic address setting Too many indoor units connected/overloading Error in number of outdoor header units Connection to other refrigerant line found during automatic address setting utdoor-outdoor communication transmission error Duplicated follower outdoor address Dropping out of outdoor unit utdoor follower unit error Description of error Indoor unit initially communicating normally fails to return signal (reduction in number of indoor units connected). Signal cannot be transmitted to indoor units ( indoor units left without communication from outdoor unit). More than one indoor unit is assigned same address (also detected at indoor unit end). Indoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for equipment in other refrigerant line is in progress. utdoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for indoor units is in progress. Indoor unit fails to communicate while automatic address setting for indoor units is in progress. Combined capacity of indoor units is too large (more than 5% of combined capacity of outdoor units). There is no or more than one outdoor header unit in one refrigerant line. Indoor unit from other refrigerant line is detected while indoor automatic address setting is in progress. Signal cannot be transmitted to other outdoor units. There is duplication in outdoor addresses set manually. Follower outdoor unit initially communicating normally fails to do so (reduction in number of follower outdoor units connected). utdoor header unit detects fault relating to follower outdoor unit (detail displayed on follower outdoor unit). E A-IPDU Fan IPDU Sub MCU A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 80 Circle ( ): Faulty IPDU E IPDU communication error Sub MCU communication error There is no communication between IPDUs (P.C. boards) in inverter box. utdoor I/F board error When power supply was turned on within 0 seconds (before electric discharge of capacitor) after power supply was reset F04 F05 F06 F07 F08 0: TE 0: TE F04 F05 F06 F07 F08 ALT ALT ALT ALT ALT utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) error utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) error utdoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (TE, TE) error utdoor liquid temperature sensor (TL) error utdoor outside air temperature sensor (T) error utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) has been open/short-circuited. utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) has been open/short-circuited. utdoor heat exchanger temperature sensors (TE, TE) have been open/short-circuited. utdoor liquid temperature sensor (TL) has been open/short-circuited. utdoor outside air temperature sensor (T) has been open/short-circuited.

133 Check code utdoor 7-segment display F F5 F6 F F4 H05 H5 H5 L04 P05 Sub-code 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor TCC-LINK central control or main remote controller display F4 H05 H5 H5 Display of receiving unit Indicator light block peration Timer Ready Flash ALT L04 SIM Typical fault site High pressure sensor (Pd) error F F SIM utdoor EEPRM error H07 H08 H6 L06 L08 L0 L7 L8 L8 L9 L0 L P0 Number of priority indoor units (check code L05 or L06 depending on individual unit) Detected indoor unit. 00: pen phase detected H07 L05 utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) connection error Low oil level protection utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) connection error utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) connection error Duplicated outdoor refrigerant line address P05 ALT Inverter DC voltage (Vdc) error MG-CTT error 0: Compressor P07 0: Compressor P07 ALT Heat sink overheating error 0: Compressor P0 0: TS 0: TS H06 0: TK sensor error 0: TK sensor error 0: TK sensor error 04: TK4 sensor error 05: TK5 sensor error 0: TK oil circuit error 0: TK oil circuit error 0: TK oil circuit error 04: TK4 oil circuit error 05: TK5 oil circuit error Indoor unit. detected H06 H08 H6 Description of error F F ALT Low pressure sensor (Ps) error utput voltage of low pressure sensor (Ps) is zero. A-IPDU Fan IPDU A-IPDU Fan IPDU 0 0A 0 0B C 0D 0E 06 0F 07 Circle (): 08 Faulty IPDU 09 F F5 F6 F utput voltage of high pressure sensor (Pd) is zero or provides abnormal readings when compressors have been turned off. utdoor EEPRM is faulty (alarm and shutdown for header unit and continued operation for follower unit) Wiring/installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) has been detected. Low pressure (Ps) sensor detects abnormally low operating pressure. Temperature sensor for oil level detection (TK-5) detects abnormally low oil level. Wiring/installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) has been detected. Wiring/installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) has been detected. Identical refrigerant line address has been assigned to outdoor units belonging to different refrigerant piping systems. Duplicated priority indoor unit (as L06 SIM More than one indoor unit has been set up as displayed on indoor unit other than priority indoor unit. priority indoor unit) (L08) L0 L7 L8 L8 L9 L0 SIM SIM SIM SIM SIM SIM SIM SIM Duplicated priority indoor unit (as displayed on priority indoor unit) Indoor group address not set utdoor capacity not set utdoor model incompatibility error Cooling/heating selection unit error Too many outdoor units connected Error in number of IPDUs Indoor external error input (interlock) Address setting has not been performed for one or more indoor units (also detected at indoor end). utdoor unit capacity has not been set (after P.C. board replacement). ld model outdoor unit (prior to series) has been connected. Cooling/heating cycle error resulting from piping error is detected. More than outdoor units have been connected. There are insufficient number of IPDUs (P.C. boards) in inverter box. Indoor unit has been shut down for external error input in one refrigerant line (detected by indoor unit). ther IPDU error P0 ALT (P0) ALT ALT ALT ALT ALT utdoor suction temperature sensor (TS, TS) error utdoor temperature sensor (TE, TL) wiring error utdoor pressure sensor (Pd, Ps) wiring error utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) error Activation of low-pressure protection Error in temperature sensor for oil level detection (TK-5) il level detection circuit error utdoor discharge (TD) temperature error pen phase/power failure Indoor unit overflow utdoor suction temperature sensor (TS, TS) has been open/short-circuited. Wiring error in outdoor temperature sensors (TE, TL) has been detected. Wiring error in outdoor pressure sensors (Pd, Ps) has been detected. utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) has been open/short-circuited. Temperature sensor for oil level detection (TK-5) has been open/short-circuited. temperature change is detected by temperature sensor for oil level detection (TK-5) despite compressor having been started. More than one indoor unit has been set up as priority indoor unit. utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) has detected abnormally high temperature. pen phase is detected when power is turned on. Inverter DC voltage is too high (overvoltage) or too low (undervoltage). Temperature sensor built into IGBT (TH) detects overheating. Indoor unit has been shutdown in one refrigerant line due to detection of overflow (detected by indoor unit). MG-CTT: Magnet contactor

134 Check code utdoor 7-segment display P P5 P7 P8 P9 P0 Sub-code 0: TS condition 0: TD condition TCC-LINK central control or main remote controller display P5 Display of receiving unit Indicator light block peration Timer Ready Flash P ALT ALT P7 ALT P8 ALT utdoor unit. detected P9 P0 ALT ALT Typical fault site utdoor liquid backflow detection error Gas leak detection utdoor discharge (TD) temperature error utdoor discharge (TD) temperature error 4-way valve reversing error Activation of high-pressure protection Description of error State of refrigerant cycle circuit indicates liquid backflow operation. utdoor suction temperature sensor (TS) detects sustained and repeated high temperatures that exceed standard value. utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) detects abnormally high temperature. utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) detects abnormally high temperature. Abnormality in refrigerating cycle is detected during heating operation. High pressure (Pd) sensor detects high pressure that exceeds standard value. (Errors detected by IPDU featuring in SMMS-i standard outdoor unit - typical examples) Check code utdoor 7-segment display F H0 H0 H0 P04 P07 P P6 P9 Sub-code 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0 : IGBT circuit : Position detection circuit error : Motor lockup error 4 : Motor current detection C : TH sensor error D : TH sensor error E : Inverter DC voltage error (outdoor fan) te: Although letters 0 to F appear at locations indicated by, please ignore them. 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor 0: Compressor TCC-LINK central control or main remote controller display F H0 H0 P07 P6 P9 Display of receiving unit Indicator light block peration Timer Ready Flash ALT ALT ALT Typical fault site Error in temperature sensor built into indoor IGBT (TH) Compressor breakdown Current detection circuit error Heat sink overheating error Activation of G-Tr (IGBT) short-circuit protection Compressor position detection circuit error Description of error Temperature sensor built into indoor IGBT (TH) has been open/short-circuited. Inverter current (Idc) detection circuit detects overcurrent. H0 Compressor error (lockup) Compressor lockup is detected P ALT Abnormal current is detected while inverter compressor is turned off. P04 ALT Activation of high-pressure SW High-pressure SW is activated. Temperature sensor built into IGBT (TH) detects overheating. ALT utdoor fan IPDU error utdoor fan IPDU detects error. Short-circuit protection for compressor motor driver circuit components is activated (momentary overcurrent). Compressor motor position detection error is detected. NTE The above check codes are examples only, and different check codes may be displayed depending on the outdoor unit configuration (e.g. a Super Modular multi system). For details, see the service manual for the outdoor unit. 4

135 9-. Troubleshooting Based on Information Displayed on Remote Controller Using main remote controller (RBC-AMTUL) () Checking and testing When a fault occurs to an air conditioner, a check code and indoor unit. are displayed on the display window of the remote controller. Check codes are only displayed while the air conditioner is in operation. If the display has already disappeared, access error history by following the procedure described below. Check code Indoor unit. in which fault has occurred () Error history The error history access procedure is described below (up to four errors stored in memory). Error history can be accessed regardless of whether the air conditioner is in operation or shut down. <Procedure> To be performed when system at rest Invoke the SERVICE CHECK mode by pushing the + buttons simultaneously and holding for at least 4 seconds. The letters SERVICE CHECK light up, and the check code 0 is displayed, indicating the error history. This is accompanied by the indoor unit. to which the error history is related and a check code. To check other error history items, push the button to select another check code. Check code 0 (latest) Check code 04 (oldest) te: Error history contains four items. When the button is pushed, normal display is restored. REQUIREMENT Do not push the TEMP. FILTER RESET TEST TIMER SET button as it would erase the whole error history of the indoor unit. SET TIME CL FAN SAVE SWING/FIX N / FF MDE VENT UNIT LUVER rmal display is restored. Steps to follow How to read displayed information <7-segment display symbols> <Corresponding alphanumerical letters> A b C d E F H J L P 5

136 Using indoor unit indicators (receiving unit light block) (wireless type) To identify the check code, check the 7-segment display on the header unit. To check for check codes not displayed on the 7-segment display, consult the List of Check Codes (Indoor Unit) in 9-. Troubleshooting Method. : Goes off : Lighting : Blinking (0.5 seconds) Light block peration Timer Ready All lights out peration Timer Ready Blinking peration Timer Ready Blinking peration Timer Ready Alternate blinking peration Timer Ready Alternate blinking Check code E0 E0 E0 E08 E09 E0 E E8 E04 E06 E07 E5 E6 E9 E0 E E5 E6 E8 E P0 P0 P P P0 P04 P05 P07 P5 P7 P8 P9 P0 P P6 P9 P Cause of fault Power turned off or error in wiring between receiving and indoor units Faulty reception Receiving unit Error or poor contact in wiring Faulty transmission between receiving and indoor units Loss of communication Duplicated indoor unit. (address) Setting error Duplicated master remote controller Indoor unit inter-mcu communication error Automatic address starting error Error or poor contact in wiring between indoor units, indoor power turned off Error or poor contact in wiring between indoor and outdoor units (loss of indoor-outdoor communication) Faulty reception in indoor-outdoor communication (dropping out of indoor unit) Faulty transmission in indoor-outdoor communication Indoor unit not found during automatic address setting Too many indoor units connected/overloading Error in number of outdoor header units Detection of refrigerant piping communication error during automatic address setting Faulty transmission in outdoor-outdoor communication Duplicated follower outdoor address Faulty reception in outdoor-outdoor communication, dropping out of outdoor unit utdoor follower unit error IPDU communication error, Sub MCU communication error Indoor AC fan error Indoor overflow error Indoor DC fan error utdoor liquid backflow detection error utdoor discharge (TD) temperature error Activation of outdoor high-pressure SW pen phase/power failure Inverter DC voltage (Vdc) error MG-CTT error utdoor heat sink overheating error - Poor cooling of electrical component (IGBT) of outdoor unit Gas leak detection - insufficient refrigerant charging utdoor discharge (TD) temperature error utdoor discharge (TD) temperature error utdoor 4-way valve reversing error Activation of high-pressure protection utdoor fan IPDU error utdoor G-Tr short-circuit error Compressor position detection circuit error Shutdown of other indoor unit in group due to fault (group follower unit error) MG-CTT: Magnet contactor 6

137 Light block Check code Cause of fault peration Timer Ready F0 Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TCJ) error Alternate blinking peration Timer Alternate blinking Ready F0 Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC) error F0 Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TC) error Indoor unit temperature sensor errors F0 Ambient temperature sensor (TA) error F04 Discharge temperature sensor (TD) error F05 F06 Discharge temperature sensor (TD) error Heat exchanger temperature sensor (TE, TE) error F07 Liquid temperature sensor (TL) error utdoor unit temperature sensor errors F08 F F F5 F6 F F F4 utside air temperature sensor (T) error Suction temperature sensor (TS) error Heat sink sensor (TH) error Wiring error in heat exchanger sensor (TE) and liquid temperature sensor (TL) utdoor unit temperature sensor wiring/installation error Wiring error in outdoor high pressure sensor (Pd) and low pressure sensor (Ps) utdoor pressure sensor wiring error utdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) error Low pressure sensor (Ps) error High pressure sensor (Pd) error utdoor unit pressure sensor errors peration Timer Ready F9 Fault in indoor EEPRM Synchronized blinking peration Timer Ready Blinking peration Timer Ready Synchronized blinking peration Timer Ready Synchronized blinking H0 Compressor breakdown H0 Compressor lockup utdoor unit compressor-related errors H0 Current detection circuit error H05 Wiring/installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) H06 Abnormal drop in low-pressure sensor (Ps) reading H07 Abnormal drop in oil level Protective shutdown of outdoor unit H08 Error in temperature sensor for oil level detection circuit (TK, TK, TK, TK4 or TK5) H5 Wiring/installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) H6 il level detection circuit error - Error in outdoor unit TK, TK, TK, TK4 or TK5 circuit H5 Wiring/installation error or detachment of outdoor discharge temperature sensor (TD) L0 utdoor unit model unmatched error L0 Duplicated indoor group header unit L05 Duplicated priority indoor unit (as displayed on priority indoor unit) L06 Duplicated priority indoor unit (as displayed on indoor unit other than priority indoor unit) L07 Connection of group control cable to stand-alone indoor unit L08 Indoor group address not set L09 Indoor capacity not set L04 Duplicated outdoor refrigerant line address L0 utdoor capacity not set L7 utdoor model incompatibility error L8 Flow selector units error L0 Duplicated central control address L8 Too many outdoor units connected L9 Error in number of IPDUs L0 Indoor external interlock error peration Timer Ready F utdoor EEPRM error Synchronized blinking 7

138 ther (indications not involving check code) Light block Check code Cause of fault peration Timer Ready Test run in progress Synchronized blinking peration Timer Ready Alternate blinking Setting incompatibility (automatic cooling/heating setting for model incapable of it and heating setting for cooling-only model) 8

139 9-4. Check Codes Displayed on Remote Controller and SMMS-i utdoor Unit (7- Segment Display on I/F Board) and Locations to Be Checked For other types of outdoor units, refer to their own service manuals. Main remote controller E0 E0 E0 E04 E06 Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code Sub-code E07 E08 E09 E0 E E06 E08 Duplicated indoor address E. of indoor units from which signal is received normally 0: Indoor-outdoor communication 0: utdooroutdoor communication Location of detection Remote controller Remote controller Indoor unit Indoor unit I/F I/F Indoor unit I/F Remote controller Indoor unit I/F Description Indoor-remote controller communication error (detected at remote controller end) Remote controller transmission error Indoor-remote controller communication error (detected at indoor end) Indoor-outdoor communication circuit error (detected at indoor end) Dropping out of indoor unit Indoor-outdoor communication circuit error (detected at outdoor end) Duplicated indoor address Duplicated master remote controller Indoor inter-mcu communication error Automatic address starting error System status Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit All stop All stop All stop Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit All stop Error detection condition(s) Communication between indoor P.C. board and remote controller is disrupted. Signal cannot be transmitted from remote controller to indoor unit. There is no communication from remote controller (including wireless) or network adaptor. Indoor unit is not receiving signal from outdoor unit. Indoor unit initially communicating normally fails to return signal for specified length of time. Signal cannot be transmitted from outdoor to indoor units for 0 seconds continuously. More than one indoor unit is assigned same address. In two remote controller configuration (including wireless), both controllers are set up as master. (Header indoor unit is shut down with alarm, while follower indoor units continue operating.) Communication cannot be established/maintained upon turning on of power or during communication. Indoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for equipment in other refrigerant line is in progress. utdoor automatic address setting is started while automatic address setting for indoor units is in progress. Check items (locations) Check remote controller inter-unit tie cable (A/B). Check for broken wire or connector bad contact. Check indoor power supply. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check remote controller address settings (when two remote controllers are in use). Check remote controller P.C. board. Check internal transmission circuit of remote controller. --- Replace remote controller as necessary. Check remote controller and network adaptor wiring. Check order in which power was turned on for indoor and outdoor units. Check indoor address setting. Check indoor-outdoor tie cable. Check outdoor termination resistance setting (SW0,Bit ). Check power supply to indoor unit. (Is power turned on?) Check connection of indoor-outdoor communication cable. Check connection of communication connectors on indoor P.C. board. Check connection of communication connectors on outdoor P.C. board. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check outdoor termination resistance setting (SW0, Bit ). Check connection of indoor-outdoor communication circuit. Check indoor addresses. Check for any change made to remote controller connection (group/individual) since indoor address setting. Check remote controller settings. Check remote controller P.C. boards. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board Perform automatic address setting again after disconnecting communication cable to that refrigerant line. 9

140 Main remote controller E5 E6 E8 E9 E0 E E5 E6 Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code Sub-code E5 E6 00: verloading 0-:. of units connected E9 E0 00: header unit 0: Two or more header units 0: Connection of outdoor unit from other line 0: Connection of indoor unit from other line E E5 E6 Address of outdoor unit from which signal is not received normally Location of detection I/F I/F Indoor unit I/F I/F I/F I/F I/F Description Indoor unit not found during automatic address setting Too many indoor units connected Error in communication between indoor header and follower units Error in number of outdoor header units Connection to other line found during automatic address setting utdooroutdoor communication transmission error Duplicated follower outdoor address Dropping out of outdoor unit System status All stop All stop Stop of corresponding unit All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop Error detection condition(s) Indoor unit cannot be detected after indoor automatic address setting is started. Combined capacity of indoor units exceeds 5% of combined capacity of outdoor units. te: If this code comes up after backup setting for outdoor unit failure is performed, perform overloading detected setting. < overloading detected setting method> Turn on SW09/Bit on I/F P.C. board of outdoor header unit. More than 40 indoor units are connected. Periodic communication between indoor header and follower units cannot be maintained. There is more than one outdoor header unit in one line. There is no outdoor header unit in one line. Equipment from other line is found to have been connected when indoor automatic address setting is in progress. Signal cannot be transmitted to other outdoor units for at least 0 seconds continuously. There is duplication in outdoor addresses set manually. utdoor unit initially communicating normally fails to return signal for specified length of time. Check items (locations) Check connection of indoor-outdoor communication line. Check for error in indoor power supply system. Check for noise from other devices. Check for power failure. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check capacities of indoor units connected. Check combined HP capacities of indoor units. Check HP capacity settings of outdoor units. Check. of indoor units connected. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check remote controller wiring. Check indoor power supply wiring. Check P.C. boards of indoor units. utdoor header unit is outdoor unit to which indooroutdoor tie cable (U,U) is connected. Check connection of indooroutdoor communication line. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Disconnect inter-line tie cable in accordance with automatic address setting method explained in Address setting section. Check power supply to outdoor units. (Is power turned on?) Check connection of tie cables between outdoor units for bad contact or broken wire. Check communication connectors on outdoor P.C. boards. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check termination resistance setting for communication between outdoor units. te: Do not set outdoor addresses manually. Backup setting is being used for outdoor units. Check power supply to outdoor unit. (Is power turned on?) Check connection of tie cables between outdoor units for bad contact or broken wire. Check communication connectors on outdoor P.C. boards. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check termination resistance setting for communication between outdoor units. 40

141 Main remote controller E8 E F0 F0 F0 F04 F05 F06 F07 Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code E8 E Sub-code Detected outdoor unit. F04 F05 F06 0: TE sensor error 0: TE sensor error F07 Location of detection I/F Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit I/F I/F I/F I/F Description utdoor follower unit error Indoor TCJ sensor error Indoor TC sensor error Indoor TC sensor error TD sensor error TD sensor error TE/TE sensor error TL sensor error System status All stop Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit All stop All stop All stop All stop Error detection condition(s) utdoor header unit receives error code from outdoor follower unit. A-IPDU Fan Sub I/F IPDU All stop Communication is disrupted IPDU MCU communication between IPDUs (P.C. boards) 0 error in inverter box. 0 Sub MCU 0 communication 04 error A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 80 Symbol signifies site of IPDU error. 80 Communication All stop Communication between MCU error between MCU and Sub MCU stopped. and Sub MCU Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check items (locations) Check check code displayed on outdoor follower unit. <Convenient functions> If SW04 is pushed and held for at least second while [E8] is displayed on the 7-segment display of outdoor header unit, the fan of the outdoor unit that has been shut down due to an error comes on. If SW04 and SW05 are pushd simultaneously, the fans of normal outdoor units come on. To stop the fan or fans, push SW05 on its own. Check wiring and connectors involved in communication between IPDU-I/F P.C. board for bad contact or broken wire. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F, A-IPDU or Fan IPDU). Check for external noise. peration of power supply reset (FF for 60 seconds or more) utdoor I/F PC board error check Check connection of TCJ sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TCJ sensor. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check connection of TC sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TC sensor. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check connection of TC sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TC sensor. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check connection of TD sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check connection of TD sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check connection of TE/ TE sensor connectors. Check resistance characteristics of TE/TE sensors. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check connection of TL sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TL sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). 4

142 Main remote controller F08 F0 F F F F5 F6 F F F4 Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code Sub-code F08 F F Location of detection I/F Indoor unit Indoor unit I/F 0: IPDU Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side I/F F5 F6 F F F4 I/F I/F I/F I/F Description T sensor error Indoor TA sensor error Indoor TF sensor error 0: TS sensor error 0: TS sensor error TH sensor error utdoor temperature sensor wiring error (TE, TL) utdoor pressure sensor wiring error (Pd, Ps) TD sensor error Ps sensor error Pd sensor error System status All stop Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop Error detection condition(s) Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). During compressor operation in HEAT mode, TE continuously provides temperature reading higher than indicated by TL by at least specified margin for minutes or more. Readings of high-pressure Pd sensor and lowpressure Ps sensor are switched. utput voltages of both sensors are zero. Sensor resistance is infinity or zero. (open/short circuit) utput voltage of Ps sensor is zero. utput voltage of Pd sensor is zero (sensor open-circuited). Pd > 60 psi (4.5 MPa) despite compressor having been turned off. Check items (locations) Check connection of T sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of T sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check connection of TA sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TA sensor. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check connection of TF sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TF sensor. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check connection of TS, TS sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TS, TS sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Defect in IGBT built-in temperature sensor Replace A-IPDU P.C. board. Check installation of TE and TL sensors. Check resistance characteristics of TE and TL sensors. Check for outdoor P.C. board (I/F) error. Check connection of highpressure Pd sensor connector. Check connection of lowpressure Ps sensor connector. Check for defect in pressure sensors Pd and Ps. Check for error in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check for deficiency in compressive output of compressor. Check connection of TD sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check for connection error involving Ps sensor and Pd sensor connectors. Check connection of Ps sensor connector. Check for defect in Ps sensor. Check for deficiency in compressive output of compressor. Check for defect in 4-way valve. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check for defect in 4, 5 circuit. F9 Indoor unit ther indoor error Stop of corresponding unit Indoor P.C. board does not operate normally. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board (faulty EEPRM) 4

143 Main remote controller F H0 H0 H0 H05 H06 Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code Sub-code F H0 H0 H0 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side H05 H06 Location of detection I/F IPDU IPDU IPDU * Total shutdown in case of header unit Continued operation in case of follower unit I/F I/F Description utdoor EEPRM error Compressor breakdown Compressor error (lockup) MG-CTT error Current detection circuit error TD sensor miswiring (incomplete insertion) Activation of low-pressure protection System status All stop * All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop Error detection condition(s) utdoor P.C. board (I/F) does not operate normally. Inverter current detection circuit detects overcurrent and shuts system down. Check items (locations) Check power supply voltage. Check power supply noise. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check power supply voltage. (FT9 : 08/0V ± 0%, FT6 : 460V ± 0%). Check for defect in compressor. Check for possible cause of abnormal overloading. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (A-IPDU). vercurrent is Check for defect in compressor. detected several Check power supply voltage. seconds after startup (FT9 : 08/0V ± 0%, FT6 : 460V ± 0%). of inverter Check compressor system wiring, compressor. particularly for open phase. Check connection of connectors/ terminals on A-IPDU P.C. board. Check conductivity of case heater. (Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor.) Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (A-IPDU). Check outdoor MG-CTT. Current flow of at least specified magnitude is detected despite inverter compressor having been shut turned off. Discharge temperature of compressor (TD) does not increase despite compressor being in operation. Low-pressure Ps sensor detects operating pressure lower than 0.0MPa. Check current detection circuit wiring. Check defect in outdoor P.C. board (A-IPDU). Check installation of TD, TK, TK, TK, TK4, TK5 sensor. Check connection of TD, TK, TK, TK, TK4, TK5 sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check service valves to confirm full opening (both discharge gas side, suction gas side and liquid sides). Check outdoor PMVs for clogging (PMV, ). Check for defect in or 4 circuits. Check for defect in lowpressure Ps sensor. Check indoor filter for clogging. Check valve opening status of indoor PMV. Check refrigerant piping for clogging. Check operation of outdoor fan (during In all heating, collective operation). Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity. Check clogging in circuit at sub heat exchanger liquid side. (PMV4, Checked valve) Check 4-way valve error (Reversal error) Check miswiring of discharge/suction gas main piping. Check Cool/Heat FS unit. Check mispiping of discharge/suction gas piping to Cool/Heat FS unit. Check piping between Cool/Heat FS unit and room. Check miswiring of D/S valve, and mis mounting of coil. Check opened status of S valve. Check 4 circuit error MG-CTT: Magnet contactor 4

144 Main remote controller H07 H08 H5 Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code H07 H08 Sub-code Detected outdoor unit. Display of header unit only 0: TK sensor error 0: TK sensor error 0: TK sensor error 04: TK4 sensor error 05: TK5 sensor error H5 Location of detection I/F I/F Description Low oil level protection Error in temperature sensor for oil level detection System status All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop All stop Error detection condition(s) perating compressor detects continuous state of low oil level for about hours. Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Sensor resistance is infinity or zero (open/short circuit). Check items (locations) <All outdoor units in corresponding line to be checked> Check balance pipe service valve to confirm full opening. Check connection and installation of TK, TK, TK, TK4, and TK5 sensors. Check resistance characteristics of TK, TK, TK, TK4, and TK5 sensors. Check for gas or oil leak in same line. Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor casing and check for liquid back. Check A, B, C, D, E, and F valves for defect. Check oil return circuit of oil separator for clogging. Check oil equalizing circuit for clogging. Check 6 circuit leakage. Check connection of TK sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TK sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check connection of TK sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TK sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check connection of TK sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TK sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check connection of TK4 sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TK4 sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check connection of TK5 sensor connector. Check resistance characteristics of TK5 sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). I/F TD sensor miswiring (incomplete insertion) All stop Discharge temperature of (TD) does not increase despite compressor being in operation. Check installation of TD, TK, TK, TK sensor. Check connection of TD, TK4, TK5 sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). 44

145 Main remote controller H6 H5 Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code H6 Sub-code 0: TK oil circuit error 0: TK oil circuit error 0: TK oil circuit error 04: TK4 oil circuit error 05: TK5 oil circuit error H5 Location of detection I/F Description il level detection circuit error System status All stop Error detection condition(s) temperature change is detected by TK despite compressor having been started. temperature change is detected by TK despite compressor having been started. temperature change is detected by TK despite compressor having been started. temperature change is detected by TK4 despite compressor having been started. temperature change is detected by TK5 despite compressor having been started. r difference from other TK sensor changes within specified range only for over the specified period. I/F TD sensor All stop Discharge miswiring (incomplete insertion) temperature (TD) does not increase despite compressor being in operation. Check items (locations) Check for disconnection of TK sensor. Check resistance characteristics of TK sensor. Check for connection error involving TD, TD, TD, TK, TK, TK, TK4, and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in E or F valve. Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve. Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor. Check for disconnection of TK sensor. Check resistance characteristics of TK sensor. Check for connection error involving TD, TD, TD, TK, TK, TK, TK4, and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in E or F valve. Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve. Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor. Check for disconnection of TK sensor. Check resistance characteristics of TK sensor. Check for connection error involving TD, TD, TD, TK, TK, TK, TK4, and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in E or F valve. Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve. Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor. Check for disconnection of TK4 sensor. Check resistance characteristics of TK4 sensor. Check for connection error involving TD, TD, TD,TK, TK, TK, TK4, and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in E or F valve. Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve. Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor. Check for disconnection of TK5 sensor. Check resistance characteristics of TK5 sensor. Check for connection error involving TD, TD, TD, TK, TK, TK, TK4, and TK5 sensors Check for faulty operation in E valve. Check for clogging in oil equalizing circuit capillary and faulty operation in check valve. Check for refrigerant entrapment inside compressor. Check installation of TD, TK, TK, TK, TK4, TK5 sensor. Check connection of TD, TK, TK, TK, TK4, TK5 sensor connector and wiring. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). 45

146 Main remote controller L0 L0 L04 L05 L06 L07 L08 L09 L0 L0 L8 L9 L0 Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code Sub-code L0 L04 L06 L08 L0 L8 L9 L0. of priority indoor units A-IPDU Fan IPDU A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F Symbol signifies site of IPDU error. Detected indoor address Location of detection Indoor unit Indoor unit Description utdoor units model disagreement error Duplicated indoor header unit System status Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit Error detection condition(s) In case of different outdoor unit. There is more than one header unit in group. I/F Duplicated outdoor line address All stop There is duplication in line address setting for outdoor units belonging to different refrigerant piping systems. I/F Duplicated priority All stop More than one indoor unit has indoor unit been set up as priority indoor (as displayed on unit. priority indoor unit) I/F Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Connection of group control cable to standalone indoor unit Indoor group / addresses not set Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit There is at least one standalone indoor unit to which group control cable is connected. Address setting has not been performed for indoor units. Check items (locations) Check outdoor unit model. Check indoor addresses. Check for any change made to remote controller connection (group/individual) since indoor address setting. Check line addresses. Check display on priority indoor unit. Check indoor addresses. Check indoor addresses. te: This code is displayed when power is turned on for the first time after installation. I/F utdoor capacity not set All stop Jumper wire provided on P.C. board for servicing I/F P.C. board has not been removed as required for given model. Check model setting of P.C. board for servicing outdoor I/F P.C. board. Indoor unit Duplicated All stop There is duplication in central central control control address setting. address I/F Too many All stop There are more than outdoor units outdoor units. connected I/F Error in. of All stop Insufficient number of IPDUs IPDUs are detected when power is turned on. Indoor unit Duplicated priority indoor unit (as displayed on indoor unit other than priority indoor unit) Indoor capacity not set External interlock of indoor unit All stop Stop of corresponding unit Stop of corresponding unit More than one indoor unit have been set up as priority indoor unit. Capacity setting has not been performed for indoor unit. Signal is present at external error input terminal (CN80) for minute. Check displays on priority indoor unit and outdoor unit. Set indoor capacity. (DN = ) Check central control addresses. Check. of outdoor units connected (nly up to units per system allowed). Check communication lines between outdoor units. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check model setting of P.C. board for servicing outdoor I/F P.C. board. Check connection of UART communication connector. Check A-IPDU, fan IPDU, and I/F P.C. board for defect. When external device is connected to CN80 connector: ) Check for defect in external device. ) Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. When external device is not connected to CN80 connector: ) Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. 46

147 Main remote controller P0 P0 P04 Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code Sub-code L P0 P04 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side Location of detection I/F Indoor unit Description Extended IC error System status Continued operation Error detection condition(s) There is part failure in P.C. board (I/F). I/F Discharge temperature TD error All stop Discharge temperature (TD) exceeds 9 F (5 C). IPDU Indoor fan motor error Activation of highpressure SW Stop of corresponding unit All stop High-pressure SW is activated. Check items (locations) Check outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check the lock of fan motor (AC fan). Check wiring. Check outdoor service valves (discharge gas side, suction gas side, liquid side) to confirm full opening. Check outdoor PMVs (PMV,, 4) for clogging. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity. Check for defect in 4-way valve. Check for leakage of 4 circuit. Check 4 circuit (wiring or installation error in 4, 4 or 4). Check 5 circuit leakage. Check 6 circuit leakage. (Capillary clogging, valve operation error) Check mispiping of discharge/suction gas main pipes. Check Cool/Heat FS unit. D valve, S valve leakage check (DD valve, SS leakage check) Mispiping of FS unit connecting pipe (suction gas/discharge gas) Check connection of connector between FS unit and indoor unit. Check miswiting between S and D valve. Check connection of highpressure SW connector. Check for defect in Pd pressure sensor. Check outdoor service valves (discharge gas side, suction gas side, liquid side) to confirm full opening. Check for defect in outdoor fan. Check for defect in outdoor fan motor. Check outdoor PMVs (PMV,, 4) for clogging. Check indoor/outdoor heat exchangers for clogging. Check for short-circuiting of outdoor suction/discharge air flows. Check 4-way valve error. Check circuit. (Valve operation error) Check checked valve of discharge gas pipe for error. Check circuit for clogging. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check for error in indoor fan system (possible cause of air flow reduction). Check opening status of indoor PMV. Check indoor-outdoor communication line for wiring error. Check for faulty operation of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section. Check gas balancing 4 valve circuit. Check 5 valve circuit. Check for refrigerant overcharging. Check mispiping of discharging gas/ suction gas main pipes. Check circuit clogging at liquid side of sub heat exchanger. (PMV4, checked valve) Check FS unit. Check D valve clogging and operation error. Check wiring inside of FS unit. (D/S coil miswiring, etc.) Check wiring between FS unit and indoor unit. (Mistaken wiring, wire disconnection, wiring forgotten) 47

148 Main remote controller P05 P07 P0 P P Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code P05 P07 P0 00: Sub-code 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side Detected indoor address P Location of detection I/F IPDU I/F Indoor unit Indoor unit I/F Description Detection of open phase/phase sequence Inverter DC voltage (Vdc) error (compressor) MG-CTT error Heat sink overheating error Indoor overflow error Indoor fan motor error utdoor liquid backflow detection error System status All stop All stop All stop Stop of corresponding unit All stop Error detection condition(s) pen phase is detected when power is turned on. Inverter DC voltage is too high (overvoltage) or too low (undervoltage). Temperature sensor built into IGBT (TH) is overheated. Float switch operates. Float switch circuit is opencircuited or disconnected at connector. Motor speed measurements continuously deviate from target value. vercurrent protection is activated. <During cooling operation> When system is in cooling operation, high pressure is detected in follower unit that has been turned off. <During heating operation> When system is in heating operation, outdoor PMV or continuously registers opening of 00p or less while under SH control. Check items (locations) Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check wiring of outdoor power supply. Check power supply voltage. Check outdoor fan system error. Check heat sink cooling duct for clogging. Check IGBT and heat sink for thermal performance for faulty installation. (e.g. mounting screws and thermal conductivity) Check for defect in A-IPDU. (faulty IGBT built-in temperature sensor (TH)) Check float switch connector. Check operation of drain pump. Check drain pump circuit. Check drain pipe for clogging. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check connection of fan connector and wiring. Check for defect in fan motor. Check for defect in indoor P.C. board. Check impact of outside air treatment (A). Check full-close operation of outdoor PMV (,, 4). Check for defect in Pd or Ps sensor. Check gas balancing circuit () for clogging. Check balance pipe. Check B circuit for clogging. Check defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check capillary of oil separator oil return circuit for clogging. Check for leakage of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section. Check 4-way valve error. Check TS, TS sensors. (TS, TS miswiring and mismounting) MG-CTT: Magnet contactor 48

149 Main remote controller P5 P7 Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code P5 Sub-code 0: TS condition P7 Location of detection I/F Description Gas leakdetection (TS condition) System status All stop Error detection condition(s) I/F Discharge All stop Discharge temperature (TD) temperature TD exceeds 9 F (5 C). error Check items (locations) Protective shutdown due to Check for insufficiency in sustained suction refrigerant quantity. temperature at or above Check outdoor service valves judgment criterion (discharge gas side, suction for at least 0 minutes is gas side, liquid side) to repeated four times or more. confirm full opening. <TS error judgment criterion> Check PMVs (PMV,, 4) for In cooling operation: 40 F (60 C) clogging. In heating operation: 04 F (40 C) Check resistance characteristics of TS sensor. Check for defect in 4-way valve. Check 4 circuit for leakage Check 5 circuit leakage. Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipes. Check Cool/Heat FS unit. Check D valve, S valve leakage. (Check DD valve, SS valve leakage.) Connecting piping to FS unit Mispiping of (discharge gas/ suction gas) 0: TD condition I/F Gas leak detection (TD condition) All stop Protective shutdown due to sustained discharge temperature (TD, TD or TD) at or above 6 F (08 C) for at least 0 minutes is repeated four times or more. Check for insufficiency in refrigerant quantity. Check PMVs (PMV,, 4) for clogging. Check resistance characteristics of TD, TD and TD sensors. Check indoor filter for clogging. Check piping for clogging. Check 4 circuit (for leakage or coil installation error). Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipes. Check Cool/Heat FS unit. Check D valve, S valve leakage. (Check DD valve, SS valve leakage.) Connecting piping to FS unit Mispiping of (discharge gas/ suction gas) Check wiring and connection of connectors between FS unit and indoor unit. Check miswiring of S/D valves. Check outdoor service valves (discharge gas side, suction gas side, liquid side) to confirm full opening. Check outdoor PMVs (PMV,, 4) for clogging. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in 4-way valve. Check 4 circuit for leakage. Check 4 circuit (for wiring or installation error involving 4, 4 and 4). Check 5 valve circuit leakage. Check 6 circuit (Clogging, valve operation error) Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipes. Check Cool/Heat FS unit. Check D valve, S valve leakage. (Check DD valve, SS valve leakage.) Connecting piping to FS unit Mispiping of (discharge gas/ suction gas) Check wiring between FS unit and indoor unit, connection of connectors Check miswiring of S/D valve. 49

150 Main remote controller P8 P9 Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code Sub-code P8 P9 Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition(s) I/F Discharge All stop Discharge temperature (TD) temperature TD exceeds 9 F (5 C). error Detected outdoor unit. * Display of I/F 4-way valve reversing error All stop Abnormal refrigerating cycle data is collected during all heating operation. header unit only Check items (locations) Check outdoor service valves (discharge gas side, suction gas side, liquid side) to confirm full opening. Check outdoor PMVs (PMV,, 4) for clogging. Check resistance characteristics of TD sensor. Check for defect in 4-way valve. Check 4 circuit for leakage. Check 4 circuit (for wiring or installation error involving 4, 4 and 4). Check 5 valve circuit leakage. Check 6 circuit. (Clogging, valve operation error) Check mispiping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipes. Check Cool/Heat FS unit. Check D valve, S valve leakage. (Check DD valve, SS valve leakage.) Connecting piping to FS unit Mispiping of (discharge gas/ suction gas) Check wiring between FS unit and indoor unit, connection of connectors. Check miswiring of S/D valve. It is necessary to check all the outdoor units in the identical refrigerant line. Check for defect in main body of 4-way valve. Check for coil defect in 4-way valve and loose connection of its connector. Check clogging in 4-way valve capillary Check resistance characteristics of TS and TE sensors. Check output voltage characteristics of Pd and Ps pressure sensors. Check for wiring error involving TE and TL sensors. Check Cool/Heat FS unit. Check D valve, S valve leakage. (Check DD valve, AVSS valve leakage.) Connecting piping of FS unit Mispiping of (Discharge gas/ suction gas) 4 valve body error (in heating operation) 4valve coil error, Connector connection check (in heating operation) 50

151 Main remote controller P0 P Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code Sub-code P0 P 0 : IGBT circuit : Position detection circuit error : Motor lockup error 4 : Motor current detection C : TH sensor temperature error D : TH sensor error E : Inverter DC voltage error (outdoor fan) te: Although letters 0 to F appear at locations indicated by, please ignore them. Location of detection Description System status Error detection condition(s) I/F Activation of All stop Pd sensor detects pressure high-pressure equal to or greater than protection.6mpa. IPDU utdoor fan All stop (Sub code: 0 ) IPDU error Fan IPDU overcurrent protective circuit A status that the current flows over the fixed amount when the fan was activated was detected. All stop (Sub code: ) Fan IPDU position detective circuit The position detection was not normally performed. All stop (Sub code: ) External elements by gust, obstacles, etc. Velocity estimate was not correctly performed. All stop (Sub code: 4 ) Fan IPDU overcurrent protective circuit A status that the current flows over the fixed amount when the fan operated was detected. All stop All stop All stop (Sub code: C ) Temperature of TH sensor over the fixed value was detected during operation of the fan. (Sub code: D ) The resistance value of the sensor is infinite. r 0 (at pen / Short) (Sub code: E ) Protection for fan IPDU DC voltage DC voltage detected over the fixed value or below the fixed value. Check items (locations) Check for defect in Pd pressure sensor. Check service valves (discharge gas side, suction gas side, liquid side) to confirm full opening. Check for defect in outdoor fan. Check for defect in outdoor fan motor. Check outdoor PMVs (PMV,, 4) for clogging. Check indoor/outdoor heat exchangers for clogging. Check for short-circuiting of outdoor suction/discharge air flows. Check circuit for clogging. Check 4-way valve operation error. Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (I/F). Check for defect in indoor fan system (possible cause of air flow reduction). Check opening status of indoor PMV. Check indoor-outdoor communication line for wiring error. Check for faulty operation of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section. Check gas balancing 4 valve circuit. Check mispiping of suction gas/ discharge gas main pipes. Check discharge gas pipe checked valve operation error. Check valve circuit. (Clogging, FF at one side only) Check clogging of circuit at sub heat exchanger liquid side. (Miswiring, disconnection, wiring forgotten) Check Cool/Heat FS unit. Clogging of D valve, operation error check Wiring check in FS unit (D/S coil miswiring, etc.) Wiring check between FS unit and inside of room (Miswiring, disconnection, wiring forgotten) Check 5 valve circuit. Check for refrigerant overcharging. Fan motor check Check for fan IPDU board error Fan motor check Connection check for fan motor connectors Check for fan IPDU board error Fan motor check Check for fan IPDU board error Fan motor check Connection check for fan motor connectors Check for fan IPDU board error Fan motor check Check for fan IPDU board error Check for fan IPDU board error Power supply voltage check Check for fan IPDU board error Connection check for fan IPDU connectors 5

152 Main remote controller P6 P9 P Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code P6 P9 Sub-code 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side 0: Compressor side Location of detection IPDU IPDU Indoor unit Description G-TR short-circuit protection error Compressor position detection circuit error ther indoor error (group follower unit error) System status All stop All stop Stop of corresponding unit Error detection condition(s) vercurrent is momentarily detected during startup of compressor. Position detection is not going on normally. There is error in other indoor unit in group, resulting in detection of E07/L07/L0/L08. Check items (locations) Check connector connection and wiring on A-IPDU P.C. board. Check for defect in compressor (layer shortcircuit). Check for defect in outdoor P.C. board (A-IPDU). Check wiring and connector connection. Check for compressor layer short-circuit. Check for defect in A-IPDU P.C. board. Check indoor P.C. board. Errors Detected by TCC-LINK Central Control Device Main remote controller C05 C06 C P0 Check code utdoor 7-segment display Check code Sub-code Differs according to nature of alarm-causing error Location of detection TCC-LINK Generalpurpose device I/F TCC-LINK Description TCC-LINK central control device transmission error TCC-LINK central control device reception error Blanket alarm for generalpurpose device control interface Group control follower unit error System status Continued operation Continued operation Continued operation Continued operation (L0 displayed.) Duplicated Continued central control operation address Error detection condition(s) Central control device is unable to transmit signal. Central control device is unable to receive signal. Error signal is input to control interface for general-purpose devices. Error occurs in follower unit under group control. ([P0] is displayed on central control remote controller.) There is duplication in central control addresses. Check items (locations) Check for defect in central control device. Check for defect in central control communication line. Check termination resistance setting. Check for defect in central control device. Check for defect in central control communication line. Check termination resistance setting. Check power supply for devices at other end of central control communication line. Check defect in P.C. boards of devices at other end of central control communication line. Check error input. Check check code of unit that has generated alarm. Check address settings. 5

153 Points to te When Servicing Compressor () When checking the outputs of inverters, remove the wiring from all the compressors. How to Check Inverter utput () Turn off the power supply. () Remove compressor leads from the IPDU P.C. board (A-IPDU). (Be sure to remove all the leads.) () Turn on the power supply and start cooling or heating operation. Be careful not to make simultaneous contact with two or more faston connectors for compressor leads or a faston connector and some other object (e.g. the unit cabinet). (4) Check the output voltage across each pair of inverter-side (CN70, 704, 705). If the result is unsatisfactory according to the judgment criteria given in the table below, replace the IPDU P.C. board.. Measured leads Red-White White-Black Black-Red Criterion FT9 : 80 to 00 V / FT6 : 400 to 650 V FT9 : 80 to 00 V / FT6 : 400 to 650 V FT9 : 80 to 00 V / FT6 : 400 to 650 V * When connecting the compressor leads back to the compressor terminals after checking the output, check the faston connectors thoroughly to ensure that they are not crooked. If there is any loose connector, tighten it with a pair of pliers, etc. before connecting the lead. How to Check Resistance of Compressor Winding () Turn off the power supply. () Remove compressor leads from the compressors. () With each compressor, check the phase-to-phase winding resistances and winding-to-outdoor cabinet resistance using a multimeter. Ground fault? It is normal if the winding-to-outdoor cabinet resistance is 0MΩ or more. Inter-winding short circuit? It is normal if the phase-to-phase resistances are in the Ω range. (Use a digital multimeter.) How to Check utdoor Fan Motor () Turn off the power supply. () Remove fan motor leads from the IPDU P.C. board for the outdoor fan (CN70-CN705). () Rotate the fan by hand. If the fan does not turn, the fan motor is faulty (locked up). Replace the fan motor. If the fan turns, measure the phase-to-phase winding resistances using a multimeter. It is normal if the measurements are in the.4-.70ω range. (Use a digital multimeter.) 5

154 9-5. Diagnosis procedure for each check code Check code Check code name Cause [E0] Signal transmission error on the remote controller Unable to send signals to indoor units * The check code is not indicated on the central control device or the 7-segment indication on the outdoor unit. The communication wiring between the remote controller and indoor units is connected properly. Connect the wiring properly. The transmission circuit in the remote controller malfunctions. Replace the remote controller. Check code Check code name Cause [E0] Communication error between the indoor unit and remote controller (detected on the indoor unit) communication from the remote controller/communication adapter The error is detected when the indoor unit cannot receive the signal from the wired remote controller. Check the communication wiring from the remote controller A and B. The check code [E0] is not indicated on the remote controller as its communication is down. However, the code is indicated on the compliant manager of TCC-LINK. Check code Check code name Cause [E0] Communication error between the indoor unit and remote controller (detected on the remote controller). Remote controller inter-unit wire error. Indoor power error. Indoor P.C. board error 4. Remote controller address setup error 5. Remote controller P.C. board error Is the inter-unit wire of remote controllers (A/B) normal? Correct inter-unit cable of remote controller. Is there no disconnection or connector contact error on harness out of terminal block of indoor unit? Correct connector connection and check circuit wiring. Is a group control operation? Is power of each indoor unit turned on? Check power connection status of indoor unit. (Tur n on power again.) Is power applied to remote controller? AB terminals: Approx. DC8V Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace Is setup of two remote controllers without header remote controller? Change one to header/other to follower. (Remote controller address connector) Check remote controller P.C. board. Defect Replace 54

155 Check code Check code name Cause Check code Check code name Cause [E06] Decreased number of indoor units [E04] Indoor/utdoor communication. Communication lines (U, U) connection error between indoor and outdoor. Communication connector's connection error on indoor unit, error on P.C. board. Communication connector's connection error on outdoor unit, error on I/F board 4. Power supply of indoor unit (Is power turned on?) circuit error (Detected at indoor side). Power of outdoor unit was firstly turned on.. Connection error of communication line between indoor and outdoor. End terminal resistance setup error on communication between indoor and outdoor 4. Address setup error Sub-code:. of indoor units which received signals normally Is there no miswiring/disconnection on communication line between indoor and outdoor? Is connection of CN40 connector on indoor P.C. board normal? Correct communication line. Correct wiring or connector. Was power turned on in order of indoor unit outdoor unit? Is connection (U/U terminals) of indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire normal? Turn on power again in order of indoor unit outdoor unit. Correct inter-unit wire. Is connection of CN0 connector on outdoor I/F P.C. board normal? Is connector connection from U/U terminals of indoor/outdoor inter-unit wire normal? Correct connector connection. Is the end terminal resistance setup of outdoor unit normal? Correct the end terminal resistance setup. Is power of indoor unit turned on? Turn on power of indoor unit. Is address setup correct? Set up address again. Did a power failure occur? Clear the check code. Is there no noise, etc? Check noise, etc, and eliminate it if any. Is power applied to fuse (F0) on indoor P.C. board? Check connection of inter-unit wire between indoor and outdoor is correct, and then connect communication line connector on indoor P.C. board (CN40) to CN44 (EMG). Is there no noise, etc? Check noise, etc, and eliminate it if any. Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace (NTE). When signal is not sent for a certain period from the indoor unit which has used to send signals normally, [E06] is displayed. Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace For details, refer to "8-5. Troubleshooting in Test peration ". 55

156 Check code Check code name Cause Check code Check code name Cause [E08] Duplicated indoor addresses Indoor addresses are duplicated. [E07]. Indoor/outdoor communication end terminal Indoor/utdoor communication circuit error (Detected at outdoor side) resistance setup error. Indoor/outdoor communication connection error Sub-code: Duplicated indoor address Using a wired remote controller (RBC-AMTUL), check the setup CDE. (DN code),, and 4. When there is no address duplication, check to the following flowchart. Is setup of end terminal resistance of outdoor unit normal? Correct setup of end terminal resistance. Is wire connection to communication line normal? Correct wire connection. Is inter-unit wire (U, U) between indoor and outdoor shortcircuited? Correct short-circuit. Is not communication line connected to the different outdoor unit? Correct communication line. Is connection of inter-unit wire between indoor and outdoor correct? Correct communication line. Is indoor unit quantity connected to outdoor unit correct? Is there no error on power wire to outdoor unit? Correct power wire. Set up indoor address again. Is there noise source? Is F400 (fuse) on I/F P.C. board opened? Turn on power to start operation. * Check conduction with tester. I/F P.C. board failure Eliminate noise. utdoor I/F P.C. board failure Replace 56

157 Check code [E5] Check code name Cause corresponding indoor unit during automatic address. Communication line connection error between indoor and outdoor. Indoor power system error. ise from surrounding devices 4. Power failure 5. Indoor P.C. board error Is communication line between indoor and outdoor normal? Correct communication line. Is connection of CN40 connector on indoor P.C. board correct? Correct connection of connector. Is connection of CN0 connector on I/F P.C. board of header outdoor unit correct? Correct connection of connector. Is there any connection error of power wire? Correct power wire. Did a power failure occur? Set up address again after resetting power supply. Is there no noise source? Eliminate noise. Set up address again after resetting power supply. Check code [E0 9] Check code name Duplicated header remote controller Cause Setup of header remote controller is duplicated. Are two remote controllers set up as two header remote controllers? Set up one controller as the header and the other follower. (Remote controller address connector) Check remote controller P.C. board. Failure Replace Check code [E0] Check code name Communication error between indoor MCUs. Cause Indoor P.C. board error. Is there any trouble on power line? Check power voltage. Improve the line condition. Eliminate noise, etc. Check indoor control P.C. board. Failure Replace Check code Check code name [E] Automatic address start error Cause. Starting automatic addressing of indoor units during automatic addressing in another refrigerant line. (Sub-code: 0). Starting automatic addressing of outdoor units during automatic addressing of indoor units (Sub-code: 0) Sub-code: 0: Communication between indoor and outdoor 0: Communication between outdoor units Are U, U, U, and U4 connectors connected? Disconnect connector connection of U, U, U, and U4. Turn on power of outdoor unit again. Set up address again. (Refer to "8-4-. Address Setup Procedure ".) 57

158 Check code name Check code Check code Cause [E8] Communication error between indoor header and follower Regular communication between indoor header and follower is unavailable. [E6] Check code name Number/capacity of connected indoor units beyond the limit Cause. There are 40 or more connected indoor units.. Capacity over of total connected indoor units.. Incorrect setup of indoor units' power Are remote controller inter-unit wires (A/B) normal? Is there any disconnection of connector or wiring from terminal block of indoor unit? Correct remote controller inter-unit wire. Correct connection of connector. Check circuit wire. Sub-code: 00 : Capacity over, 0-: number of connected units Is backup operation of outdoor unit being set up? Indoor capacity over has been detected during the backup operation. Perform setup of no detection for capacity over. (*) Is group control operation executed? Is. of connected indoor units correct? Excessive indoor units are connected. Correct miswiring. Are powers of all indoor units turned on? Check power connection status of indoor unit. (Turn on the power again.) Is setup of indoor units' HP correct? Correct HP setup. Check indoor address. Correct indoor address. Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Is total capacity of connected indoor units within 5%? Set capacity of connected indoor units within 5% of outdoor units. For a service P.C. board, check outdoor HP setup. (Set up jumper 9, 0,, and.) K Set up outdoor HP. (Refer "4 P.C. BARD EXCHANGE PRCEDURES ".) NG Check outdoor interface P.C. board. (*) To deactivate the capacity-over detection Turn SW09 Bit on I/F P.C. board of header outdoor unit to N. (Usually FF) 58

159 Check code Check code name Cause Check code Check code name Cause [E] [E9] Header outdoor unit quantity error. Misconnection of inter-unit wire between indoor Communication signal sending error between outdoor units. Inter-unit wire connection error between outdoor units. Communication connector connection error between outdoor units, I/F P.C. board error. End terminal resistance setup error between outdoor units and outdoor. utdoor I/F P.C. board error Is there nomiswiring or disconnection on communication lineg between outdoor units? Is connectionof CN0 connector on outdoor I/F P.C. board normal? Correct communication line. Correct wiring or connector. Sub-code: 00: header unit 0: Two or more header units Are not communication lines (U, U) between indoor and outdoor connected to multiple outdoor units? Connect communication line between indoor and outdoor to one unit per system. Is not main power of outdoor unit turned off? Turn on main power of outdoor unit. Is communication line between indoor and outdoor connected to one unit per system? Connect communication line between indoor and outdoor. Is the end terminal resistance between outdoor units turned on? (SW0 Bit ) Turn the end terminal resistance to N. Check I/F board. Reference) The outdoor unit connected with communication wires (U, U) between indoor and outdoor is automatically recognized as the header unit. Did power failure occur? Clear check code. If the outdoor power is turned on ahead, the check code [E9:00] is displayed until the indoor power is turned on. However it is not an error. When the indoor power will be turned on, the check code [E9:00] will be automatically disappeared. Is there no noise source, etc? Check and eliminate noise, etc. Check code [E0] Check code name Cause Unit connected to other line during automatic address When starting automatic indoor address, a device in another line is connected. Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Defect Replace Sub-code: 0: Connection of an outdoor unit in another line 0: Connection of an indoor unit in another line Separate the connection between the lines following the address setup method. 59

160 Check code Check code name Cause [E] IPDU communication error. Connection error of communication line between IPDU and I/F P.C. board. I/F P.C. board error. IPDU P.C. board error 4. External noise Sub-code A-IPDU Fan A-IPDU Fan IPDU IPDU MCU Sub 0 0A 0 0B 0 0C 04 0D 05 0E 06 0F : Part where IPDU error has occurred. Is communication connector between IPDU and I/F P.C. board connected? Correct connection of connector. Is there no disconnection on communication line between IPDU and I/F P.C. board? Replace communication line. Is there voltage deflection between 4 and 5 pin of CN600 on I/F P.C. board? (Measurement with tester: DC 0 to 5V, 5 pins GND) I/F P.C. board error Is there voltage deflection between and 5 pin of CN600 on I/F P.C. board? (Measurement with tester: DC0 to 5V, 5 pins GND) In the case that All IPDUs (A- IPDUs and fan IPDUs) do not return response. * Two A-IPDUs (N. and ) exist in 6 Ton models. In 8 or 0 Ton models, three A-IPDUs (.,, ) exist. I/F P.C. board error Replace defective IPDU P.C. board. Sub-code: 80 Was power supply correctly reset? (Power supply FF for 60 seconds or more) Reset power supply and reactivate. I/F board error Replace Check code [E5] Check code name Duplicated follower outdoor address setup Cause Addresses are duplicated by manual setup of outdoor address Do not set up outdoor addresses manually. Check code [E6] Check code name Decrease of connected outdoor units Cause. utdoor unit backup setup. utdoor power error. Communication line connection error between outdoor units 4. Communication connector connection error 5. utdoor I/F P.C. board error Sub-code: Address of the outdoor unit receiving signal abnormally During setup of outdoor unit backup? Clear the error, and then start operation. (*) Is main power of follower unit turned on? Turn on the main power supply. Is communication linebetween outdoor units connected normally? Correct connection of communication line. Is communication connector (CN0) between follower outdoor units connected? Correct connector connection. (Communication connector : CN0) Check I/F P.C. board. (*) How to clear the error Set SW0/SW0/SW0 on I/F P.C. board of header unit to /6/, and push SW04 for 5 seconds or more. (7-segment display : [Er.] [CL]) Check code Check code name Cause [E8] Follower outdoor unit error Error has occurred on a follower outdoor unit. Sub-code: Detected outdoor unit. An error occurred on a follower unit. See the check code on the 7-segment display on I/F P.C. board of the follower unit, and then check it according to diagnose procedure for the check code. (How to specify the follower outdoor unit in which error occurred) Push SW04 for second or more under condition that [E8] is displayed on the 7-segment display of the header unit. The fan of the outdoor unit which stopped due to occurrence of error starts rotating. Push SW05 to stop the fan. 60

161 Check code Check code name Cause [F0] Indoor TC sensor error TC sensor pen/short Check code Check code name Cause [F0] Indoor TCJ sensor error TCJ sensor pen/short Is TC sensor connector (CN00: Brown) on indoor P.C. board normally connected? Correct connection of connector. Is TCJ sensor connector (CN0: Red) on indoor P.C. board normally connected? Correct connection of connector. Are characteristics of TC sensor resistance value normal? Are characteristics Replace TC sensor. of TCJ sensor resistance Replace TCJ sensor. value normal? * See "Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". * See "Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Check indoor main P.C. board. Defect Replace Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace Check code Check code name Cause [F04] TD sensor error TD sensor pen/short Check code Check code name Cause [F0] Indoor TC sensor error TC sensor pen/short This error code means detection of pen/short of TD sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TD sensor: CN50, White) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics".) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. Is TC sensor connector (CN0: Black) on indoor P.C. board normally connected? Correct connection of connector. Check code Check code name Cause [F05] TD sensor error TD sensor pen/short Are characteristics of TC sensor resistance value normal? Replace TC sensor. This error code means detection of pen/short of TD sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TD sensor: CN50, Pink) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics".) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace * See "Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Check code Check code name Cause [F06] TE sensor error TE, TE sensor pen/short This error code means detection of pen/short of TE sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TE sensor: CN50, Green, TE sensor: CN5,Red ) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See gutdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics h on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics".) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. 6

162 Check code Check code name Cause Check code Check code name Cause [F5] utdoor temp sensor miswiring (TE, TL) Are installed positions of TE sensor and TL sensor correct? utdoor I/F P.C. board TE sensor : CN50, Green TL sensor : CN5, White. Misinstallation and misconnection of TE sensor and TL sensor. Resistance characteristics error of TE sensor and TL sensor. utdoor P.C. board (I/F) error Correct installed positions of TE sensor and TL sensor. [F07] [F08] TL sensor error TL sensor pen/short This error code means detection of pen/short of TL sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TL sensor: CN5, White) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics".) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. Check code Check code name Cause T sensor error T sensor pen/short Are connection of TE sensor connector and TL sensor connector normal? Correct connection of connectors. This error code means detection of pen/short of T sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (T sensor: CN507, Yellow) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics".) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. Are resistance characteristics of TL sensor and TE sensor normal? Correct connection of connectors. * See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Check code Check code name Cause [F0] Indoor TA sensor error TA sensor pen/short This error code means detection of pen/short of TA sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TA sensor: CN04, Yellow) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See "Indoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics".) If sensor is normal, replace indoor P.C. board. Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Defect Replace TE sensor : utdoor heat exchanger temp sensor TL sensor: Temp sensor between liquid tanks of outdoor PMV/ pen/short of TF / TFA sensor was detected. Check disconnection of connector connection (TFA sensor: CN0 yellowish green) circuit and resistance value characteristics of the sensor. (Refer to "9-9 Sensor Characteristics Indoor Unit Temperature Sensor Characteristics".) When the sensor is normal, replace the indoor P.C. board. Check code Check code name Cause [F] TS sensor error TS sensor pen/short This error code means detection of pen/short of TS sensor. Check disconnection of circuit for connection of connector (TS sensor: CN505, White) and characteristics of sensor resistance value. (See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics".) If sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. Check code Check code name Cause [F] TH sensor error IGBT built-in sensor error in A-IPDU Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor This error code means IGBT built-in temperature sensor error. Check connection of connectors CN06 on IPDU P.C. board and CN600 on I/F P.C. board. If sensor is normal, replace IPDU P.C. board. 6

163 Check code Check code name Cause [F] Ps sensor error utput voltage error of Ps sensor Is connection of Ps sensor connector correct? Connector: CN500, White Correct connection of connector. Are output voltage characteristics of Ps sensor normal? () Pressure (Check joint) by pressure gauge () Pressure display on 7-segment display () utput voltage of I/F P.C. board If () and (), () are different, an error of pressure sensor itself is considered. If () and () are different, check interface P.C. board. Sensor error Replace Is there no leakage from 4 valve? Is not refrigerant bypassed from discharge to suction of 4-way valve? Check compressor. Replace 4 valve. Check 4-way valve. Check code Check code name Cause [F4] Pd sensor error utput voltage error of Pd sensor It is output voltage error of Pd sensor. Check disconnection of connection of connector (Pd sensor: CN50, red) circuit and output voltage of sensor. If the sensor is normal, replace outdoor I/F P.C. board. Check code Check code name Cause [F6] utdoor pressure sensor miswiring (Pd, Ps). High-pressure Pd sensor and low pressure sensor Ps are exchanged.. utput voltage of each sensor is zero. Are connection of Pd sensor and Ps sensor connectors correct? Correct connection of connectors. Pd sensor: CN50, Red Ps sensor: CN500, White Are output voltage characteristics of Pd sensor and Ps sensor normal? Are Pd / Ps output values Pd > Ps during compressor operation? () Pressure (Check joint) by pressure gauge () Pressure display on 7-segment display () utput voltage of I/F P.C. board If () and (), () are different, an error of pressure sensor itself is considered. If () and () are different, check interface P.C. board. Value can be confirmed by 7-segment display function on outdoor I/F P.C. board. Sensor error Replace Check compressor. Pd SW0/0/0=// Ps SW0/0/0=// Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Defect Replace 6

164 Check code Check code name Cause Check code Check code name Cause [H0] Compressor breakdown Rotor-stop conduction has occurred.. utdoor unit power line error. Compressor circuit system error. Compressor error 4. Abnormal overload in operation 5. A-IPDU P.C. board error [F9] Indoor other error Indoor P.C. board error This error is detected during operation of air conditioner of IC0 (IC50) non-volatile memory (EEPRM) on indoor unit P.C.board. Replace service P.C. board. Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor * If EEPRM was not inserted when power was turned on or it is absolutely impossible to read/write EEPRM data, the automatic address mode is repeated. In this case, [97 error] is displayed on AI-NET central controller. Is power voltage of outdoor unit normal? * FT9 : 08/0 V±0% FT6 : 460 V±0% Correct power line. (Power N) (Approx. minutes) (Approx. minute) [SET DATA] is displayed on remote controller. [SET DATA] disappears. (Repetition) LED (D0) Hz flashes for approx. 0 seconds on indoor unit P.C. board. Reboot (Reset) Does voltage drop occur when other compressor starts? Is connection of wiring or connection of connector on A-IPDU P.C. board normal? Correct connector connection or wiring. Check code Check code name Cause [F] utdoor EEPRM error. utdoor unit power error (Voltage, noise, etc.). utdoor I/F P.C. board error Is winding resistance between phases of corresponding compressor normal? (te ) Is not it an abnormal overload? Take off lead wire of compressor.. Check resistance between windings: It is normal if there are 0.Ω to 0.4Ω.. Check insulation between outdoor cabinet and terminal: It is normal if there are 0MΩ or more. Compressor error (Motor burning, etc.) Correct cause of overload. Is there any trouble of outdoor unit power supply? Check I/F P.C. board. Check power voltage and line. Correct power line. Check external noise, etc. Check IPDU P.C. board. te After checking the output, when connecting the compressor lead again to the compressor terminal, check surely there is no distortion on the Fasten receptacle terminal. If it is loosened, caulk it with pinchers, etc and then connect lead to the terminal firmly. V W U Details of compressor power connecting section. 64

165 Check code Check code name Cause Check code Check code name Cause [H0] Current detective circuit system error Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor Wiring or connector connection on IPDU P.C. boardnormal? Check IPDU P.C. board.. Wiring or connector connection error on A-IPDU P.C. board. A-IPDU P.C. board error Correct connector connection or wiring. [H0] Compressor error (Lock) Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor Is power voltage of outdoor unit normal? * *: FT9 : 08/0 V±0% FT6 : 460V ±0%. utdoor unit power line error. Compressor circuit system error. Compressor error 4. Refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell 5. A-IPDU P.C. board error 6. MG-CTT error Correct power line. Does voltage drop occur when other compressor starts? Is wiring or connectorconnection on A-IPDU P.C. board normal? Correct connector connection or wiring. Is MG-CTT normal? * Exchange MG-CTT * Check connection wiring Check operation of MG-CTT Check the short circuit of MG-CTT Abnormal overload? Correct cause of overload. Is there no refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell? Is case heater output normal? Correct refrigerant stagnation in compressor shell. peration starts. Check case heater. Is compressor normal? * Check A-IPDU P.C. board. * Check the following items mainly.. Existence of abnormal sound and abnormal vibration during operation or starting. Abnormal overheat of case during operation or stop time (Never touch with hands.). Current of compressor lead during operation or starting time ( sudden change of current?) Compressor error MG-CTT: Magnet contactor 65

166 Check code Check code name Cause [H07] il level down detection protection. Valves of balance pipes closed. (n all outdoor units in a line). Miswiring or misinstallation of TK to TK5 sensors. TK to TK5 sensor error 4. Gas leak or oil leak in a line 5. Refrigerant stagnation of compressor case 6. A, B, C, D, E, F valve error 7. Clogging of oil return circuit from oil separator 8. Clogging of oil-equation circuit system Are balance pipe valves of all outdoor units in same line fully opened? pen balance pipe valves fully, reset power supply, and start operation. Are TK, TK, TK, TK4 and TK5 sensors of the error-detected unit correctly connected? Are all the sensors properly connected? Correct miswiring and misinstallation. TK: CN5, black TK: CN5, green TK: CN5, pink TK4: CN54, yellow TK5: CN55, red Are characteristics of TK to TK5 of error-detected unit normal? Check gas leak of all outdoor units in the same line and check soaked oil in them. *See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Error Sensor error Replace Specify gas leak position and repair it. (Recharging, refill oil) error Check refrigerant stagnation in compressor. stagnation (*) Check leakage of valves (A, C) and clogging (B, E, F). Leakage or clogging Replace faulty part. Stagnation Correct refrigerant stagnation in compressor, reset power supply, and start the operation. Check oil level judgment of each unit. The check result is indicated on the 7-segment display by setting [SW0/0/0] to [/6/]. leakage or clogging (*) Check clogging of oil returncircuit from oil separator. (Capillary tube, strainer) Check clogging of D valve. clogging Clogging Replace faulty part. Are all oil levels correct? Check clogging of solenoid valves (A, C) of all outdoor units in the same line. (*) Clogging Replace faulty part. clogging Clear cause of stagnation. Check clogging of oil equalization circuit. (*4) Clogging Replace faulty part. Indoor/outdoor PMV error (Cause of refrigerant stagnation), discharge check valve error, etc. (Reference) When refrigerant stagnates in compressor shell, the oil level shortage may be Check code Check code name Cause [H06] Low-pressure protective operation. Service valve close. Ps sensor error., 4 circuit error 4. Miswiring of communication between indoor and outdoor 5. Indoor/outdoor fan and condenser error 6. Indoor/outdoor PMV clogging 7. Indoor/outdoor heat exchanger clogging 8. Refrigerant shortage Are service valves of gas and liquid pipe of outdoor unit fully opened? Are characteristics of low-pressure sensor normal? Are and 4, 4 circuits normal? pen service valves fully. Exchange low-pressure sensor. *. Pressure by pressure gauge (Check joint). Pressure display on 7-segment display. utput voltage of I/F P.C. board(cn 500) If and, are different, an error of pressure sensor error is considered. If and are different, check I/F P.C. board. Check miswiring, misinstallation and connector connection. Correct,4 and 4circuits. Is any indoor unit in a different line connected? (Check with miswiring check function of outdoor unit.) Correct wiring. In cooling season, go to (A) In heating season, go to (B) (A) Cooling Does indoor fan normally operate in cooling season? Is there clogging of indoor air filter or heat exchanger? Cleaning Are following items concerned to indoor fan motor normal?. Connector connection. Condenser. Motor 4. Fan Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Repair faulty parts. Is connector Is indoor PMV connection or coil normal? normal? Refrigerant shortage or clogging or pipe deformed Is there clogging on whole valve? (B) Heating Repair faulty parts. Replace PMV body. Is outdoor fan normally operated in heating season? Is indoor fan system normal?. Fan crack. Fan coming-off Repair faulty parts. Is there clogging of outdoor heat exchanger? Cleaning Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Failure Replace Is outdoor PMV normal? Refrigerant shortage, clogging, pipe deformed 66

167 (*) Checking the oil return circuit from oil separator and clogging in D valve a) il return circuit While outdoor unit is operating, check temperature (secondary side of capillary) on oil return circuit. ((6) in the figure.) If temperature is low equivalent to suction temperature), a clogging of strainer of oil return circuit or capillary is considered. Replace the clogged part. b) Clogging check for D valve While outdoor unit is operated, set up SW0/0/0 = [] [] [] (7-segment display [Hr] [ ]), and push SW04 for seconds or more. Set up SW0 = [9], and turn on D valve. (7-segment display [Hr] [... d]) If temperature is low at secondary side of the valve or it does not change, clogging of valve, capillary, or strainer is considered. ((7) in the figure.) Replace the clogged part. In some cases, it may be difficult to check the leakage of clogging in the following condition of refrigerant stagnation in low ambient temperature condition. In this case, take a longer operating time prior to check. (Criterion: Discharge temperature of TD, TD and TD are 40 F (60 C) or higher) (*) Checking leakage and clogging on solenoid valves a) Leakage check for A valve (For multiple outdoor unit system) Turn off the power supply, take off connector of A valve, and then start a test operation after power-n. Check the temperature change at secondary side of A valve during operation. (() in the figure.) If temperature is raised, leakage occurs in the A valve. Replace A valve. b) Leakage check for C valve Turn off the power supply, take off connector of C valve, and then start a test operation after power-n. After operation for several minutes, check temperature at secondary side of C valve. (() in the figure.) If temperature is high (equivalent to discharge temperature TD), leakage occurs in the C valve. Replace C valve. (Even if leakage does not occur in the C valve, temperature of C valve at secondary side rises during operation. But the temperature is lower than TD when there is no leakage.) c) Leakage check for F valve (For multiple outdoor unit system) Turn off the power supply, take off connector of F valve, and then start a test operation after power-n. Check the temperature change at secondary side of F valve during operation. (() in the figure.) If temperature is raised, leakage occurs in the A valve. Replace A valve. If temperature is raised, leakage occurs in the A valve. Replace A valve. d) Clogging check for B valve (For multiple outdoor unit system) While outdoor unit is operated, set up SW0/0/0 = [] [] [] (7-segment display [Hr] [ ]), and push SW04 for seconds or more. Set up SW0 = [0], and turn on A, B, C valves. (7-segment display [Hr] [... -]) While outdoor units are operating, check temperature change at secondary side of B valve. ((4) in the figure.) If temperature does not rise (equivalent to suction temperature), it is a clogging of B valve. Replace B valve. e) Clogging for E valve Reset the power supply. Using "Valve forced open/close function" of the outdoor unit, check N/FF operation (Sound, coil surface temp up) of E valve is performed. Start test operation in CL or HEAT mode. After operation for several minutes, check the pipe temperature at the secondary side of E valve whether temperature changes or not. If it is equivalent to outside temperature, clogging of E is considered. ((5) in the figure.) (Reference) If E valve is clogged, temperature does not change at all sensors (TK, TK, TK, TK4 and TK5). f) Clogging check for F valve While outdoor unit is operated, set up SW0/0/0 = [] [] [] (7-segment display [Hr] [ ]), and push SW04 for seconds or more. Set up SW0 = [8], and turn on C, E, F valves. (7-segment display [Hr] [... C]) While outdoor units are operating, check temperature change at secondary side of F valve. (() in the figure.) If temperature does not rise (equivalent to suction temperature), it is a clogging of F valve. Replace F valve. 67

168 (*) Check for solenoid valve of all outdoor units in a line (For multiple outdoor unit system) a) Clogging check for A valve While outdoor unit is operating, set up SW0/0/0 = [] [] [] (7-segment display [Hr] [ ]), and push SW04 for seconds or more. Set up SW0 = [6], and turn on A valve. (7-segment display [Hr] [... A]) If temperature is low at secondary side of the valve or it does not change, clogging of valve or check valve is considered. (() in the figure.) b) Leakage check for C valve While outdoor unit is operating, set up SW0/0/0 = [] [] [] (7-segment display [Hr] [ ]), and push SW04 for seconds or more. Set up SW0 = [8], and turn on C valve. (7-segment display [Hr] [... C]) If temperature does not change (up), clogging of valve or strainer is considered. (() in the figure.) (*4) a) Clogging check for oil-equalization circuit Drive the outdoor unit. (Drive all compressors in the unit.) After driving for 0 minutes or more, check whether temperature of TK, TK and TK sensors and temperature of oil-equalization circuit capillary ((8) in the figure) has increased. (Criterion) TK, TK, TK=Td, Td, Td temperature - Approx. 50 to 86 F (0 to 0 C) il-equalization capillary tubes should be higher sufficiently than outside air temperature and suction temperature. If temperature is low, a malfunction on check valves or clogging of capillary, strainer or distributor is considered. Repair the defective parts. MMY-MAP074FT Check valve High-pressure sensor (6) (7) () il separator () (4) Check valve Check valve (4) High-pressure (TD) SW C Highpressure (TD) SW Compressor (TK4) Compressor (5) (8) (TK) (E) (TK5) (TK) il header (8) (4) (Inverter) (Inverter) Check valve Check valve Distributor MMY-MAP0964FT MMY-MAP04FT High-pressure sensor (6) (7) (D) il separator () (4) Highpressure (C) (TD) SW (TK4) (5) (8) TK5) E) Distributor () () (4) Highpressure SW Highpressure (TD) SW (4) (TD) (TK) (TK) il header (F) () (B) (8) (4) () Check valve (B) Check valve Compressor (Inverter) Compressor Compressor (Inverter) (Inverter) 68

169 Check code Check code name Cause [H6] il level detection circuit error. Coming-off of TK sensor, miswiring, characteristics error of resistance value TK temperature detective circuit. il-equalization circuit error (Check valve, error (Sub-code: 0) capillary clogging, strainer clogging). Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor shell Is not TK sensor detached? Correct installation of sensor. Is there no miswiring or misinstallation on TD/TD/TD/TK/TK/ TK/TK4/TK5 sensors? Correct miswiring/misinstallation. TD: CN50, white TD: CN50, pink TD: CN504, blue TK: CN5, black TK: CN5, green TK: CN5, pink TK4: CN54, yellow TK5: CN55, red After resetting the power Are characteristics of TK sensor resistance value normal? Start a test operation in CL or HEAT mode. Display TK sensor temperature on 7-segment display with SW0/0/0=[] [] []. error *See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Check TK sensor temp approx. 0 minutes after compressor has operated. If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature has little change, a clogging of strainer of oil-equalization circuit, clogging of capillary tube, or malfunction of check valve is considered. Error Check valve Strainer Comp. (inverter) Capillary tube Sensor error Replace clogging part. Check the clogging of E valve. (te ) Error (te ) Refer to the article of the check code [H07]. (TK) Replace E valve. error Check I/F P.C. board Check code Check code name Cause [H08] il level detective temperature sensor error TK to TK5 sensor pen/short Sub-code: 0: TK sensor error 0: TK sensor error 0: TK sensor error 04: TK4 sensor error 05: TK5 sensor error The detected error is an oil level detective temperature sensor error. Check disconnection of the wiring and resistance value of the sensor. If the sensors are normal, replace the outdoor I/F P.C. board. Circuit TK TK TK TK4 TK5 Connector CN5 (Black) CN5 (Green) CN5 (Pink) CN54 (Yellow) CN55 (Red) Check code Check code name Cause [H6] il level detection circuit error TK temperature detective circuit error (Sub-code: 0). Coming-off of TK sensor, miswiring, characteristics error of resistance value. il-equalization circuit error (Check valve, capillary clogging, strainer clogging). Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor shell Is not TK sensor detached? Correct installation of sensor. Is there no miswiring or misinstallation on TD/TD/TD/TK/TK/ TK/TK4/TK5 sensors? Correct miswiring/misinstallation. TD: CN50 white TD: CN50 pink TD: CN504 blue TK: CN5, black TK: CN5, green TK: CN5, pink TK4: CN54, yellow TK5: CN55, red Are characteristics of TK sensor resistance value normal? *See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Sensor error Start a test operation in CL or HEAT mode. Error Replace clogging part. Display TK sensor temperature on 7-segment display with SW0/0/0=[] [] []. Check TK sensor temp approx. 0 minutes after compressor has operated. If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature has little change, a clogging of strainer of oil-equalization circuit, clogging of capillary tube, or malfunction of check valve is considered. error Comp. (inverter) Strainer Check valve Capillary tube (TK) Check the clogging of E valve. (te ) Error (te ) Refer to the article of the check code [H07]. Replace E valve. error Check I/F P.C. board 69

170 Check code Check code name Cause [H6] TK4 temperature detective circuit error (Sub-code: 04). Coming-off of TK4 sensor, miswiring, characteristics error of resistance value. Malfunction of E valve circuit (Check valve, capillary clogging, strainer clogging). Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor shell Is not TK4 sensor detached? Correct installation of sensor. Is there no miswiring or misinstallation on TD/TD/TD/TK/TK/ TK/TK4/TK5 sensors? Correct miswiring/misinstallation. TD: CN50, white, TD: CN50, pink TD: CN504, blue TK: CN5, black, TK: CN5, green TK: CN5, pink, TK4: CN54, yellow TK5: CN55, red Are characteristics of TK4 sensor resistance value normal? After resetting the power Check the clogging of E valve. Start a test operation in CL or HEAT mode. error Display TK4 sensor temperature on 7-segment display with SW0/0/0=[] [5] []. *See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Check TK4 sensor temp approx. 0 minutes after compressor has operated. If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature has little change, clogging of the parallel capillary tube is considered. Error Sensor error replace Replace clogging part (capillary). Check the clogging of E valve. (te ) Error (te ) Refer to the article of the check code [H07]. Replace E valve. error Check I/F P.C. board Check code Check code name Cause [H6] il level detection circuit error TK temperature detective circuit error (Sub-code: 0). Coming-off of TK sensor, miswiring, characteristics error of resistance value. il-equalization circuit error (Check valve, capillary clogging, strainer clogging). Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor shell Is not TK sensor detached? Correct installation of sensor. Is there no miswiring or misinstallation on TD/TD/TD/TK/TK/ TK/TK4/TK5 sensors? Correct miswiring/misinstallation. TD: CN50, white, TD: CN50, pink TD: CN504, blue TK: CN5, black, TK: CN5, green TK: CN5, pink, TK4: CN54, yellow TK5: CN55, red Are characteristics of TK sensor resistance value normal? After resetting the power Start a test operation in CL or HEAT mode. Display TK sensor temperature on 7-segment display with SW0/0/0=[] [4] []. Check TK sensor temp approx. 0 minutes after compressor has operated. If low temperature continues (approximately outside temp) or temperature has little change, a clogging of strainer of oil-equalization circuit, clogging of capillary tube, or malfunction of check valve is considered. error *See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Error Check valve Strainer Comp. (inverter) Capillary tube Sensor error replace Replace clogging part. Check the clogging of E valve. (te ) Error (te ) Refer to the article of the check code [H07]. (TK) Replace E valve. error Check I/F P.C. board (C) (TK4) Strainer Capillary tube 70

171 Check code Check code name Cause [L0] utdoor units model. t corresponds to Air to Air Heat Exchanger type. disagreed error. When outdoor unit is connected Check code Check code name Cause [L0] Duplicated indoor header units There are two or more indoor header units in a group during group control. ) Check whether the connection on remote controllers (group and/or individual) has been changed since the group configuration and address checking on the remote controllers finished. ) If the group configuration and address are normal when power has been turned on, the mode automatically shifts to address setup mode. For setting up addresses again, refer to "Address setup". Check code Check code name Cause [L04] Duplicated setup of outdoor line address utdoor line addresses are duplicated. Is there duplicated line address setup? Correct the line address setup. Are communication wire connections of [U.U], [U.U4], and [U5, U6] normal? Correct the wire connection. Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Failure Replace Re-set up the address. (Refer to "Address setup".) Check code Check code name Cause [H6]. Coming-off of TK5 sensor, miswiring, TK5 temperature detective circuit characteristics error of resistance value error. Malfunction or clogging of E valve (Sub-code: 05). il-equalization circuit error (Capillary or strainer clogging) 4. Refrigerant stagnation in the compressor shell Is not TK5 sensor detached? Correct installation of sensor. Is there no miswiring or misinstallation on TK/TK/TK/TK4/TK5, TD/TD/TD sensors? Correct miswiring/misinstallation. TK: CN5, black, TK: CN5, green TK: CN5, pink, TK4: CN54, yellow TK5: CN55, red TD: CN50 white, TD: CN50 pink TD: CN504 blue Are characteristics of TK5 sensor resistance value normal? Sensor error replace Check the clogging of E valve. (te ) Error error (te ) Refer to the article of the check code [H07]. Check I/F P.C. board Replace E valve. 7

172 Check code Check code name Cause [L08] Indoor group / address unset Indoor unit address is unset Are powers of all the indoor units turned on? Turn on the power of indoor units. Disconnect connectors between [U, U] and [U, U4]. Turn on the power of outdoor unit again. Clear addresses. (Refer to "Address clear".) Re-execute address setup. (Refer to "Address setup".) te) This code is displayed when the power is turned on at the first time after installation. (Because the address is not yet set up) Check code Check code name Cause [L09] Indoor capacity unset Indoor unit's capacity is unset Are capacity setups of indoor units unset? Set up capacity data of indoor unit. (Setup CDE. (DN) = ) Check indoor P.C. board. Defect Replace Check code Check code name Cause [L0] utdoor capacity unset n the outdoor IF P.C. board for service, the model selecting jumper has not been set up so as to match with the model. I/F P.C. board A'ssy service for the outdoor unit is common to this series. A setup for model selection different from that for P.C. board with trouble is necessary. Set up a model based upon the P.C. board A'ssy exchange procedure. Check code Check code name Cause [L05] Duplicated indoor units with priority (Displayed on indoor unit with priority) Two or more prior indoor units exist. This check code is displayed on the indoor unit set as a prior one when two or more prior indoor units are detected. Priority setup with two or more units is not available. As only one indoor unit with priority is valid, change the setup. Check code Check code name Cause [L06] Duplicated indoor units with priority (Displayed on the indoor units other than ones with priority and on the outdoor unit) Two or more indoor units with priority are duplicated. Sub-code: ammount of indoor units with priority When priority is given to two or more indoor units, this check code is displayed on indoor units other than the units set as prior ones and the outdoor unit. As only one indoor unit with priority is valid, change the setup. Check code Check code name Cause [L07] A group line exists in an individual indoor unit A group line is connected to an individual indoor unit. Is there group cabling? Check the addresses of setup CDE.,, and 4. There is individual indoor unit. Correct indoor group address. Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace 7

173 Check code Check code name Cause [L9] IPDU quantity error. Incorrect model setup in service for I/F P.C. board. Communication error between A-IPDU, fan IPDU and I/F. A-IPDU, fan IPDU, I/F P.C. board error Sub-code A-IPDU 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F A-IPDU Fan IPDU : IPDU error part Fan IPDU Is jumper setup of outdoor I/F P.C. board correct? (Check jumpers 8, 9, 0, and ) Correct connection of connector. Is communication connector between IPDU and I/F P.C. board connected? Correct connection of connector. Is there no disconnection of communication line between IPDU and I/F P.C. board?* Replace communication line. Is there voltage fluctuation between 4 and 5 pins of CN600 on I/F P.C. board? (Measurement by tester: DC0 to 5V, 5 pin GND) I/F P.C. board error Is there voltage fluctuation between and 5 pins of CN600 on I/F P.C. board? (Measurement by tester: DC0 to 5V, 5 pin GND), In the case that All IPDUs (A- IPDUs and fan IPDUs) do not return response. * Two A-IPDUs (N. and ) exist in 8, 0 HP models. In or 4 HP models, three A-IPDUs (.,, ) exist. I/F P.C. board error Replace the troubled IPDU P.C. board. Check code Check code name Cause [L7] Incompatible combination of outdoor units In case that SHRM-i is connected with another outdoor unit (SMM-i) Check code Check code name Cause [L8] FS unit error As Cooling-only setting was forgotten against Cooling-only indoor unit, heating operation started. Was Cooling-only set against Cooling-only indoor unit? Set Cooling-only setting. DN = 0F Check Cooling/Heating FS unit. Check code Check code name Cause [L0] Duplicated central control Central addresses Central control addresses are duplicated. Are not two or more central control devices which have same network address connected? Correct the network address of the central control system. Check the network adaptor on the indoor P.C. board. Check code Check code name Cause [L8] Quantity over of connected outdoor units. Quantity over of connected outdoor units.. Connection error of communication line between outdoor units. utdoor I/F P.C. board error Is the number of the connected outdoor units or less? Max. outdoor units are connectable for one system. Is the communication line between outdoor units correctly connected? Correct connection of the communication line. Check I/F P.C. board. 7

174 Check code Check code name Cause [P0] Discharge temp TD error. Service valve of outdoor unit closed. utdoor PMV error. TD sensor error 4. Refrigerant shortage, clogging of refrigerant piping 5. 4-way valve error 6. 4 circuit leakage, misinstallation 7. 5 circuit leakage 8. 6 circuit clogging 9. Incorrect piping of discharge gas / suction gas pipes 0. Cooling/Heating FS unit error Are service valve of gas and liquid sides fully opened? pen service valve fully. Is outdoor PMV normal?. Connector connection. Wiring. Coil 4. Valve body 5. utdoor I/F P.C. board Connectors: PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV4: CN0 Repair outdoor PMV. Are characteristics of TD sensor resistance norma * See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Replace TD sensor. Does discharged refrigerant gas leak to suction side through 4-way valve? Check 4-way valve. 4 circuit. Are 4, 4 and 4 valve coils installed correctly?. Is 4 circuit sealed correctly (no leakage)? Correct installation of valve coil. Replace 4 valve. 5 circuit leakage check ABNRMAL Replace defective parts. NRMAL 6 circuit ABNRMAL clogging check Replace defective parts. NRMAL Check incorrect main piping of discharge gas/suction gas. ABNRMAL Correct piping to normal piping. NRMAL Is Cooling/Heating FS unit normal? Repair Cooling/Heating FS unit. Are indoor units of a different refrigerant line connected? (Check it using the miswiring check function of the outdoor unit.) Correct wiring Refrigerant shortage, clogging, pipe breakage (Check there is no pipe breakage, and then recharge the refrigerant.) Check code Check code name Cause [L0] Interlock in indoor unit from outside Abnormal input from the outside Is outside device connected to connector CN80? Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Does outside device correctly operate? Check outside device. Failure Replace Check cause of abnormal input. Check code Check code name Cause [L] ther IPDU errors. utdoor unit power error. utdoor I/F P.C. board error Is there any trouble of outdoor unit power supply? Check power voltage and line. Check auxiliaty noise, etc. Check outdoor I/F P.C. board. Check code Check code name Cause [P0] Indoor fan motor error. Wiring error. Check fan motor. * For the models equipped with AC fan motor only Is there no connection error or disconnection of CN076 connector? Correct cabling circuit for the connector connection. Is not there lock of fan motor? Replace fan motor. Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace 74

175 (A) Is circuit normal? Is 4 circuit normal? Refrigerant overcharge, clogging, pipe breakage, abnormal overload condition Does heating indoor fan normally operate? Is indoor PMV normal? Is there any interference of heatexchanging of indoor unit?. Filter clogging. Heat exchanger clogging. Air short circuit Check 4-way valve operation. NRMAL Check circuit clogging. NRMAL Are any indoor units of different refrigerant line connected? Refrigerant overcharge, clogging, pipe breakage, abnormal overload condition (C) All heating operation Are connector connection, condenser, fan motor and fan normal? Is connector connection and coil normal? ABNRMAL ABNRMAL Is there clogging on any valve? (Check it using the miswiring check function of the outdoor unit.) Are characteristics of TC and TCJ sensor resistance value normal? Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Repair circuit. Coil error, clogging, disconnection of wiring, etc. Repair 4 circuit. (Coil error, clogging, disconnection of wiring, etc.) Repair faulty parts. Repair faulty parts. Eliminate the interference. Replace 4-way valve. Replace defective parts. Repair faulty parts. Check and correct the wiring. Replace TC and/or TCJ sensor. Check code Check code name Cause [P04] Error concerning high-pressure SW. High-pressure SW error,. Service valve closed. Pd sensor error, 4. Indoor/outdoor fan error 5. Indoor/outdoor PMV choke 6. Indoor/outdoor heat exchanger clogging, air short circuit, 7. circuit error 8. 4 circuit error, 9. 5 circuit error 0. Discharge line check valve malfunction. Refrigerant overcharge Does high-pressure SW operate? Are parts of highpressure SW normal? Sub-code:0: Compressor, 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor te) High-pressure SW is normally closed. (B contact) Is circuit cabling normal? Check and correct cabling. Check parts. Failure Replace Is service valve fully opened? pen service valve fully. Check incorrect piping of discharge gas/suction gas main piping. NRMAL Check PMV4, valve operation. NRMAL ABNRMAL ABNRMAL Correct piping to normal piping. Replace defective parts. Is Cooling/Heating FS unit normal? NRMAL Reset power supply, and start a test operation corresponded to the season. ABNRMAL All cooling To (B) All heating To (C) Repair Cooling/Heating FS unit. Are characteristics of high-pressure sensor normal? Replace the highpressure sensor. (B) All cooling operation Does cooling outdoor fan normally operate? Is there any crack or coming-off of fan? Repair faulty parts. Connector connection, fan IPDU, fan motor, wiring Is outdoor PMV normal?. Connector connection. Cabling,. Coil 4. Valve body 5. utdoor I/F P.C. board Connectors: PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV4: CN0 Repair outdoor PMV. Is there any interference of heatexchanging of outdoor unit?. Heat exchanger clogging. Air short circuit Eliminate the interference. (A) Check A-IPDU P.C. board. Failure replace 75

176 Check code Check code name Cause [P0] Water overflow in an indoor unit. Float SW malfunction. Drain pump malfunction. Clogging of drain pipe 4. Indoor P.C. board error Sub-code: verflowing indoor unit's address Is float SW connector (Indoor control P.C. board CN4) connected normally? Correct connector connection. Does float SW operate? Is wiring normal? Check and correct wiring. Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Does drain pump operate? Is power supply to drain pump normal?* Check indoor P.C. board. Failure Replace Check drain pipe, etc. Replace drain pump, and check cabling. * Check there is 08/0V voltage of - pin of CN68 on indoor P.C. board. Check code Check code name Cause [P05] Phase error detected, power failure detected, abnormal inverter DC voltage (on compressor) Phase error or power failure of the power supply to the outdoor unit Sub-code: 00: Phase error/power failure is detected. 0: Abnormal inverter DC voltage on Compressor, 0: Abnormal inverter DC voltage on Compressor, 0: Abnormal inverter DC voltage on Compressor Check the phase of the power line to the outdoor unit. Check error of outdoor I/F P.C. board. Check there are no loosened connectors, etc. Check connection wiring of MG-CTT. Check operation of MG-CTT. Check code Check code name Cause [P07] Heat sink overheat error. Power voltage error. utdoor fan system error. Heat sink installation error 4. Clogging of the cooling duct for the heat sink 5. A-IPDU P.C. board error Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor Is power voltage normal?* Correct power line. * FT9 : 08/0 V ±0% FT6 : 460 V ±0% Is wiring of A-IPDU normal? Correct wiring to compressor or connector connection. Is indoor fan normal? Check fan and fan motor. Are screws fixing A-IPDU and heat sink loosened? Tighten screws. Is there no clogging of heat sink cooling duct? Clear clogging. Check A-IPDU P.C. board. 76

177 Check code Check code name Cause [P] utdoor liquid back detection error. PMV/PMV error. Pd sensor, Ps sensor error. Clogging of circuit 4. Clogging of B circuit and/or balance pipe 5. Leakage at a check valve on a main discharge pipe 6. utdoor I/F P.C. board error Are connections of outdoor PMV/PMV/PMV4 connectors correct? Correct connector connection. (PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV4: CN0) Are operations of outdoor PMV/PMV/PMV4 normal? PMV error Are characteristics of Pd sensor/ps sensor output voltage normal? Pd sensor/ps sensor error Is valve coil correctly connected? Correct connector connection. (: CN) Are balance pipe service valves of all units fully opened? pen fully balance pipe service valves of all units. Is there no clogging of B valve? Replace clogging parts. Is there no clogging of B valve of any other unit than malfunctioning one? Replace clogging parts. Is there no leakage of check valve of main discharge pipe in follower units in which compressors are driven in cooling operation? Replace check valve of main discharge pipe. Check I/F P.C. board. Check code Check code name Cause [P] Indoor fan motor error. Wiring error of fan motor connector. Fan motor error. Indoor P.C. board error Turn off power supply. * Detectable in model equipped with DC fan motor (4-way cassette, -way cassette, -way cassette, concealed duct, wall and ceiling types) Is there connection error or disconnection on connectorcn, CN4 of indoor P.C. board (MCC-40, MCC-570)? Correct connector connection. Remove connectors CN and CN4 on indoor P.C. board (MCC-40, MCC-570). Does fan turn without trouble when turning it with hands? Replace indoor fan motor. Is resistance value between each phase at motor side of fan motor connector CN on indoor P.C. board (MCC-40, MCC-570) correct? * * Is not winding (Red lead) to (White lead), (White lead) to 5 (Black lead), 5 (Black lead) to (Red lead) opened/shorted? Resistance value should satisfy the follows. [4-way Cassette type] AP05 to AP00: Approx. 70 to 00Ω AP06 to AP04: Approx. 5 to 50Ω [Ceiling type] AP08 to AP04: Approx. 0 to 70Ω AP06 to AP04: Approx. 0 to 50Ω [High wall type] Approx. 70 to 00Ω Is not grounded between cabinet and,, 5? Should be 0MΩ or more. Replace indoor fan motor. Is resistance value at motor side of fan motor connector CN4 on indoor P.C. board (MCC-40, MCC-570) correct? * * Check resistance value of fan motor position detective circuit. Is not winding (Yellow lead) to 4 (Pink lead) opened/shorted? Resistance should be 5 to 0kΩ Replace indoor fan motor. Is output of indoor fan motor position detective signal correct? * * Check fan motor position detective signal. Measure voltage with tester between and 5 of CN4 on indoor P.C. board (MCC-40, MCC-570) under condition of CN and CN4 installed and power-n. Turn fan slowly with hands so that pin voltage fluctuates between 0 and 5V. Between 4 and 5: 5V Replace indoor fan motor. Check indoor P.C. board (MCC-40, MCC-570). Failure Replace CN CN4. 77

178 Check code Check code name Cause [P5] Gas leak detection. utdoor unit service valve closed. utdoor PMV error TD condition (Sub-code: 0). TD sensor error 4. 4 circuit error 5. Refrigerant shortage, clogging refrigerant circuit Are service valves of discharge gas pipe, suction gas pipe and liquid sides fully opened? pen service valves fully. Is outdoor PMV normal?. Connector connection. Wiring. Coil 4. Valve body 5. utdoor I/F P.C. board Connectors: PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV4: CN0 Repair outdoor PMV. Are characteristics of TD, TD and TD sensor resistance normal? * See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Replace TD, TD or TD sensor. Is 4 valve circuit normal? (Coil misinstallation, valve leakage) Repair 4 valve circuits. (Coil, valve body, coil installation, disconnection of cable, etc.) Are not indoor units in different refrigerant circuit connected? (Check it using the miswiring check function of the outdoor unit.) Correct wiring. Check incorrect piping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipes. ABNRMAL Correct piping to normal piping. NRMAL Is FS unit normal? ABNRMAL Repair FS unit. NRMAL Refrigerant shortage, clogging, pipe breakage. (Check there is no clogging and pipe breakage, and then recharge refrigerant.) Check code Check code name Cause [P5] Gas leak detection. utdoor unit service valve closed. utdoor PMV error TS condition (Sub-code: 0). TS sensor error 4. Refrigerant shortage, clogging refrigerant circuit 5. 4-way valve error 6. 4 circuit error Are service valves of discharge gas pipe, suction gas pipe and liquid sides fully opened? pen service valves fully. Is outdoor PMV normal?. Connector connection. Wiring. Coil 4. Valve body 5. utdoor I/F P.C. board Connectors: PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV4: CN0 Repair outdoor PMV. Are characteristics of TS sensor resistance normal? * See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Replace TS sensor. Does discharge refrigerant gas bypass to suction side through 4-way valve? Check and replace 4-way valve and coil. Is there any leakage on 4, 4 and 4 valve circuits? Repair 4/4/4 valve circuits. (Coil, valve body, disconnection of wire, etc Check 5, circuit leakage. ABNRMAL Replace defective parts. NRMAL Check incorrect piping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipes. ABNRMAL Correct piping to normal piping. NRMAL Is FS unit normal? ABNRMAL Repair FS unit. NRMAL Refrigerant shortage, clogging, pipe breakage. (Check there is no clogging and pipe breakage, and then recharge refrigerant.) 78

179 Check code Check code name Cause [P7] Discharge temperature TD error. utdoor unit service valve closed. utdoor PMV, error. TD sensor error 4. Refrigerant shortage, clogging inside of pipe 5. 4-way valve error 6. 4 circuit leakage, misinstallation 7. 5 circuit clogging 8. 6 circuit clogging 9. Incorrect piping of discharge gas/suction gas pipe 0. Cooling/Heating FS unit error Are service valves of outdoor unit discharge gas pipe, suction gas pipe, liquid pipe fully opened? pen service valves fully. Are outdoor PMV,. Connector connection. Wiring,. Coil, 4. Valve body, 5. utdoor P.C. board normal? Connectors: PMV: CN00 PMV: CN0 PMV4: CN0 Repair outdoor PMV. Is resistance characteristics of TD sensor normal? * See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Replace TD sensor. Wasn't discharge gas bypass to suction side by 4-way valve? 4-way valve check 4 circuit. Are 4, 4 and 4 valve coils installed correctly?. Is 4 circuit sealed correctly (no leakage)? Correct instllation of valve coil. Replace 4 valve. 5 circuit leakage check Replace defective parts. 6 circuit clogging check Replace defective parts. Check incorrect piping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipes. Correct piping as standard. Is Cooling/Heating FS unit normal? Repair Cooling/Heating FS unit Isn't an indoor unit of different refrigerant line connected? Correct wiring as standard. They are refrigerant shortage, clogging and pipe breakage. (That is, confirm there is no pipe breakage and then recharge refrigerant.) Check code Check code name Cause [P7] Discharge temp TD error. utdoor unit service valve closed. utdoor PMV error,. TD sensor error 4. Refrigerant shortage, clogging of refrigerant circuit 5. 4-way valve error, 6. 4 circuit leakage, misinstallation 7. 5 circuit leakage 8. 6 circuit clogging 9. Incorrect piping of discharge gas / suction gas pipes 0. Cooling/Heating FS unit error Are service valves of gas and liquid sides fully opened? pen service valves fully. Is outdoor PMV normal?. Connector connection. Wiring. Coil 4. Valve body 5. utdoor I/F P.C. board Connectors: PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV4: CN0 Repair outdoor PMV. Are characteristics of TD sensor resistance normal? * See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Replace TD sensor. Does discharge refrigerant gas bypass to suction side through 4-way valve? Check 4-way valve. 4 circuit. Are 4, 4 and 4 valve coils installed correctly?. Is 4 circuit sealed correctly (no leakage)? Correct installation of valve coil. Replace 4 valve. 5 circuit leakage check Replace defective parts. 6 circuit clogging check Replace defective parts. Check incorrect piping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipes Correct piping to normal piping. Is Cooling/Heating FS unit normal? Repair Cooling/Heating FS unit. Are indoor units of a different refrigerant line connected? (Check it using the miswiring check function of the outdoor unit.) Correct wiring Refrigerant shortage, clogging, pipe breakage (Check there is no pipe breakage, and then recharge the refrigerant.) 79

180 Check code Check code name Cause [P0] High-pressure protective operation. Pd sensor error. Service valve closed.. Indoor/outdoor fan error 4. Indoor/outdoor PMV clogging 5. Indoor/outdoor heat exchanger clogging 6. circuit error 7. 4 circuit error 8. 5 circuit error 9. utdoor I/F P.C. board error 0. peration error of check valve of main discharge pipe. Refrigerant overcharge Are service valves fully opened? pen service valves fully. Are characteristics of highpressure sensor normal? Check parts. Failure Replace Check incorrect piping of discharge gas/suction gas main pipes. NRMAL ABNRMAL Correct piping as normal. PMV4, operation check ABNRMAL Replace defective parts. NRMAL Is Cooling/Heating FS unit normal? NRMAL ABNRMAL Repair Cooling/Heating FS unit. Reset power supply, and start a test operation corresponded to the season. All Cooling To (B) All heating To (C) *. Pressure by pressure gauge (Check joint). Pressure display on 7-segment display. utput voltage of I/F P.C. board If and, are different, an error of pressure sensor is considered. If and are different, check I/F P.C. board. Check code Check code name Cause [P9] 4-way valve reverse error. 4-way valve error. TS sensor/te sensor error. Pd sensor/ps sensor error 4. TE sensor/tl sensor misconnection 5. 4 valve circuit operation error (Coil wiring falls out) Sub-code: Detected outdoor unit. Is 4-way valve coil connector connected? Correct connector connection. (4-way valve coil: CN7) Are output voltage characteristics of Pd and Ps sensors normal? Sensor error Are characteristics of resistance value of TS, TE and TL sensors normal? * See "utdoor unit temperature sensor characteristics" on "9-9. Sensor Characteristics". Sensor error Are TS, TE and TL sensor connectors connected normally? Correct connector connection TS sensor: CN505 TE sensor: CN50 TL sensor: CN5 Reset the power supply and start heating test operation. Is Cooling/Heating FS unit normal? Repair Cooling/Heating FS unit. Does 4-way valve operate? Does discharge refrigerant gas bypass to suction side through 4-way valve? * If no error occurs in the test operation, restart operation. 4-way valve error Check 4-way valve. * Check TS and TE temperature of the outdoor unit which is running. (I/F) SW0=[], SW0=[7], SW0=[] TS sensor temperature SW0=[], SW0=[9], SW0=[] TE sensor temperature <Judgment criteria> TE sensor: rmal if TE is 86 F (0 C) or less in the seasons except summer (utside temp 68 F (0 C) or lower) TS sensor: rmal if TS is F (50 C) or less in the seasons except summer (utside temp 68 F (0 C) or lower) 80

181 (C) All heating operation Does heating indoor fan normally operate? Is connector connection, condenser or fan motor normal? Repair faulty parts. Is indoor PMV normal? Is connector connection and coil normal? Repair faulty parts. Is check valve of main discharge pipe normal? Repair check valve. Replace Is there any interference of heat-exchanging of indoor unit?. Filter clogging. Heat exchanger clogging. Air short circuit Is there clogging in any valves? Eliminate the interference. Replace PMV body. Is 5 circuit normal? Repair 5 circuit. (Coil error, r choke, disconnection of cables, etc.) 4-way valve operation check ABNRMAL Replace 4-way valve. NRMAL circuit clogging check ABNRMAL Replace defective parts. NRMAL Are any indoor units in different refrigerant circuit connected? Refrigerant overcharge, clogging, pipe breakage, abnormal overload Are characteristics of sensor TC and TCJ resistance normal? Check indoor P.C. board. Faulty Replace (Check it using the miswiring check function of the outdoor unit.) Check and correct wiring. Replace TC or TCJ sensor. (B) All cooling operation Does cooling outdoor fan normally operate? Is there any fan crack or coming-off? Is outdoor PMV normal?. Connector connection. Wiring. Coil 4. Valve body 5. utdoor I/F P.C. board Connectors: PMV: CN00, PMV: CN0, PMV4: CN0 Is there any interference of heatexchanging of outdoor unit?. Heat exchanger clogging. Air short circuit Is bypass circuit normal? Is 4 circuit normal? Is check valve of main discharge pipe normal? Refrigerant overcharge, clogging, pipe breakage, abnormal overload Repair faulty parts. Repair faulty parts. (Connector connection, fan IPDU, fan motor, cabling) Repair outdoor PMV. Eliminate the interference. Repair bypass circuit. (Coil error, r clogging, disconnection of wire, etc.) Repair 4 circuit. (Coil error, clogging, disconnection of wire, etc.) Repair check valve. Replace 8

182 Check code Check code name Cause [P6] G-Tr short-circuit protection error. utdoor unit power error. IPDU error/wire connection error. Compressor error 4. IPDU P.C. board error Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor Is power voltage of outdoor unit normal? Correct power line. Is wire connector connection on INV P.C. board normal? Correct connection of wire connector. Is there no fusing of AC0A fuse? Replace fuse and A-IPDU P.C. board. Is compressor normal? Replace compressor. Is smoothing condenser normal? (500ΩF, 400V) Check capacity comingout/ external appearance. Replace A-IPDU P.C. board. Check code Check code name Cause [P] utdoor fan IPDU error. Fan lock. Fan IPDU P.C. board error. verload 4. External cause such as blast Sub-code: 0 : IGBT short circuit : Position detection circuit error : Motor lock 4 : Motor current error detected C : TH sensor temperature error D : TH sensor error E : Fan Vdc error Ignore the indication (0-F) on " " digit. Is wire connector connection on fan IPDU P.C. board normal? Correct wire connector connection. Is not outdoor fan motor locked? Is the resistance of the motor's winding wire normal? * Resistance of the winding:.-.7ω (between R-S, R-T and S-T) Replace motor. Is sub-code of outdoor I/F P.C. board [0*]? Replace fan IPDU. Is there no problem such as stuffing or blast blowing to discharge port of outdoor fan? Clear the cause of overload. Check fan IPDU. 8

183 Check code Check code name Cause [P9] Compressor position detective circuit error. Wire/connector connection error. Compressor error. A-IPDU P.C. board error Sub-code: 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor, 0: Compressor Are connector connection and wiring normal? Check and correct circuit and cables such as wiring to compressor, etc. Is the unit grounded? Compressor error Replace Is not winding shorted? (Is winding resistance 0. to 0.4Ω?) Compressor error Replace Is not winding opened? Compressor error Replace Check A-IPDU P.C. board. Failure Replace Check code Check code name Cause [P] ther indoor error (Group follower unit error) Another indoor unit in the group is abnormal. When the header unit of the group detected error [E0], [L0], [L07] or [L08], the follower unit of the group displays [P] error and stops. There are no check code display and alarm record of the main remote controller. 8

184 Segment Display Function 7-segment display on outdoor unit (interface P.C. board) The interface control P.C. board features a 7-segment LED display designed to check operational status. Display items can be changed by changing the combination of the number settings of rotary switches provided on the P.C. board (SW0, SW0 and SW0). Interface P.C. board Push switch 7-segment display [A] SW04 SW05 SW5 D600 D60 D60 D60 D604 SW0 SW0 SW0 7-segment display [B] Rotary switches Checking Procedure to Be Followed in Event of Abnormal Shutdown If the system is shut down due to an error in the outdoor unit, perform checks in the following steps: pen the panel of the outdoor unit and inspection window of the electric parts box, and check the 7-segment display. The check code is displayed in the right-hand section of the 7-segment display [B]. [U] [] ([]: Check code) * To check the check code, set the rotary switches SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//]. If there is a sub-code, the display alternates between the check code [] ( seconds) and the subcode [] ( second). Check the check code and follow the applicable diagnostic procedure. If the 7-segment display shows [U] [E8], there is an error in a follower unit. Push the push switch SW04 on the header unit and hold for several seconds. As the fan of the outdoor unit in which the error has occurred comes on, open the panel of the unit, and check the check code shown on the 7-segment display. 4 Perform checks in accordance with the diagnostic procedure applicable to the check code. 84

185 () Display of System Information (Displayed on Header utdoor Unit nly) SW0 SW0 SW0 Display detail Unused System capacity [ t ]~[ t ] 6 to 0 Ton. of outdoor units A [...]~[...]: to B [...P] 4. of indoor units connected / A [...0.]~[40.]:0 to 40 (. of units connected). of units with cooling thermo N B [C...0]~[C40]:0 to 40 (. of units with cooling thermo N) 5. of indoor units connected / A [...0.]~[40.]:0 to 40 (. of units connected). of units with heating thermo N B [H...0]~[H40]:0 to 40 (. of units with heating thermo N) 6 Amount of compressor command A Value displayed in hexadecimal format correction B 7 Release control A rmal: [r....], During release control: [r.] B 8 il equalization control rmal: [oil-0] During oil equalization control: [oil-] il equalization request A Displayed through LED segment lighting pattern B Display section A Display section B 9 A If element F shown on sketch at right turned on: Header unit oil equalization request F G B If element C shown on sketch at right turned on: E C Follower unit oil equalization request D Dp U U U U4 utdoor unit. 0 Refrigerant/oil recovery operation A il recovery in cooling: [C], rmal: [C...] B Refrigerant recovery in heating: [H], rmal: [H...] Automatic addressing A [Ad] B During automatic addressing: [... FF], rmal: [ ] Power pick-cut A [du] B rmal: [ ], During 50-90% capacity operation: [_50-_90] While control is based on BUS line input: [E50-E90] ptional control (P.C. board input) Displays optional control status A B peration mode selection: During priority heating (normal) h..... Heating only H..... Cooling only C..... External master N/FF: rmal Start input..... Stop input Night operation: rmal Start input ptional control (BUS line input) Unused Unused Snowfall operation: rmal Start input Same as above

186 () Display of utdoor Unit Information (Displayed on Each utdoor Unit) SW0 SW0 SW0 Display detail Error data A utdoor unit.: [U] to [U] B Check code (only latest one displayed) If there is no check code, [ ] is displayed. If there is sub-code, check code [ ] and sub-code [ ] are displayed alternately, for seconds and second, respectively. <SW04> push SW function: Fan operation at outdoor unit with error. 7-segment display section A: [E.] <SW04 + SW05> push SW function: Fan operation at outdoor unit without error. 7-segment display section A: [E.0] <SW05> push SW function: Fan operation function check mode is cancelled. Unused peration mode A Stop [......] rmal cooling: [... C], rmal heating: [... H], rmal defrosting: [... J] Simultaneous cooling: [Ch], Simultaneous heating: [Hc] B utdoor unit HP capacity A 6 Ton to 0 Ton [ t ] to [ t ] 4 A B A B B [...HP] Compressor operation command * peration data of each compressor is displayed in turn in second intervals. If compressor. does not exist, [. ] is displayed. rmal: Compressor speed (rps) is displayed in decimal format. 5 7-segment display (A/B): [C. ] [C. ] [C. ]... <SW04> push SW function: Switches to display of operating current (decimal value). 7-segment display (A/B): [i. ] [i. ] [i. ]... Pushing of <SW05> restores normal display. utdoor fan mode A [FP] 6 B Mode 0 to 6: [... 0] to [6] 7 8 Unused Control valve output data Displays control output status of solenoid valve A B 9 4-way valve: N H way valve: FF H : N / 5: FF / 6: FF : FF / 5: N / 6: N : FF / 5: FF / 6: N A: N / B: FF / C: FF / D: FF A: FF / B: N / C: FF / D: FF A: FF / B: FF / C: N / D: FF A: FF / B: FF / C: FF / D: N : N / 4: FF / 4: FF : FF / 4: N / 4: FF : FF / 4: FF / 4: N A, B : N / 4: FF / F: FF A A, B : FF / 4: N / F: FF A A, B : FF / 4: FF / F: N A PMV/PMV opening Displays opening data in decimal format (total opening).p 5 PMV4 opening Displays opening data in decimal format....p 6 Compressor backup il level judgment status rmal * Pushing of <SW05> restores normal display. A [C.b.] B Displays compressor backup setting status rmal: [ ] Compressor. backup: [......] Compressor. backup: [......] Compressor. backup: [ ] A [o L.] B Initial display: [ ], il level judgment result: [#..$] Displayed letters #, and $ represent judgment results for compressor s., and, respectively ( 0 for normal and or for low level). <SW04> push SW function: Displays low level confirmed judgment result of each compressor. A [L d.] B Compressor. low level being confirmed: [L......] Compressor. low level being confirmed: [... L...] Compressor. low level being confirmed: [ L] 86

187 () Display of utdoor Cycle Data (Displayed at Each utdoor Unit) SW0 SW0 SW0 Display detail Pd pressure data Pd pressure (psi) is displayed in decimal format. Ps pressure data Ps pressure (psi) is displayed in decimal format. P s.. PL pressure conversion data Converted PL pressure (psi) is displayed in decimal format. P L TD sensor data TD sensor data TD sensor data TS sensor data TS sensor data TE sensor data TE sensor data TL sensor data T sensor data Temperature sensor reading ( F) is displayed in decimal format. Letter symbol and data are displayed alternately, for second and display for seconds, respectively. Data with negative value is displayed as [ ] [ ]. Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data A P d. B. t d t d t d t S t S t E t E t L t o SW0 SW0 SW0 Display detail TK sensor data TK sensor data TK sensor data TK4 sensor data TK5 sensor data Temperature sensor reading ( F) is displayed in decimal format. Letter symbol and data are displayed alternately, for second and display for seconds, respectively. Data with negative value is displayed as [ ] [ ]. Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data Letter symbol Data A B F F F F F

188 (4) Display of utdoor Cycle Data (Displayed at Header Unit) * This method is used when displaying follower unit information on the 7-segment display of the header unit. SW0 SW0 SW0 Display detail Error data Unused Compressor operation command Fan operation mode Release signal il level judgment Compressor operating current Compressor operating current Compressor operating current Fan operating current A [U.] B Check code is displayed (latest one only). If there is no check code: [ ]. A [U.] B Indicates which compressor is N. Any unconnected compressors is represented by When compressor. is N When compressor. is N When compressor. is N A [U.] B At rest: [F... 0], In mode 6: [F 6 ] A [U.] B rmal: [r......], Upon receiving release signal: [r... ] A [U.] B rmal: [ ], Low level: [ L] A [U.] B [. ],. is value of operating current in decimal format. A [U.] B [. ],. is value of operating current in decimal format. A [U.] B [. ],. is value of operating current in decimal format. A [U.] B [. ],. is value of operating current in decimal format. A (5) Display of Indoor Unit Information (Displayed on Header Unit nly) SW0 SW0 SW0 Display detail 4 Indoor BUS communication signal B Upon receiving signal: [ ], ther times: [ ] receiving status 5 Indoor check code B check code: [ ] 6 Indoor HP capacity B 0.6 to 4.5 ~ Indoor request command B (S code, operation mode) 7 [ #.... ] # represents mode: CL: [C.... ], HEAT: [H.... ] FAN: [F.... ], FF: [S.... ] represents S code: [#.... 0] to [#.... F] 8 ~6 Indoor PMV opening data B Displayed in decimal format 9 Indoor TA / TRA opening data B Displayed in decimal format Indoor TCJ opening data B Displayed in decimal format ~ Indoor TC opening data B Displayed in decimal format Indoor TC opening data B Displayed in decimal format te: Indoor address. is selected by setting SW0 and SW0 and displayed on 7-segment display, section A. SW0 SW0 Indoor address 7-segment display section A SW0 setting number [0]~[6] ~6 SW0 setting number +6 [7]~[] SW0 setting number + []~[40] 88

189 (6) Display of utdoor EEPRM Writing Error Code (Displayed on Header Unit nly) * The latest error code written in the EEPRM of each outdoor unit is displayed. (This function is used to check the error code after the resetting of the power supply.) To display the error code, push SW04 and hold for at least 5 seconds after setting SW0 to 0 as shown in the table below. SW0 SW0 SW0 Indoor address 7-segment display section A Latest error code of header unit (U) E.. 6 Latest error code of follower unit. (U) E.. 7-Segment Display Section A D600 D60 Section B D60 D60 D604 Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to [//6] and push SW04 and hold for at least 5 seconds. The latest error code of the header unit (U) will be displayed. If the setting of SW0 is changed, the latest error code of a follow unit (U-U) will be displayed. 89

190 9-7. il Level Judgment Display The current compressor oil level judgment results can be accessed by setting the switches provided on the interface P.C. board of an outdoor unit. Perform the checks in accordance with the procedure described below. peration Procedure () Start the operation. () Set the switches provided on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit for which oil level judgment results are required as follows: SW0/SW0/SW0 = /6/ () The oil level judgment result will be displayed on the 7-segment display. 7-segment display: [ol] [#..$] The letters #, and $ are digits that represent judgment results for compressor s., and, respectively. (See the table below for the interpretation of the judgment results.) (4) When checking is completed, revert the SW0/SW0/SW0 setting to [//]. Interface P.C. board of outdoor unit for which oil level judgment results are Start operation. il level judgment results are displayed Set SW0/SW0/SW0 to /6/. 4 Upon completion of checking, revert SW0/SW0/SW0 setting to //. il Level Judgment Results Displayed digit Judgment result Description 0 rmal The amount of oil in the compressor is sufficient. Low level The amount of oil in the compressor is insufficient. (Both and stand for insufficiency.) If this result persists, the system will turn itself off in a protective shutdown. Display example 7-segment display [ ol ] [ ol ] [ ol ] [ ] [ ] [ 0 0 ] il level is normal for compressors, and. il level is low for compressors, and. il level is low for compressor and normal for compressors and. Judgment result for compressor Judgment result for compressor Judgment result for compressor 90

191 SHRM-i utdoor Interface P.C. Board Function Setting Exchange Table Switch/Function Setting Exchange SW06 SW07 SW09 SW0 SW SW SW4 SW6 Part type DIP SW 4 bit DIP SW 4 bit DIP SW 4 bit DIP SW 4 bit DIP SW 4 bit DIP SW 4 bit DIP SW 4 bit DIP SW 4 bit Exchange contents bit Compressor backup FF: rmal, N: Backup when compressor was in trouble bit Compressor backup FF: rmal, N: Backup when compressor was in trouble bit Compressor backup FF: rmal, N: Backup when compressor was in trouble All bit,, and are N: Setup of outdoor unit backup bit Demand control (Standard specifications) Exchange of upper limit regulation bit Demand control (Expansion function) Exchange of steps to 4 steps of upper limit In case of center outdoor unit bit Indoor connection capacity over Judgment of error bit 4 Judgment of error for. of connected indoor units In case of terminal outdoor unit bit 4 Exchange of utdoor unit. / Start order. bit utdoor fan high static pressure operation bit For low noise operation bit 4 peration switching when indoor water overflow error detected bit Selection of PMV open/close or bit manual operation bit Line address setup bit bit bit FF: 0 to 00% N : Middle to 00% FF: steps (Standard) N : 4 steps FF: Error judgment N : ne (when backup setting for outdoor unit) FF: error judgment N : Error judgment FF: utdoor unit. [U. #] (#: to ) N : utdoor start order. [y. #] (#: to ) FF: rmal N : High static pressure operation FF: rmal N : INV frequency upper limit restriction FF: rmal N : Fan rpm upper limit restriction FF: Entire system stops N : System operation continues (Room which trouble occurred only stops.) (According to the following setting contents) FF FF PMV, opens/closes by operation of CN0/CN (*) FF N PMV4 opens/closes by operation of CN0/CN (*) bit ption function (According to the following setting contents) bit utput exchange of external output P.C. boa bit bit FF FF Compressor operation output N FF Display of system operation ratio Initial setting at shipment SW DIP SW 4 bit bit 4 Line address setup (Used by combining with SW4) FF bit bit 4 SW7 DIP SW 4 bit bit Clean converter connected FF: connection, N: Connection FF SW0 DIP SW bit CN0 Check connector CN Check connector bit 4 bit Communication termination resistance between outdoor units bit Communication termination resistance between indoor and outdoor units Manual full opening operation for PMV opening operation Manual full closing operation for PMV opening operation FF: termination resistance N : With termination resistance FF: termination resistance N : With termination resistance When released: rmal, When short-circuited: pen fully (*) When released: rmal, When short-circuited: Closed fully (*) FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF N N Released Released 9

192 Switching of Jumper Wire/Function Setup Function switching setup jumper Part type Exchange contents J0 J04 J09 J0 J J J6 ptional function peration mode selection operation switching Upper limit setup of demand capacity command in corresponding indoor during saving operation in indoor Setup for service P.C. board (Model setup) J09 J0 Demand control (Standard specification) Corresponds to -core wire J : With jumper, : Without jumper (Cut) Indoor unit at not selected side is kept with waiting status. The mode is changed a mode which selected the operation mode of the indoor unit at not selected side. Approx. 75% (rmal) Approx. 60% J At shipment from factory *4 MAP074FT MAP0964FT MAP04FT rmal (-core wire <Successive MAKE signal> or 4-core wire <Successive MAKE or Pulse signal>) -core wire <Successive MAKE signal> Initial setting at shipment *4 When you replace the board with a service board, be sure to cut the jumper wire matching with the outdoor unit model to be installed. (The jumper wires J09 to J which were mounted at shipment from the factory are provided to all the boards regardless of model type.) 9

193 Interface Board Switches and jumper wire positions to be used in the Function setup switching table J09 J0 J J J J4 J5 J6 J0 J0 J0 J04 J05 J06 J07 J08 J7 J8 J9 J0 J J J J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 CN0 CN CN SW0 N Interface P.C.board SW06 N SW07 N SW09 N SW0 N SW N SW N SW N SW4 N SW6 N SW7 N 4 4 9

194 9-8. Leakage/Clogging of Refrigerating Cycle Circuit List of Check Codes Generated upon ccurrence of Leakage/Clogging in utdoor Cycle or il Circuit Part (MMY-MAP074FT,) Clogging Part utdoor PMV,, 4 utdoor PMV4 circuit check valve 4 valve 4 valve circuit check valve Check valve in discharge pipe convergent section valve valve circuit check valve Check valve in discharge pipe Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Capillary Strainer A valve B valve C valve D valve D valve circuit capillary Strainer E valve il return distributor C bypass capillary Site of fault (see next page) A B Check target unit Corresponding unit Corresponding unit Detected fault and check code Activation of high-pressure protection Activation of low-pressure protection Discharge temp. error (TD) Discharge temp. error (TD) High-pressure protection operation High-pressure SW system error P0 H06 P0 P7 P0 P04-XX Symptom Rise of abnormal pressure Fall of pressure Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Abnormal rise of pressure C Corresponding unit High-pressure SW system error P04-XX Abnormal rise of pressure D Corresponding unit il level detection circuit error il level low detection and protection H6-XX H07-XX il circuit error or oil shortage judgment E ther connected unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low F Corresponding unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low G ther connected unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low H I Corresponding unit Corresponding unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low il level detection circuit error il level low detection and protection H6-05 H07-XX il circuit error il level low il level low J Corresponding unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low K Corresponding unit il level detection circuit error H6-04 il circuit error Leakage utdoor PMV, A valve C valve Part Check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Check valve in discharge pipe Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Site of fault (see next page) A B C D Check target unit Corresponding unit ther connected unit Corresponding unit Corresponding unit Corresponding unit Detected fault and check code utdoor liquid backflow error il level low detection and protection Discharge temp. error (TD) Discharge temp. error (TD) il level low detection and protection Compressor breakdown Compressor error (lockup) il level low detection and protection Compressor breakdown Compressor error (lockup) P H07-XX P0 P7 H07-XX H0-XX H0-XX H07-XX H0-XX H0-XX E Corresponding unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low G Corresponding unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low Symptom Refrigerant entrapment Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Refrigerant entrapment Refrigerant entrapment il level low detection and protection H07-XX Excessive amount of oil (Leaking side) Insufficient amount of oil (rmal side) te: XX represents sub-code 94

195 95

196 List of Check Codes Generated upon ccurrence of Leakage/Clogging in utdoor Cycle or il Circuit Part (MMY-MAP0964FT, 04FT) Clogging Part utdoor PMV,, 4 utdoor PMV4 circuit check valve 4 valve 4 valve circuit check valve Check valve in discharge pipe convergent section valve valve circuit check valve Check valve in discharge pipe Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Capillary Strainer A valve B valve C valve D valve D valve circuit capillary Strainer E valve F valve il return distributor C bypass capillary Site of fault (see next page) A B Check target unit Corresponding unit Corresponding unit Detected fault and check code Activation of high-pressure protection Activation of low-pressure protection Discharge temp. error (TD) Discharge temp. error (TD) Discharge temp. error (TD) High-pressure protection operation High-pressure SW system error P0 H06 P0 P7 P8 P0 P04-XX Symptom Rise of abnormal pressure Fall of pressure Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Abnormal rise of pressure C Corresponding unit High-pressure SW system error P04-XX Abnormal rise of pressure D Corresponding unit il level detection circuit error il level low detection and protection H6-XX H07-XX il circuit error or oil shortage judgment E ther connected unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low F Corresponding unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low G ther connected unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low H I Corresponding unit Corresponding unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low il level detection circuit error il level low detection and protection H6-05 H07-XX il circuit error il level low il level low J Corresponding unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low K Corresponding unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low L Corresponding unit il level detection circuit error H6-04 il circuit error Leakage utdoor PMV, A valve C valve Part Check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Check valve in discharge pipe Check valve in oil-equalization circuit Site of fault (see next page) A B C D Check target unit Corresponding unit ther connected unit Corresponding unit Corresponding unit Corresponding unit Detected fault and check code utdoor liquid backflow error il level low detection and protection Discharge temp. error (TD) Discharge temp. error (TD) Discharge temp. error (TD) il level low detection and protection Compressor breakdown Compressor error (lockup) il level low detection and protection Compressor breakdown Compressor error (lockup) P H07-XX P0 P7 P8 H07-XX H0-XX H0-XX H07-XX H0-XX H0-XX E Corresponding unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low G Corresponding unit il level low detection and protection H07-XX il level low Symptom Refrigerant entrapment Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Rise of discharge temp. (compressor ) Refrigerant entrapment Refrigerant entrapment il level low detection and protection H07-XX Excessive amount of oil (Leaking side) Insufficient amount of oil (rmal side) 96

197 97

198 9-8-. Flow Selector Unit (FS Unit) Leakage of D valve or S valve, etc; Positions to be checked and check code when a trouble such as miswiring occurred. Part name D valve S valve DD valve Trouble mode All heating Clogging Mainly cooling (Room heating) Mainly heating (Room heating) All cooling ( N) Mainly cooling (Room cooling) Mainly heating (Room cooling) Abnormal refrigerant sound Circulating sound D circuit S circuit TC is lower than normal indoor unit. Temperature of gas pipe at indoor side of the flow selector unit is lower than that of normal FS unit. Compared with normal indoor unit, TCJ is higher. Suction gas pipe at outdoor side of the flow selector unit is hot. Refrigerant circulating sound is heard in bypass from D valve to S valve. Leakage A Miswiring/ Misinstallation of coil D S All cooling ( FF) SS circuit All cooling Clogging Mainly cooling (Room cooling) SS circuit Mainly heating (Room cooling) Leakage All heating peration mode All cooling ( N) Mainly cooling (Room cooling) Mainly heating (Room cooling) All heating Mainly cooling (Room heating) Mainly heating (Room heating) Mainly cooling (Room heating) Mainly heating (Room heating) t cooled Clogging All heating Indoor unit, Mainly cooling (Room heating) flow selector unit Mainly heating (Room heating) All cooling ( N) Mainly cooling (Room cooling) DD circuit Leakage Mainly heating (Room cooling) All heating Mainly cooling (Room heating) DD circuit Mainly heating (Room heating) All cooling ( N) Miswiring/ Mainly cooling (Room cooling) DD circuit Misinstallation Mainly heating (Room cooling) of coil D All heating S Indoor unit, Mainly cooling (Room heating) flow selector unit Mainly heating (Room heating) Phenomenon which appears as result (Corresponding indoor unit or flow selector unit) t heated May become almost normal capacity D circuit S circuit S circuit Detection of check code L8 Flow selector unit error P9 4-way valve reversal error Judgment and position to be checked TCJ is higher than normal indoor unit. Gas pipe at indoor side of the flow selector unit is not cold. Refrigerant circulating sound is heard from SS valve. Temperature of TCJ and TC become high similar to heating. (All heating circuit) Discharge gas pipe at outdoor unit side of the flow selector unit is rather hot. Refrigerant circulating sound is not heard from S valve, but it is heard from D valve.. Gas pipe at indoor side of the flow selector unit is cold. (Cooling circuit, Liquid pack). Refrigerant circulating sound is not heard from D valve, but it is heard from S valve. TCJ is higher than normal indoor unit. Gas pipe at indoor side of the flow selector unit is not cold. Refrigerant circulating sound is heard from SS valve. Compared with normal indoor unit, TCJ is low. Temperature of suction gas pipe at outdoor side of the flow selector unit is higher than that of normal flow selector unit. Refrigerant circulating sound is heard from S valve circuit. In start time, when exchanging mode from cooling to heating after defrost operation, refrigerant shock sound may be heard. Refrigerant circulating sound may be heard from DD valve circuit. Suction gas pipe at outdoor unit side of the flow selector unit may be hot. Refrigerant circulating sound may be heard from DD valve circuit. Refrigerant circulating sound may be heard from DD valve circuit. Suction gas pipe at outdoor unit side of the flow selector unit may be hot. In start time, when exchanging mode from cooling to heating after defrost operation, refrigerant shock sound may be heard. Example of refrigerant flow B C 98

199 Part name SS valve Discharge. Liquid bypass capillary, Check valve Piping Discharge pipe Liquid pipe Gas pipe Commucation line Power supply line Trouble mode Clogging Leakage Check valve Capillary clogging Check valve leakage Incorrect piping Discharge pipe Suction gas pipe Disconnection Contact error Miswiring peration mode All cooling Mainly cooling (Indoor cooling) Mainly heating (Indoor cooling) All heating Mainly cooling (Indoor heating) Mainly heating (Indoor heating) All heating Mainly cooling (Indoor heating) Mainly heating (Indoor heating) All cooling ( N) Mainly cooling (Indoor cooling) Mainly heating (Indoor cooling) All heating Mainly cooling (Indoor heating) Mainly heating (Indoor heating) t cooled All cooling ( FF) Phenomenon which appears as result (Corresponding indoor unit or flow selector unit) t heated May become almost normal capacity Abnormal refrigerant sound Circulating sound Indoor unit, flow selector unit Indoor unit, flow selector unit SS circuit Check valve circuit Detection of check code P5 [Gas leak detection] Judgment and position to be checked peration is changed from heating to cooling. Refrigerant i mpact sound is heard at defrost time. Refrigerant sound may be heard from SS valve circuit. Temperature of suction gas pipe at outdoor side of the selector unit is higher than that of normal selector unit. Gas short is observed and PD and PS may be lower than those in normal time. TD and TS may be higher than those in normal time. Refrigerant sound may be heard from check valve. Discharge gas pipe is cold or it may be frozen. Example of refrigerant flow All cooling ( FF) Impossible judgment All cooling ( N) Mainly cooling (Indoor cooling) Mainly heating (Indoor cooling) TCJ and TC are heated same as heating. (Heating circuit) Suction gas pipe at outdoor side of selector unit is fairly heated. D All heating Mainly cooling (Indoor heating) Mainly heating (Indoor heating) Temperature of suction gas pipe at outdoor side of the FS unit is higher than that of the normal FS unit. In some cases, phenomena such as above occur. 99

200 <REFERENCE> An Example of Refrigerant Flow in FS Unit When Trouble ccurred A B C D Incorrect piping (Suction gas pipe Discharge gas pipe) N S N Incorrect wiring/incorrect mounting of coil (D S) N Control: S N, Actually: S N Incorrect wiring/incorrect mounting of coil (D S) N Control: S N, Actually: D N D leakage N S N Suction gas pipe Discharge gas pipe Liquid pipe Suction gas pipe Discharge gas pipe Liquid pipe Suction gas pipe Discharge gas pipe Liquid pipe Suction gas pipe Discharge gas pipe Liquid pipe S S S S SDV SDV SDV SDV SS SS DD SS DD SS DD DD PMV PMV PMV PMV TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC TC TCJ TC Warm wind is out. Cooling operation Cool wind is out. Heating operation Warm wind is out. Cooling operation t cooled Cooling operation Cool/Heat FS unit Indoor unit 00

201 9-8-. Troubleshooting when Multiple Indoor Units are Connected to Cool/Heat FS Unit When multiple indoor units are connected to a Cool/Heat FS unit, it is necessary to set the Code. [0E]. If this setting is forgotten, normal operation is impossible. [Case that Code. [0E] is set] All the indoor units which are connected to the identical Cool/Heat FS unit operate according to the operation mode of the header unit. The Cool/Heat FS unit keeps the operation mode until all the indoor units will be thermostat-ff. Cooling/Heating FS unit Inter-unit wiring Indoor unit A Refrigerant piping Indoor unit B [Case that Code. [0E] is not set] As the Cool/Heat FS unit is controlled by the indoor unit which is connected with inter-unit wiring, a normal operation is unavailable. (In the right figure, operation follows to the indoor unit A.) Remote controller Connection to remote controller group only is available. Remote controller individual to each indoor unit is unavailable. If Code. [0E] is not set, the symptom below appears: When the following trouble occurred, confirm the Code. [0E] and then set the Code. referring to item How to connect multiple indoor units to a Cool/Heat FS unit. [] [Cool] is set on remote controller Indoor unit A Indoor unit B Cool/Heat FS unit S SS D DD Cooling operation Cooling operation N N FF FF rmal operation Cooling operation Cooling thermo-ff N N FF FF rmal operation Cooling thermo-ff Cooling operation FF N FF FF Symptom Cooling mode is not applied to the indoor unit B. (Fan status) [H06] An error (Low-pressure protective operation) may occur. [] [Heat] is set on remote controller Indoor unit A Indoor unit B Cool/Heat FS unit S SS D DD Heating operation Heating operation FF FF N FF rmal operation. Heating operation Heating thermo-ff FF FF N FF rmal operation. Heating thermo-ff Heating operation FF FF N FF rmal operation. Symptom [] [Cool/Heat Auto] is set on remote controller Indoor unit A Indoor unit B Cool/Heat FS unit S SS D DD Cooling operation Cooling operation N N FF FF rmal operation. Cooling operation Cooling thermo-ff N N FF FF rmal operation. Symptom Cooling operation Heating operation N N FF FF Indoor unit [L8] error (Cool/Heat FS unit line error) 4 Cooling thermo-ff Cooling operation FF N FF FF 5 Cooling thermo-ff Heating operation FF N FF FF 6 Heating operation Heating operation FF FF N FF rmal operation. 7 Heating operation Heating thermo-ff FF FF N FF rmal operation. Heating mode is not applied to the indoor unit B. (Fan status) [H06] An error (Low-pressure protective operation) may occur. Heating mode is not applied to the indoor unit B. (Fan or stop status) [P0] An error (High-pressure protective operation) may occur. 8 Heating operation Cooling operation FF FF N FF Indoor unit B discharges warm wind. 9 Heating thermo-ff Heating operation FF FF N FF rmal operation. 0 Heating thermo-ff Cooling operation FF FF N FF Indoor unit B discharges warm wind. 0

202 9-9. Sensor Characteristics utdoor Unit Temperature sensor characteristics utdoor TS, TS and TL sonsor Resistance [ kω] ( 50 F (0 C) or below ) 00 Resistance [ kω] ( 50 F (0 C) or below ) (-0) 0 - (-0) 4.6kΩ -4 (-0) 4 (-0) (0) 50 (0) utdoor TE, TE and T sensor (0) 68 (0) 86 (0) 04 (40) (50) Temperature [ F( C)] 68 (0) 86 (0) 04 (40) (50) Temperature [ F( C)] utdoor TD,TD,TD,TK,TK,TK,TK4 and TK5 sensor Resistance [ kω] ( 50 F (0 C) 00 or below ) kΩ -4 (-0) 5.0kΩ 50 (0) 4 (-0) 68 (0) (0) 86 (0) 04 (40) (50) 40 (60) 58 (70) 76 (80) Temperature [ F( C)] 40 (60) 40 (60) 58 (70) 58 (70) 0.0kΩ 76 (80) 76 (80).kΩ 94 (90) 94 (90) (00) 0 (00) (90) (00) (0) 0 48 (0) (0) Resistance [ kω] ( 50 F (0 C) or above ) Resistance [ kω] ( 50 F (0 C) or above ) Resistance [ kω] ( 50 F (0 C) or above ) Temperature [ F ( C)] -4 (-0) 5 (-5) 4 (-0) (-5) (0) 4 (5) 50 (0) 59 (5) 68 (0) 77 (5) 86 (0) 95 (5) 04 (40) (45) (50) (55) 40 (60) 49 (65) 58 (70) 67 (75) 76 (80) Temperature [ F ( C)] -4 (-0) 5 (-5) 4 (-0) (-5) (0) 4 (5) 50 (0) 59 (5) 68 (0) 77 (5) 86 (0) 95 (5) 04 (40) (45) (50) (55) 40 (60) 49 (65) 58 (70) 67 (75) 76 (80) Temperature [ F ( C)] (0) 4 (5) 50 (0) 59 (5) 68 (0) 77 (5) 86 (0) 95 (5) 04 (40) (45) (50) (55) 40 (60) 49 (65) 58 (70) 67 (75) 76 (80) 85 (85) 94 (90) 0 (95) (00) (05) 0 (0) 9 (5) 48 (0) Resistance [kω] Resistance [kω] Resistance [kω]

203 utdoor Unit Pressure sensor characteristics Input/output wiring summary Pin. 4 High pressure side (Pd) Low pressure side (Ps) Input/output name Lead wire color Input/output name Lead wire color UTPUT GND +5V White Black Red UTPUT GND +5V White Black Red utput voltage vs. pressure Input/output name 0.5~4.V 0~54 psi ( 0~.7MPa ) Input/output name 0.5~.5V 0~4 psi ( 0~0.98 MPa ) 5 5 High pressure-side output voltage (V) 4. Low pressure-side output voltage (V) (.7) (4.4) Pressure [psi (MPa)] 740 (5.) (0.98) (.47) Pressure [psi (MPa)] 740 (5.) Indoor Unit Temperature sensor characteristics Indoor TA sensor 0 Resistance [kω] (0) 68 (0) 86 (0) Temperature [ F( C)] 04 (40) (50) 40 (60) Temperature [ F ( C)] (0) 4 (5) 50 (0) 59 (5) 68 (0) 77 (5) 86 (0) 95 (5) 04 (40) (45) (50) (55) 40 (60) Resistance [kω]

204 Indoor TC sensor Resistance [ kω] ( 50 F (0 C) or below ) (-0) -4 (-0) 4 (-0) (0) 50 (0) 68 (0) 86 (0) 04 (40) (50) Temperature [ F( C)] 40 (60) 58 (70) 76 (80) 94 (90) 0 5 Resistance [ kω] ( 50 F (0 C) or above ) (00) Temperature [ F ( C)] -4 (-0) 5 (-5) 4 (-0) (-5) (0) 4 (5) 50 (0) 59 (5) 68 (0) 77 (5) 86 (0) 95 (5) 04 (40) (45) (50) (55) 40 (60) 49 (65) 58 (70) 67 (75) 76 (80) 85 (85) 94 (90) 0 (95) (00) Resistance [kω] Indoor TC and TCJ sensor Resistance [ kω] ( 50 F (0 C) or below ) (-0) -4 (-0) 4 (-0) (0) 50 (0) 68 (0) 86 (0) 04 (40) (50) Temperature [ F( C)] 40 (60) 58 (70) 76 (80) 94 (90) 0 5 Resistance [ kω] ( 50 F (0 C) or above ) (00) Temperature [ F ( C)] -4 (-0) 5 (-5) 4 (-0) (-5) (0) 4 (5) 50 (0) 59 (5) 68 (0) 77 (5) 86 (0) 95 (5) 04 (40) (45) (50) (55) 40 (60) 49 (65) 58 (70) 67 (75) 76 (80) Resistance [kω]

205 Pressure sensor output check utdoor Unit Pd sensor characteristics 0 to 69 psi (4.4 MPa) (0.5 to 5 V output for 0 to 69 psi (4.4 MPa)) Voltage readings across pins and of CN50 on indoor unit main P.C. board (with negative-side probe of multimeter placed on pin ) VLT (V) Pd (MPa) Pd (psi) VLT (V) Pd (MPa) Pd (psi) VLT (V) Pd (MPa) Pd (psi) VLT (V) Pd (MPa) Pd (psi) VLT (V) Pd (MPa) Pd (psi)

206 06 utdoor Unit Ps sensor characteristics 0 to 5 psi (.47 MPa) (0.5 to 5 V output for 0 to 5 psi (.47 MPa)) Voltage readings across pins and of CN500 on indoor unit main P.C. board (with negative-side probe of multimeter placed on pin ) ?? VLT (V) Ps (MPa) Ps (psi) VLT (V) Ps (MPa) Ps (psi) VLT (V) Ps (MPa) Ps (psi) VLT (V) Ps (MPa) Ps (psi) VLT (V) Ps (MPa) Ps (psi)

207 0. BACKUP PERATIN (EMERGENCY PERATIN) This product offers backup modes of operation to tide over certain emergency situations. If a fault occurs in one of the compressors, it is possible to operate the system on an emergency basis by operating only the remaining compressor(s), (compressor backup operation). If one of the outdoor units fails in a combined outdoor unit system, the system can be operated on an emergency basis by keeping only the remaining outdoor unit(s), (outdoor unit backup operation). Perform backup operation setting in accordance with the procedure described below. 0-.te for Backup peration The method of backup operation differs according to the contents of fault as shown in the table below. Contents of fault Method of backup operation Setting procedure ne of the compressors in the same unit fails (see te ) Compressor backup (see te ) Go to -. All the compressors in the same unit fail A fault occurs in a compressor motor coil (e.g. a layer short-circuit) A fault occurs in a refrigerating cycle part, fan or related part, or electrical part A fault occurs in a temperature sensor or pressure sensor utdoor unit backup or coolingseason outdoor unit backup (see tes and ) Go to - te : Keep the number of backed-up outdoor units under compressor backup operation to one in the system (single refrigerant line). For a three-compressor model, the backing up of two faulty compressors is prohibited. Example Backed-up compressor Backed-up compressor Two backed-up compressors Example Prohibited Faulty Faulty Prohibited Faulty Faulty te : It is prohibited to combine compressor backup operation and outdoor unit backup operation. Example Backed-up compressor Backed-up outdoor unit Faulty Prohibited Faulty te : With a two-outdoor unit system containing an MMY-MAP0 (or MAP096 ) and an MMY-MAP07, do not preform outdoor unit backup operation to back up the MMY-MAP0 (or MAP096 ). It could lead to compressor failure due to the abnormal operation. Backed-up outdoor unit Example Faulty Prohibited MMY-MAP0 (MMY-MAP096 ) MMY-MAP07 07

208 0-.Compressor Backup peration Setting <utline> If a fault occurs to one of the compressors installed in outdoor unit, follow the procedure described below to back up the faulty compressor by using the remaining, normal compressor(s). <Work Procedure> () Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units connected to the system. () Set the DIP switches of SW06, provided on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit with the faulty compressor, as shown in the table below. SW06 SW07 SW09 SW SW SW SW SW SW6 SW7 4 4 Three-compressor model Factory default setting When compressor. (front left) is faulty When compressor. (front center) is faulty When compressor. (front right) is faulty SW06 Bit Bit Bit Bit 4 FF FF FF FF N FF FF FF FF N FF FF FF FF N FF Two-compressor model Factory default setting When compressor. (front left) is faulty When compressor. (front right) is faulty SW06 Bit Bit Bit Bit 4 FF FF FF FF N FF FF FF FF N FF FF () Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system. This is the end of compressor backup operation setting. 08

209 0-.Backup Setup for utdoor Unit utline In this model, setup of the backup operation is available in either the header unit or the follower unit in a situation where the outdoor units are defective. In a system in which two or more outdoor units are connected, carry out the backup operation on the outdoor unit if the error modes described below occur. Compressor error (Rare short error or when one compressor cannot operate, etc.) Pressure sensor (Pd, Ps) / Temperature sensor (TD, TD, TD, TS, TS, TE, TE, TK, TK, TK, TK4, TK5, TL) error te only one outdoor unit within a given system can be subjected to the backup procedure. Procedure () Turn off the main power supplies to all the units connected to the system. [Set up procedure for the malfunctioning outdoor unit] (The following work is common to the header unit and follower units in the system.) () Set the DIP switches of SW06, provided on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit with the faulty compressor, as shown in the table below. SW06 SW07 SW09 SW SW SW SW SW SW6 SW7 4 4 Three-compressor model Factory default setting utdoor unit backup SW06 Bit Bit Bit Bit 4 FF FF FF FF N N N FF Two-compressor model Factory default setting utdoor unit backup SW06 Bit Bit Bit Bit 4 FF FF FF FF N N FF FF () When there is leakage of outdoor PMV (does not close) or a trouble, close the liquid valve service valves fully. (4) Turn on the power supply to all the units connected to the system. When a trouble due to insufficient insulation, etc. occurred, remove in advance lead wire of the compressor. This is the end of compressor backup operation setting. 09

210 . UTDR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECVERY METHD -. Refrigerant Recovery from Failed utdoor Unit (Pump-Down) This product supports refrigerant pump-down, a function which allows refrigerant to be recovered from an outdoor unit in need of repair using a normal outdoor unit in a system featuring multiple outdoor units. --. te for refrigerant recovery operation When performing pump-down operation, take note of the following matters: te : The pump-down refrigerant recovery rate changes with outside temperature and other factors. After pump-down is completed, recover any residual gas using a refrigerant recovery device, etc., and be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant. (The refrigerant recovery rate can be improved by heating the accumulator of the outdoor unit to be repaired during pump-down operation.) te : If pump-down has been performed, the system cannot be operated until the faulty outdoor unit is repaired. (Continued operation would be impossible due to a refrigerant overcharge.) te : If outdoor PMVs and both happen to be faulty (unable to open) or PMV 4 fails while fully closed, the refrigerant in the heat exchangers (or sub-heat exchangers) cannot be recovered. In that case, recover any residual gas in the heat exchangers (or sub-heat exchangers) using a tube piercing valve or some other tool. After a pump-down operation, do not perform any welding until the residual gas in the heat exchangers is recovered. --. Refrigerant recovery procedure A (Case of no outdoor unit backup operation setting) <Work procedure> Turn on the power supply to the system at the source, but leave the system switched off. If the fault involves poor insulation of a compressor motor, remove the motor leads before the power is turned on. [Setup of failed outdoor unit] () Connect the check joint of liquid pipe and the low pressure-side check joint using a charge hose, and purge the hose of air (to recover refrigerant from the liquid tank and heat exchangers). () Fully close the liquid pipe service valve and service valve at discharge gas side of the failed outdoor unit. (Leave the service valves of the suction gas and balance pipes fully open.) () If the oil is likely to has degraded due to a compressor fault, disconnect the A valve connector of the failed outdoor unit (to prevent the degraded oil from flowing into other outdoor units). (4) Set SW0/0/0 on the interface P.C. board of the failed outdoor unit to //. After [rd] [ ] is displayed on the 7-segment display, push SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more. (5) [rd] [ FF] will be displayed on the 7-segment display, and pump-down operation will start. * To put the operation on hold midway, turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units, or push SW05 on the interface P.C. board. Header unit () If oil has degraded due to compressor fault, undo A valve connector. () Connect liquid pipe check joint and low pressure-side check joint using charge hose, and purge hose of air. () Fully close liquid pipe service valve and valve at discharge gas side. (Leave service valves of gas and balance pipes fully open.) (4) Set SW0/0/0 to //. [rd] [ ] is displayed. Push SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more. (5) [rd] [ FF] is displayed (pump-down operation starts). Behavior during pump-down operation utdoor unit Behavior Failed outdoor unit Every other outdoor unit Compressors: Turned off utdoor fan: n PMV, PMV and PMV4: pen /A/B/C/D/E/F: n 4/4/4/5/6: n perates in test cooling operation mode Interface P.C. board of failed outdoor unit 0

211 (6) Approx. 0 minutes after the system starts up, fully close the gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit. (7) Push SW04 of the failed outdoor unit to have pressure data psi (MPa) displayed. (The display switches each time SW04 is pushed.) Display Example [rd] [ ] Initial display [Pd] [.0] High-pressure sensor output [Ps] [.0] Low-pressure sensor output [Selection of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment] (8) The outdoor units operating in the pump-down mode, is selevted to the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment. Identifying Unit. The unit. is the number displayed on the 7-segment display when SW0/0/0 are set to //. ([U#] [ ]: # represents the unit.) [Setup of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment] (9) Set SW0/0/0 on the interface P.C. board of the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment to //. (0) As the low-pressure sensor output is displayed on the 7-segment display, adjust the pressure to around 7 psi (0. MPa) by slowly closing the gas pipe service valve, with checking pressure data. () Compare the low-pressure sensor outputs of the failed unit with that of the unit for pressure adjustment, and wait until the two pressure readings become almost the same. After letting the system continue operating for a while longer, fully close the gas pipe service valve of the unit for pressure adjustment. [Setup of failed outdoor unit] () When the low-pressure sensor output of the failed outdoor unit falls below 4.5 psi (0.0MPa), fully close the balance pipe packed valve, and push SW05 on the interface P.C. board to finish the pump-down operation. () Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units, and recover the residual refrigerant in the outdoor unit using a refrigerant recovery device. Be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant. (This is necessary to determine how much additional refrigerant will be needed after the completion of the repair.) (8) The outdoor units operating in the pumpdown mode, is selevted to the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment. Unit for pressure adjustment (6) Approx. 0 minutes after system startup, fully close the suction gas pipe service valve. Failed outdoor unit (9) (0) Set SW0/0/0 to While monitoring low-pressure // to have low sensor output, adjust pressure to pressure sensor around 7 psi (0. MPa) by slowly output displayed. closing suction gas pipe service valve. [Ps] [###] () Wait until low-pressure sensor outputs of failed outdoor unit and outdoor unit for pressure adjustment become almost identical, and, after letting system continue operating for while longer, fully close gas pipe service valve. (7) Push SW04 to have low-pressure sensor output displayed [Ps] [###] () When low-pressure sensor output of failed outdoor unit falls below 4.5 psi (0.0 MPa), fully close balance pipe packed valve. Push SW05 to finish pump-down operation. () Turn off power supply to all outdoor units at source, and recover residual refrigerant in outdoor unit using refrigerant recovery device. Measure amount of recovered refrigerant. This is the end of the refrigerant recovery operation. Set SW0/0/0 of the failed outdoor unit and the outdoor unit for pressure adjustment back to //.

212 [Setup of the power cannot be turned on the failed outdoor unit] If the power cannot be turned on the failed outdoor unit, the solenoid valves and PMVs of the unit cannot be turned on, so that it reduces the amount of recovered refrigerant compared to a standard pump-down operation. Recover the residual gas in the unit using a refrigerant recovery device, and be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant. <Work procedure> [Setup of failed outdoor unit] () Connect the liquid pipe check joint and the low pressure-side check joint using a gauge manifold, and purge the manifold of air (to recover refrigerant from the liquid tank and heat exchangers). () Fully close the liquid pipe packed valve and service valve at discharge gas side of the failed outdoor unit. (Leave the service valve of the suction gas pipe and the packed valve of the balance pipe fully open.) [Setup of unit selected as header unit (hereafter header outdoor unit )] () Set SW0/0/0 on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit to /5/. After [C. ] [ ] is displayed on the 7-segment display, push SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more. (4) After [C. ] [ C] is displayed on the 7-segment display, the system starts operating in the test cooling operation mode. (5) Set SW0/0/0 on the interface P.C. board of the header outdoor unit to // to have the low-pressure sensor output psi (MPa) displayed on the 7-segment display. () Connect liquid pipe check joint and low pressure-side check joint using gauge manifold, and purge manifold of air. () Fully close liquid pipe service valve. (Leave suction gas and balance pipes fully open.) Failed outdoor unit Unit selected as header unit () Set SW0/0/0 to /5/. [C. ] [ ] is displayed Interface P.C. board (4) Push SW04 and hold for 5 seconds or more. [C....] [... C] is displayed. (Test cooling operation begins). (5) Push SW04 to display the low pressure psi (MPa) (6) Approx. 0 minutes after the system starts up, fully close the suction gas pipe service valve of the failed outdoor unit. [Setup of outdoor unit for pressure adjustment] (7) Select the header unit as the unit for pressure adjustment. [Setup of header unit] (8) While monitoring the low-pressure sensor output, adjust the pressure to around 7 psi (0. MPa) by slowly closing the suction gas pipe service valve. (9) Compare the manifold gauge pressure of the failed unit with the low-pressure sensor output of the header unit, and wait until the two pressure readings become almost identical. After letting the system continue operating for a while longer, fully close the suction gas pipe service valve of the unit for pressure adjustment.

213 [Setup of failed outdoor unit] (0) When the manifold gauge pressure of the failed outdoor unit falls below 4.5 psi (0.0 MPa), fully close the balance pipe packed valve, and push SW05 on the interface P.C. board to finish the test cooling operation. () Turn off the power supply to all the outdoor units, and recover the residual refrigerant in the outdoor unit using a refrigerant recovery device. Be sure to measure the amount of recovered refrigerant. (This is (6) (7) Approx. 0 minutes after system startup, fully close suction gas pipe service valve. Select header unit as unit for pressure adjustment. Failed outdoor unit Header unit (outdoor unit selected as such) (0) When manifold gauge pressure of failed outdoor unit falls below 0.0 MPa, fully close balance pipe packed valve. Push SW05 to finish test cooling operation. () Turn off power supply to all outdoor units at source, and recover residual refrigerant in outdoor unit using refrigerant recovery device. Measure amount of recovered refrigerant. (8) While monitoring low-pressure sensor output, adjust pressure to around 0. MPa by slowly closing suction gas pipe service valve. (9) Wait until low-pressure sensor outputs of failed outdoor unit and outdoor unit for pressure adjustment become almost identical, and, after letting system continue operating for while longer, fully close gas pipe service valve. necessary to determine how much additional refrigerant will be needed after the completion of the repair.) This is the end of the refrigerant recovery operation. Set SW0/0/0 of the header unit back to //.

214 -. How to perate System While Failed utdoor Unit Being Repaired <utline> After refrigerant is recovered from the failed outdoor unit through a pump-down operation, the overall amount of refrigerant held by the system becomes excessive, and this makes it impossible to operate the remaining outdoor units even though they are not faulty. However, operation is still possible if the system-wide amount of refrigerant is adjusted in accordance with the procedure described below. <Work procedure> () Follow the steps specified in 0-. Refrigerant Recovery from Failed utdoor Unit (Pump-Down). () Adjust the amount of refrigerant held by the system by removing some of it using a refrigerant recovery device, etc. Determine the amount of refrigerant to be removed according to the capacity of the failed outdoor unit. (See the table below.) Example: If a 096 type outdoor unit is under repair in a 6 type system: Amount of refrigerant required by system as it was initially (6 type in capacity) = 8.6 lb Amount of refrigerant required by system with available outdoor units only (0 type in capacity) = 5.8 lb Amount of refrigerant to be removed from system = = 0.8 lb () Set up the outdoor unit from which refrigerant has been recovered in the manner described in 0-. utdoor Unit Backup peration Setting. This completes the procedure. utdoor unit capacity type 07 type 096 type 0 type 44 type 68 type 9 type 6 type 40 type conbined outdoor units 07 type 096 type 0 type 07 type 07 type 096 type 07 type 096 type 096 type 0 type 096 type 0 type 0 type Amount of refrigerant [ lbs (kg) ] 0.9 (4.0) 46. (.0) 5.9 (4.0) 56. (5.5) 7.9 (.5) 8.6 (7.0) 84.9 (8.5) 88. (40.0) 4

215 -. Work procedure after Repair When vacuuming in the repaired outdoor unit, follow the procedure described below. <Work procedure> () Fully open PMV and and PMV4 in accordance with the table below. te: PMV full-opening operation via short-circuiting of the CN0 pins is automatically undone after minutes, causing the valves to fully close. To maintain fully open state, turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit within minutes of the short-circuiting of the CN0 pins. Bit FF FF SW Bit Bit Bit 4 CN0 PMV operation FF FF FF Short-circuit PMV and fully open for minutes. N FF FF Short-circuit PMV4 fully opens for minutes. () Be sure to perform vacuuming in from the three check joints shown in the diagram below (liquid pipe, discharge pipe and suction pipe). Check joint (Low-pressure) Check joint (Liquid pipe) Check joint (High-pressure) 5

216 . REPLACING CMPRESSRS -. Compressor Replacement Procedure (utline) WARNING YES START Is the outdoor unit the only one in the system? Manually open PMV, and 4 of the failed unit (by short-circuiting the pins of CN0 on I/F P.C. board and turning off the power switch), and recover refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery device (*). N Recover refrigerant from the failed unit in accordance with UTDR UNIT REFRIGERANT RECVERY METHD. Turn off the power switch of the failed outdoor unit. Dismantle the faulty compressor. Measure the amount of oil in the faulty compressor. In situations such as indoor unit relocation and repairs, it is not possible to recover all the refrigerant held by the system in the outdoor units. It could cause a serious accident, such as blow out or injury. Be sure to perform refrigerant recovery using a refrigerant recovery device. WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint, take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts. * The full-opening of PMV, and 4 via shortcircuiting of the CN0 pins is automatically undone after minutes, causing the valves to fully close. To maintain fully open state, turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit within minutes. This flowchart only shows the standard compressor replacement procedure. Since the situation can differ site by site, perform the task in accordance with the following judgment criteria: Check the color of the oil in the faulty compressor. ASTM grade: Is it 4 or above? (Judge the condition of the oil against color samples, and decide whether to replace the replace to the failed compressor only or all the compressors in the failed outdoor unit.) YES Replace both the faulty compressor and the normal compressor(s). N Replace the faulty compressor only. Measure the amount of oil in the normal compressor(s). Adjust the amount of oil according to the oil quantity measurement result(s). Install the new compressor(s). Perform a leakage check of the failed outdoor unit. Perform vacuum drying in the failed outdoor unit. Refrigerant charging () New compressors are charged with 0.50gal (900cc) of oil per unit. () The amount of oil held by an outdoor unit is as shown below. () When a compressor is dismantled, it usually contains 0. to 0.70gal (800 to 400cc) oil. The amount of oil held by an oil separator is usually 0 to 0.64gal (0 to 000cc) for MAP07 and 0 to 0.96gal (0 to 500cc) for MAP096 and MAP0 MAP07 MAP096, 0 Amount of oil.6gal (400cc).770gal(6700cc) END 6

217 -. Replacement of Compressors <Checking color of oil in faulty compressor> Lay the faulty compressor down, draw a small amount of oil via the oil equalization pipe, and check its color against color samples. Determine the number of compressors to be replaced according to the color checking result. ASTM grade: Below 4 Replace the faulty compressor only. ASTM grade: 4 or above Replace both the faulty compressor and the normal compressor(s). WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint, take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts. [When replacing faulty compressor only] <Adjusting amount of oil in new compressor> (0.50gal (900cc) at shipment) Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained, A [gal (cc)], by following the steps below. Amount of oil in faulty compressor A [gal (cc)]: 0 A < 0.64gal (000cc) () Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to 0.64gal (000cc). (Lay the new compressor down and draw 0.8gal (900cc) of oil via the oil-equalization pipe.) tes: Do not draw more than 0.8gal (900cc) of oil as it may cause damage to the compressor. If the faulty compressor contained 0.gal (500cc) or less, there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit, etc. Perform checks in accordance with -. Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor il Shortage. Amount of oil in faulty compressor A [gal (cc)]: 0.64gal (000cc) A < 0.50gal (900cc) () Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to A gal (cc). (Lay the new compressor down and draw (0.50gal (900cc) - A) [gal (cc)] of oil via the oil equalization pipe.) Amount of oil in faulty compressor A [gal (cc)]: 0.50gal (900cc) A () Adjust the amount of oil in the new compressor to A gal (cc). (Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of the new compressor and inject (A-0.50gal (900cc)) of oil using a funnel, etc.) 7

218 [When replacing normal as well as faulty compressor] - applicable to MMY-MAP07 <Dismantling normal compressor> Dismantle the normal compressor in the same way as the faulty compressor. te: Be sure to insulate the removed compressor leads using insulation tape, etc. WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint, take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts. <Measuring amount of oil in normal compressor> As was the case with the faulty compressor, measure the amount of oil contained by placing the compressor on a scale. Amount of oil in normal compressor: B [gal (cc)] = (Weight of compressor as it was dismantled (lb (kg)) - 50 (.7)) 0.49 (04) (Specific volume of oil: 0.49 (04) [gal/lb(cc/kg)]) te: When a compressor is empty, it weighs 50lb (.7kg). <Adjusting amount of oil in new compressors> Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained, A [gal (cc)], and how much oil the normal compressor contained, B [gal (cc)], by following the steps below. Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A+B [gal (cc)]: 0 A+B < 0.58 (000) () Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to 0.64gal (000cc) each (total 0.58gal (000cc)). Lay the compressors down and draw 0.8gal (900cc) of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes. tes: Do not draw more than 0.8gal (900cc) of oil from a compressor as it may cause damage. If the faulty compressor contained 0.gal (500cc) or less, there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit, etc. Perform checks in accordance with -. Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor il Shortage. Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A+B [gal (cc)]: 0.58 (000) A+B <.004 (800) () Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to (A+B)/ gal (cc) each. Lay the compressors down and draw [.004 (800)-(A+B)]/ [gal (cc)] of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes. Combined amount of oil in faulty and normal compressors A+B [gal (cc)]:.004 (800) A+B () Adjust the amount of oil in the two new compressors to (A+B)/ gal (cc) each. (Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each compressor and inject (A+B)/-0.50 (900) [gal (cc)] of oil using a funnel, etc.) 8

219 [When replacing normal as well as faulty compressors] - applicable to MMY-MAP096, MAP0 <Dismantling normal compressors> Dismantle the normal compressors in the same way as the faulty compressor. te: Be sure to insulate the removed compressor leads using insulation tape, etc. WARNING When detaching a pipe by heating with a burner a welded joint, take care as any oil left in the piping may burn in a momentary flash of fire when the weld filler metal melts. <Measuring amounts of oil in normal compressors> As was the case with the faulty compressor, measure the amount of oil contained by placing each compressor on a scale. Amount of oil in normal compressor: B, C [gal (cc)] = (Weight of compressor as it was dismantled (lb (kg)) - 50 (.7)) 0.49 (04) (Specific volume of oil: 0.49 (04) [gal/lb (cc/kg)]) te: When a compressor is empty, it weighs 50lb (.7kg). <Adjusting amount of oil in new compressors> Perform the adjustment on the basis of how much oil the faulty compressor contained, A [gal (cc)], and how much oil the normal compressors contained, B and C [gal (cc)], by following the steps below. Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and two normal compressors A+B+C [gal (cc)]: 0 A+B+C < 0.79 (000) () Adjust the amount of oil in the three new compressors to 0.64gal (000cc) each (total 0.79gal (000cc)). Lay the compressors down and draw 0.8gal (900cc) of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes. tes: Do not draw more than 0.8gal (900cc) of oil from a compressor as it may cause damage. If the faulty compressor contained 0.gal (500cc) or less, there may have been a problem with the oil equalization circuit, etc. Perform checks in accordance with -. Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor il Shortage. Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and two normal compressors A+B+C [gal (cc)]: 0.79 (000) A+B+C <.506 (5700) () Adjust the amount of oil in the three new compressors to (A+B+C)/ gal (cc) each. Lay the compressors down and draw [.506 (5700)-(A+B+C)]/ [gal (cc)] of oil from each of them via their oil equalization pipes. Combined amount of oil in faulty compressor and two normal compressors A+B+C [gal (cc)]:.506 (5700) A+B+C () Adjust the amount of oil in the three new compressors to (A+B+C)/ gal (cc) each. (Insert a hose into the discharge pipe or oil equalization pipe of each compressor and inject (A+B+C)/ (900) [gal (cc)] of oil using a funnel, etc.) 9

220 <Installing compressor> Install a compressor by following the dismantling procedure in reverse. WARNING The dismantling process may have loosened compressor leads and faston connectors. Prior to installation, therefore, tighten them a little with a pair of pliers, and verify that they are tight after reconnection. tes: Although a compressor is provided with only two hexagonal bolts, it is standard. The tightening torque of the hexagonal bolts, used to mount the compressor, is 4.5ft.lbs (00kg/cm). If oil has been drawn from the accumulator, repair the cut pipe through pinching and brazing. <Vacuum-pumping> (Single outdoor unit system) Before performing vacuum-pumping, fully open PMV, and 4. If they are closed, the heat exchangers of the outdoor unit cannot be vacuum-pumped. Connect a vacuum pump consecutively to the check joints placed in the liquid and discharge pipes and on the high-pressure side of the suction pipe, and turn it on. perate the vacuum drying until the vacuum gauge indicates mmhg. <Method to fully open PMV manually> () Turn on the power switch of the outdoor unit. () With the Bits and of SW set to off, short-circuit the pins of CN0. () Disconnect the connectors of PMV and from the I/F P.C. board. (4) With the Bits and of SW set to off and on, respectively, short-circuit the pins of CN0. (5) Disconnect the connector of PMV4 from the I/F P.C. board (6) Turn off the power switch of the outdoor unit. <Refrigerant charging> Inject the same amount of refrigerant as the recovered residual refrigerant via the charging port of the liquidside service valve. 0

221 -. Check Procedure to Search Cause of Compressor il Shortage Are the balance pipes of all outdoor units connected to the same refrigerant line fully open? pen the balance pipe valves fully. Are there any miswiring or incorrect connection of TK, TK, TK, TK4 and TK5 sensor in the unit that has replaced compressor? Correct the miswiring or connection. TK: CN5 TK: CN5 TK: CN5 TK4: CN54 TK5: CN55 Are the characteristics of the TK, TK, TK, TK4 or TK5 sensors of the unit that has replaced compressor correct? Replace the faulty sensor. With the compressor(s) disconnected, check the oil circuit in accordance with the procedure described below. (To next page)

222 <MMY-MAP07, MAP096 and MAP0 > Check items and procedures to follow when checking oil circuit with compressor(s) disconnected Check item Location Procedure Leakage of outdoor PMV Leakage of check valve in discharge pipe convergent section Leakage of check valve in discharge pipe Leakage of check valve in oil equalization circuit Leakage of A valve Leakage of B valve Clogging of E valve Clogging of oil-return distributor Clogging of D valve Clogging of oil-return capillary Clogging of oil-return distributor A,B C,D E F G H I J ) Pressure nitrogen from check joint of the liquid pipe under condition that PMV, and 4 are fully closed, confirm the pressure using high-pressure check joint. If pressure of the high-pressure check joint rises, leakage from any of PMV,, 4 (A, B), check valve (D) and discharge check valve (C) is considered. Therefore replace all PMV,, 4 (A, B), check valve (D), discharge check valve (C). ) If pressure did not rise, open PMV, fully and then confirm pressure of the high-pressure check joint. When pressure was up, open fully PMV4 only and confirm pressure of the high-pressure check joint again. ) When pressure was up, there is leakage from check valve (D) and discharge check valve (C). Therefore replace them. If pressure did not rise, there is leakage from discharge check valve. Therefore replace them. 4) With pressure applied to the check joint of with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the discharge pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the check valve of discharge pipe (E). Replace the part. 5) With pressure applied to the check joint of with nitrogen, if gas escapes from the oil equalization pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the oil equalization pipe check valve (F). Replace the part. 6) With pressure applied to the check joint of with nitrogen, manually open the B valve. If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the A valve. Replace the part. 7) Then manually open the A valve. If gas escapes from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, there is a leak from the B valve. Replace the part. 8) With pressure applied to the check joint of with nitrogen, manually open the E valve. If gas does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, the E valve or oil-return distributor is clogged. Replace the part. 9) With pressure applied to the check joint of with nitrogen, manually open the D valve. If gas does not escape from the suction pipe section of the disconnected compressor, the D valve, oil-return capillary or oil-return distributor is clogged. Replace the part.

223 . UTDR UNIT PARTS REPLACEMENT METHDS. Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Cabinet WARNING Discharge cabinet Screws (4 corners) Wear a pair of gloves. therwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object.. Detachment ) Stop the air conditioner operation, and turn off the circuit breaker. ) Remove the screws for the discharge cabnet. (M5 0.4 (0 mm), 4 pcs.) For 096 type and 0 type, remove the screws from the discharge cabinet. (M5 0.6 (5 mm), 4 pcs.) For 096 type and 0 type, remove the screws from the left and right sides of the discharge cabinet. ) Remove the screws for the lower cabinet. Front and rear: (M5 0.4 (0 mm), 7 pcs. for front and 6 pcs. for rear) 4) Remove the screws for the service panel. (M5 0.4 (0 mm), pcs.) 5) Remove the screws for the suction cabinet. Front and rear: (M5 0.4 (0 mm), 4 pcs. each) In the case of a 096 type and 0 type: M5 0.4 (0 mm), 5 pcs. each 6) Remove the protective plate (back). Remove the upper hook from the middel partition plate, and then remove the lower hook from the center hole of the bottom plate. 7) Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet side cabinet. Left and right: (M5 0.4 (0 mm), 6 pcs. each) Screws (4 corners) 5) Suction cabinet (front and rear) 4) Service panel 6) Protective plate (back) Remove the upper hook Discharge cabinet side cover 7) Side cabinet (left and right) ) Lower cabinet (front and rear) 6) Protective plate (back) 6) Remove the lower hook of the protective plate (back)

224 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Cabinet (continued) 8) Remove the hook of the protective plate (side) from the hole of the middle partition plate. ( locations) 8) Remove the hook of the protective plate (side) from the hole of the middle partition plate ( locations) 8) Protective plate (side). Attachment Carry out installation by following the detachment procedure in reverse (0) )). Be careful of the hooks provided on the suction cabinet, service panel and lower cabinet. Hook Service panel 4

225 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Propeller fan Fan motor WARNING ) Screws (4 corners) Wear a pair of gloves. therwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object.. Detachment ) Stop the air conditioner operation, and turn off the circuit breaker. ) Remove the screws for the discharge cabinet. (M5 0.4 (0 mm), 4 pcs.) ) Remove the heat exchanger partition plate (upper). (M5 0.4 (0 mm), pcs.) * With a 096 type, 0 type, the fan motor can be replaced without removing the discharge cabinet side covers. 4) Remove the flange nut securing the fan motor and propeller fan. (To loosen the nut, turn it clockwise.) 5) Remove the square washer. 6) Remove the propeller fan. 5) Square washer Discharge cabinet side cover ) Heat exchanger partition plate (upper) 4) Flange nut CAUTIN Lift it straight up. Do not forcibly pull it, or it may get stuck. 6) 7) Disconnect the faston connectors for the fan motor leads ( pieces) from the Fan IPDU, and pull the leads up and out. 8) Remove the fan motor. (M6 0.8 (0 mm), 4 pcs.) 8) Screw (4 locations) 7) Disconnect faston connectors and pull fan motor leads up and out. Fan motor lead travel route Close-up view of faston connectors Fan IPDU 5

226 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Propeller fan. CAUTIN for replacement or attachment Fan motor ) Insert the propeller fan while aligning the D-cut (Continude) surface of the fan motor shaft with the arrow mark ( ) on the fan. (If the propeller fan is tightly mounted on the shaft without securing alignment between the D-cut surface and the arrow mark ( ), it may cause the fan to melt and fall off due to friction heat.) ) Be sure to put the square washer in place. (therwise, unusual noises and vibrations may result.) ) Tighten the flange nut at a torque of. ft lbs (5 N m). (To tighten the flange nut, turn it counterclockwise.) 4) Remove the clamp filter from the fan motor with trouble, then attach the clamp filter to the substitution in the same way as before replacement. (Wind the fan motor lead once around the clamp filter.) D-cut surface of fan motor shaft Arrow mark ( ) of fan To be aligned with D-cut surface 4) Clamp filter 6

227 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Heat exchanger WARNING Wear a pair of gloves. therwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object. ) Motor base ) Discharge cabinet anchor plate Before the work, be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit into cylinders or another unit connected to the same system. (Refer to the chapter on refrigerant recovery methods to be used during compressor replacement.). Detachment (Right-Side Heat Exchanger as Example) ) Remove the cabinet. ) Remove the motor base. (M5 0.4 (0 mm), 6 pcs.) (Detach the fan motor leads as well.) For 096 type and 0 type unit, remove the discharge cabinet anchor plates. Left and right: (M5 0.4 (0 mm), pcs.) ) Remove the upper partition plate. (M5 0.4 (0 mm), pcs.) 4) Remove the screws for the support post. (M5 0.4 (0 mm), pcs.) sets 5) Remove the screws for the Heat excanger partition plate. (M4 0.4 (0 mm), pcs.) 6) Remove the brazed joints of the piping connected (4 locations). 7) Remove the screws for the heat exchanger partition plate (upper) and pull the heat exchanger out. (M5 0.4 (0 mm), pcs.) Heat exchanger (left) Heat exchanger (right) 4) Support post 5) Heat exchanger partition plate (upper) 6) Brazed joints ( locations on header side) 6) Brazed joints ( locations on distributor side) 6) Brazed joints ( locations on piping connected side) 7) Rear Support post Pull heat exchanger out of rear end. (Left-side heat exchanger is pulled out of front end.) 7

228 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 4 Inverter assembly WARNING 4) Screw (with arrow mark) Wear a pair of gloves. therwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object. Removable design 4) Screw (with arrow mark). Detachment ) Stop the air conditioner operation, and turn off the circuit breaker. ) Remove the inverter cover. (M4 0.4 (0 mm), pcs.) ) Remove the wiring. (e.g. the power supply wire, compressor leads, coils, sensors and heaters) 4) Steps only applicable to a 096 type, 0 type Remove the reactor lead cover. (M4 0.4 (0 mm), pc.) Remove the screws securing the box. (M4 0.4 (0 mm), pc.) Detach the reactor leads. (6 terminal block bolts and faston connectors) 5) Remove the wire guard. (M4 0.4 (0 mm), pc.) 6) Remove the screws securing the box. (M5 0.4 (0 mm), pc. each for top and bottom) In the case of a 096 type, 0 type: M5 0.4 (0 mm), pc. for top and pcs for bottom 7) Disengage the hook by gently pressing down the locking lever with your finger. (The lower part of the box moves forward.) 8) Hold the top board with both hands to disengage the top hook. 4) Reactor lead cover 6) Screw 4) Connector for fan reactor 4) Reactor terminal block 5) Wire guard 5) Screw 6) Screws with arrow mark ( locations) 7) Locking lever 8) Pull it forward 8

229 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 4 Inverter assembly. Attachment (continued) Carry out installation by following the dismantling procedure in reverse (8) )). Before pushing the lower part in, pull the reactor leads out. Take care so that the wiring does not get caught in the way. Reconnect all the wiring. Before pushing lower part in, pull leads out through hole. When pushing lower part in, be sure to keep wiring out of way. 9

230 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 5- Assembling inverter - Replacing boards / electric components (08/0 V FT9UL) WARNING Wear a pair of gloves. therwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object. ) I/F board (Control board) ) IPDU board for fan ) ise filtering board. Interface board ) Stop the air conditioner operation, and turn off the circuit breaker. ) Remove the wires and then the board from the card edge spacer of the corner. ) A-IPDU board (for driving comp ) ) A-IPDU board (for driving comp ) ) A-IPDU board (for driving comp ). A-Compressor IPDU board ) Stop the air conditioner operation, and turn off the circuit breaker. ) Remove the screws that fix the heat sink (radiation plate). * (M4 x 0.6 (5 mm), pcs, M x 0.8 (0 mm), pcs.) ) Remove the comp lead (U, V, W). * 4) Remove the board from the card edge spacer of the corner. *Screw tightening torque for heat sink fixing board M4 screw tightening torque (0.7 ± 0.07 ft lbs (0.98 ±0. N m)) M screw tightening torque (0.4 ± 0.07 ft lbs (0.55 ±0. N m)) *Comp lead (U, V, W) tightening torque M4 screw tightening torque (0.9 ± 0.07 ft lbs (. ±0. N m)) ) M4 screw ) M screw. Fan IPDU board ) Stop the air conditioner operation, and turn off the circuit breaker. ) Remove the screws that fix the heat sink (radiation plate). * (M x 0.8 (0 mm), 5 pcs.) ) Remove the wires. 4) Remove the board from the card edge spacer of the corner. ) Screw * Screw tightening torque for heat sink fixing board M screw tightening torque (0.4 ± 0.07 ft lbs (0.55 ±0. N m)) * tes on attaching. 5) Adjust the sub heat sink to the cutout. (If the sub heat sink is not aligned properly, radiation may be less efficient and a malfunction may occur.) Adjust to the cutout 5) Sub heat sink Adjust to the cutout 0

231 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 6- Reactor assembly (08/0 V FT9UL) WARNING Wear a pair of gloves. therwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object. 096 type, 0 type ) Screw Fixing claw (slide stopper to right). Detachment ) Stop the operation, and turn off the circuit breaker. ) Remove the inverter assembly. (See the inverter assembly dismantling method under item 5.) )For 096 and 0 only, remove the separately mounted reactor box. To remove the reactor box, remove the screws at the top and bottom (M5 0.4 (0 mm)) and unlock the box by sliding the stopper to the right. * Before pulling the reactor box, tilt it back to free the bottom. Screw ) Fixing claw (slide stopper to right) 4)Remove the reactor box located at the back of the inverter assembly. (M4 0. (6 mm), 4 pcs.) * The screws can be removed from the front. 4) Screws ( locations) For 096 and 0 only, remove the separately mounted anchor plate. (M4 0. (6 mm), 4 pcs.) 5) Remove and replace the reactor. (M4 0. (6 mm), pc.) 4) Screws ( locations) 07 type 4) Screws ( locations) 4) Screws ( locations)

232 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 5- Inverter assembly - Replacing circuit boards and electrical components (460 V FT6UL) WARNING Wear gloves. Failure to wear gloves creates the risk of personal injury by part replacement and other objects. Transformer relay board FAN IPDU board Interface board (control board) ise filter board. Interface board ) Stop operation of the outdoor unit and turn off the breaker. ) Detach wires and then remove the board from the card edge spacer in the corner.. Transformer relay board ) Stop operation of the outdoor unit and turn off the breaker. ) Detach wires and then remove the board from the card edge spacer in the corner. A-Compressor IPDU board (For Compressor drive) A-Compressor IPDU board (For Compressor board) A-Compressor IPDU board (For Compressor board). A-Compressor IPDU board ) Stop operation of the outdoor unit and turn off the breaker. ) Remove the screws that secure the heat sink. (heat sink) (M4 x 0.6 (5 mm), pcs, M x 0.8 (0 mm), pcs)* ) Remove the screws that secure the upper right corner and lower right corner of the board. (M x 0.4 (0 mm), pcs)* 4) Remove the compressor leads (U, V, W). 5) Remove the four double-lock spacers located at the edges of the board and within the board. * Tightening torque of board fixing heat sink screws Tightening torque of M4 screws (0.7± 0.07 ft lbs (0.98±0. N m)) Tightening torque of M screws (0.4± 0.07 ft lbs (0.55±0. N m)) 5) Double-lock spacers ) M screw ) M4 screw Transformer relay board Tightening locations for board screws ) M screw Compressor IPDU boar ) M screw 4. Fan IPDU board ) Stop operation of the outdoor unit and turn off the breaker. ) Remove the screws that secure the heat sink. (heat sink) (M x 0.8 (0 mm), 5 pcs)* ) Detach wires. 4) Remove the board from the card edge spacer in the corner. * Tightening torque of board fixing heat sink screws Tightening torque of M screws (0.4± 0.07 ft lbs (0.55±0. N m)) * Installation 5) Adjust the position of the sub heat sink with the cutout. (An improperly aligned sub heat sink can interfere with proper device function due to reduced thermal efficiency.) Align with cutout Align with cutout 5) Sub heat sink ) M screw Fan IPDU board

233 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 6- Reactor assembly (460V FT6UL) WARNING Wear gloves. Failure to wear gloves creates the risk of personal injury by part replacement and other objects. 096type, 0type ) Screw Claw (Slide to the right.) ) Stop operation and turn off the breaker switch. ) Remove the inverter assembly. (Refer to 4. Removing the inverter assembly.) ) For 096 and 0 only, remove the separate reactor box. Remove the upper and lower screws (M5 x 0.4 (0 mm)), slide the claw to the right, and then remove the reactor box. * Swing the reactor box upwards, slip it downwards, and then pull it out. ) Screw Claw (Slide to the right.) 4) Remove the reactor box, which is behind the inverter assembly. (M4 0. (6 mm), 4 pcs) * Remove the screws starting from the front. 4) Screw ( locations) For 096 and 0, remove the separate anchor plate. (M4 0. (6 mm)6, 4 pcs) 5) Remove the reactor and replace it. (M4 0. (6 mm)6, pc) 4) Screw ( locations) 07 type 4) Screw ( locations) 4) Screw ( locations)

234 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 7 -way valve coils Pressure sensors locations 07 type Rear B A 4 Liquid tank C D E Accumulator 4 4 PS sensor 6 il separator 5 PD sensor Front 096 type 0 type Rear 4 F E D B A C Liquid tank 5 6 il separator Accumulator PS sensor PD sensor Front 4

235 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 8 Temperature sensors - locations and identification colors 07 type Product Front View TD sensor (yellow) TD sensor (red) TE sensor (red) Accumulator Compressor Compressor Front side Product Rear View TK4 sensor (white) TS sensor (gray) TS sensor (black) TK sensor (black) - ne closer to you TK sensor (blue) - ne farther from you TK5 sensor (green) il separator TL sensor (white) Accumulator Liquid tank Rear side 5

236 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 8 Temperature sensors - locations and identification colors (continued) 096 type 0 type Product Front View TD sensor (yellow) TD sensor (red) TD sensor (black) TE sensor (red) Accumulator Compressor Compressor Compressor Front side Product Rear View TK4 sensor (white) TK sensor (yellow) TK sensor (blue) - ne farther from you TK sensor (black) - ne closer to you TS sensor (black) TS sensor (gray) il separator TL sensor (white) TK5 sensor (green) Accumulator Liquid tank Rear side 6

237 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 9 Pipe fixing rubber - detachment/ attachment 07 type This product employs pipe fixing rubber (eyeglass type), combined with a SUS band, to restrain pipes subject to vibration to improve reliability. <Use of SUS band - total 5 locations> Suction pipe Distributor Ø9.05 Ø. il header Liquid pipe Ø5.4 Ø.7 Valve circuit Capillary tube Ø6.5 Ø.7 Rear side valve Discharge pipe Ø6.5 Ø5.88 Front side 4 valve Suction pipe Ø8.0 Ø valve Suction pipe Ø8.0 Ø type 0 type This product employs pipe fixing rubber (eyeglass type), combined with a SUS band, to restrain pipes subject to vibration to improve reliability. <Use of SUS band - total 0 locations> C valve <=> Discharge pipe Ø6.5 Ø5.88 il header Liquid pipe Ø5.4<=> Ø.7 Rear side Suction pipe F valve Ø9.05 Ø9.5 Suction pipe Discharge pipe Ø8.58 Ø.7 Suction pipe Distributor Ø. Ø. 4 valve Suction pipe Ø8.0 Ø9.05 Front side 4 valve Suction pipe Ø8.0 Ø valve Suction pipe Ø8.0 Ø9.05 Liquid pipe Balance pipe Ø5.88 Ø9.5 valve Discharge pipe Ø6.5 Ø9.05 7

238 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 9 Pipe fixing rubber - detachment/ attachment (common) WARNING Wear a pair of gloves. therwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object. ). Detachment ) Hold the pipe fixing rubber in such a manner that your fingers and thumb are in contact with the two longitudinal ends of the piece, and squeeze it a little to create a small gap between the rubber and the SUS band wrapped around it. ) Push the hook end of the SUS band down to Squeeze rubber to create small gap. ) Push band down in arrow direction. disengage the hook from the square hole.. Attachment ) The pipe fixing rubbers use a two-segment design to accommodate a wide range of pipe combinations. When installing them, therefore, it is recommended to first split them up into segments and pair the segments up only after placing them on pipes of matching sizes separately. In this regard, make sure that the mating tooth and slit of pairing segments face each other. ) When placing an SUS band around pipe fixing rubber, make sure that the hook end of the SUS band coincides with the slit side of the rubber. (The band can be placed the other way around, but only at the expense of work efficiency.) ) Place the SUS band tightly around the pipe fixing rubber so that there is no gap between them. Take utmost care not to create a gap over the curved section of the rubber where the hairpin side of the band is located. 4) While holding the rubber, push down the base of the hook lightly against the rubber, and engage the hook with the square hole by squeezing the curved section of the rubber where the square hole side of the band is located (see the arrow). (If the hook does not engage with the square hole, recheck whether there is a gap between the band and rubber. Place two segments of damper on pipes of matching sizes separately, making sure tooth and slit of pairing segments face each other. ) ) ) Align tooth and slit and push two segments towards each other. Make sure that hook end of SUS band coincides with slit side of rubber. Slide it along. Push square hole end of tape in arrow direction by squeezing rubber. Push square hole end of tape in arrow direction by squeezing rubber. 4) Press down hook side of tape against rubber. 8

239 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 0 4-way valve - detachment/ attachment 07 type WARNING Wear a pair of gloves. therwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object. 4) Brazed point PMV Before starting the work, be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a refrigerant recovery device.. Detachment ) Remove the lower cabinet (front side). ) Remove the inverter box in accordance with the dismantling instructions. ) Disconnect the 4-way valve coil and PMV coils ( pieces) and get all wiring located near the 4-way valve out of the way. 4) Remove brazed points ( locations) for the PMV assembly, which is placed in front of the 4-way valve. * Provide adequate cover for the PMV to protect it from overheating. 5) Take off screws ( pcs) which are fixing the valve of the discharge gas valve assembly at the front side of 4-way valve and also remove the brazed section ( point). 6) For upper pipes of 4-way valve ( pcs at front side), use a saw, or so on and cut at lower side of the brazed section at upper brazed section of 4-way valve. 7) Remove the brazed section ( point) of the pipe at left side of 4-way valve. 8) Remove the brazed section ( point) of the lower pipe of 4-way valve. 9) Take off the pipe remained when pipe was cut off in item 6). 0) Move the bypass assembly removed from the old 4- way valve to a new 4-way valve. ) Mount a new 4-way valve. * Be sure to cure sufficiently so that overheat of 4-way valve is avoided. In this time, insert the connecting pipes surely into 4-way valve; otherwise wax choking or leakage is caused. ) Mount the discharge gas assembly removed in item 5). * Cure sufficiently so that gas valve is not heated. ) Mount PMV assembly removed in item 4). * Cure sufficiently so that PMV is not heated. 4) Return the coil removed in item ) to the original position and then return various wiring to original position. * When mounting PMV, refer to the right figure so that there is no miss-mounting. 5) According to section, How to mount inverter box. 6) Attach the lower cabinet. 5) Screw 4-way valve 0) Bypass assembly New 4-way valve 4-way valve for pilot Front side 4) Brazed point 5) Brazed point 7) Brazed point 6) Cutting line ( pieces at front side) 5) Brazed point 4) PMV4 Remove the brazed sections at positions at the left side of strainer. Cut off the upper pipe of 4-way valve at positions. Remove one pipe at the brazed section. PMV assembly Remove a brazed section at rear side of PMV assembly. 4-way valve Remove a brazed section of pipe at the lower side of 4-way valve 5) Discharge gas assembly 9

240 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks 0 4-way valve - detachment/ attachment (continued) 096 type 0 type WARNING Wear a pair of gloves. therwise, you will risk an injury involving a replacement part or some other object. PMV 4) Brazed point Before starting the work, be sure to recover the refrigerant of outdoor unit by removing it with a refrigerant recovery device. 4) Brazed point. Detachment ) Remove the lower cabinet (front side). ) Remove the inverter box in accordance with the dismantling instructions. ) Disconnect the 4-way valve coil and PMV coils ( pieces) and get all wiring located near the 4-way valve out of the way. 4) Remove brazed points ( locations) for the PMV assembly, which is placed in front of the 4-way valve. * Provide adequate cover for the PMV proper to protect it from overheating. 5) Take off screws ( pcs) which are fixing the valve of the discharge gas valve assembly at the front side of 4-way valve and also remove the brazed section ( point). 6) For upper pipes of 4-way valve ( pcs at front side), use a saw, or so on and cut at lower side of the brazed section at upper brazed section of 4-way valve. 7) Remove brazed section ( point) of the pipe of bypass circuit which arranged at left side of 4-way valve. Insert a torch into the right side of the front side of the outdoor unit and then carry out welding work. 8) Remove the brazed section ( point) of the lower pipe of 4-way valve. 9) Take off the pipe remained when pipe was cut off in item 6). 0) Move the bypass assembly removed from the old 4- way valve to a new 4-way valve. ) Mount a new 4-way valve. * Be sure to cure sufficiently so that overheat of 4-way valve is avoided. In this time, insert the connecting pipes surely into 4- way valve; otherwise wax choking or leakage is caused. ) Mount the discharge gas assembly removed in item 5). * Cure sufficiently so that gas valve is not heated. ) Mount PMV assembly removed in item 4). * Cure sufficiently so that PMV is not heated. 4) Return the coil removed in item ) to the original position and then return various wiring to original position. * When mounting PMV, refer to the right figure so that there is no miss-mounting. 5) According to section, How to mount inverter box. 6) Attach the lower cabinet. 5) Screw 6) Cutting line ( pieces at front side) New 4-way valve Front side 5) Brazed point 7) Brazed point 0) Bypass assembly 4-way valve 5) Brazed point Insert a torch 0) Bypass assembly 4-way valve for pilot 4) PMV4 Remove the brazed sections at positions at the left side of strainer. Cut off the upper pipe of 4-way valve at positions. Remove one pipe at the brazed section. PMV assembly 4-way valve Remove a brazed section at rear side of PMV assembly. Remove a brazed section of pipe at the lower side of 4-way valve 5) Discharge gas assembly 40

241 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Transformer (460V FT6UL) WARNING Screw tightening locations for housing Wear gloves. Failure to wear gloves creates the risk of personal injury by part replacement and other objects. ) M5 screws Do not attempt to modify the transformer. Anchor plate. Disassembly procedure ) Stop operation of the outdoor unit and turn off the breaker. ) Remove the anchor plate screws. (M5 x 0.4 (0mm), 4pcs) ) Remove the screws that secure the base assembly and transformer housing. (M4 x 0. (8mm), pcs) SHRM-i back Enlarged view ) M4 screws 4) Shift the transformer housing slightly and then remove the lead bundle band. 4) Screw tightening locations for front cover 5) Lift up the transformer housing and move it to a flat surface. 6) Remove the housing front cover screws. (M4 x 0. (6mm), 6pcs) Screw tightening locations for front cover 6) M4 screws 6) M4 screws Front cover 9) M4 screws 8) Holder 7) Detach both the Faston terminals and round terminals. (Caution: When unplugging a Faston terminal, grasp the wire at the base of the terminal.) 8) Remove the leads from the holder. 9) Remove the shield screws and then remove the shield. (M4 x 0. (8mm), pcs) Left side Shield 7) Faston terminal 7) Round terminal 9) M4 screw Right side 4

242 . Part to be replaced Work procedure Remarks Transformer (460V FT6UL) 0) Remove the transformer housing back screws and then remove the housing. (M4 x 0. (6mm), 4 pcs) Screw tightening locations for transformer housing back Right side Left side Transformer housing Back 0) Screws ) Remove the screws that secure the base plate and transformer, and then replace the transformer. (M6 x 0.47 (mm), 4 pcs) Screw tightening locations for transformer re-assembly Two screws each, front and back Base plate. Re-assembly procedure Perform the disassembly procedure in reverse to reassemble. () )). 4.7 Holder te: ) When performing wiring inside the transformer housing, make sure that 4.7 (0 mm) of the black tube covered part of the leads extend from the holder. ) When bundling the leads, make sure that the distance between the band and the bend is.6 (65 mm), as shown in the figure..6 Provide.6 between bottom and lead bend. 4

243 4. P.C. BARD EXCHANGE PRCEDURES Replacement of outdoor P.C. board 4-.List of service P.C. boards Parts code Description Applicable model P.C. board type code Product code 46V59 Interface P.C. board MCC-606 ASM-PCB (I/F) Inverter P.C. board for MMY-MAP074FT9UL 46V45 compressor MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MCC-595 ASM-PCB (A IPDU) 46V50 Inverter P.C. board for fan MMY-MAP04FT9UL MCC-60 ASM-PCB (FAN IPDU) 46V45 ise filter P.C. board MCC-608-A,B ASM-PCB (N/F) Parts code Description Applicable model P.C. board type code Product code 46V59 Interface P.C. board MCC-606 ASM-PCB (I/F) Inverter P.C. board for MMY-MAP074FT6UL 46V489 compressor MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MCC-596 ASM-PCB (A IPDU) 46V50 Inverter P.C. board for fan MMY-MAP04FT6UL MCC-60 ASM-PCB (FAN IPDU) 46V497 ise filter P.C. board MCC-65-A,B,C ASM-PCB (N/F) 4-.Configuration of inverter assembly MMY-MAP074FT9UL MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL Inverter P.C. board for fan [FAN IPDU] (MCC-60) Interface P.C. board [utdoor control P.C. board] (MCC-606) Power supply terminal block Relay terminal block for power supply ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608) Inverter P.C. board for fan [FAN IPDU] (MCC-60) Interface P.C. board [utdoor control P.C. board] (MCC-606) Power supply terminal block ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608) Relay terminal block for reactor Relay connector for central control Relay connector for central control Communication terminal block Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-595) Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-595) Communication terminal block Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-595) Relay terminal block for power supply Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-595) Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-595) Relay terminal block for power supply 4

244 MMY-MAP074FT6UL Inverter P.C. board for fan [FAN IPDU] (MCC-60) Interface P.C. board [utdoor control P.C. board] (MCC-606) ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-65 Relay terminal block for reactor MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL Inverter P.C. board for fan [FAN IPDU] (MCC-60) Interface P.C. board [utdoor control P.C. board] (MCC-606) ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-65) Power supply terminal block Power supply terminal block Relay connector for central control Relay connector for central control Communication terminal block Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-596 Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-596 Magnet Contactor Thermistor Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-596) Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-596) Inverter P.C. board for Compressor [A IPDU] (MCC-596) Magnet Contactor Thermistor Communication terminal block 44

245 4-. Interface board replacement procedure Parts code Description Applicable model P.C. board type code Product code 46V59 Interface P.C. Board MMY-MAP074FT9UL MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL MMY-MAP074FT6UL MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL MCC-606 ASM-PCB(I/F) This Interface board is commonly installed in different models before shipment. When the board assembly is to be replaced, check the displayed inspection contents below and replace the board in accordance with the model, following the below procedure. Replacement steps: () Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit. () Remove all of the connectors and fast-on terminals connected to the interface board. (Remove the connectors and fast-on terminals by pulling the connector body. Do not pull the wire). () Remove the interface board from the six PCB mounts (). (4) Cut the jumper wires of the service board, as instructed in the table below. The jumper setting differs from original supplied PCB, therefore be sure to configure the Jumpers as in the table below. If the model is not specified, inspection code L0 is displayed and the equipment will not operate. Model name Service P.C. Board MMY-MAP074FT9UL MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL MMY-MAP074FT6UL MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL J Cut Cut Cut Cut J Cut Cut Cut Cut J0 Cut Cut Cut Cut Cut Cut J09 Cut Cut J Cut Cut Cut J5 Cut Cut Cut Cut Cut Cut Interface P.C.Board (4-6V-59) SW06 SW Dip Switches SW07 SW SW09 SW SW0 SW4 Push this part to the direction of the arrow. And remove the PCB. SW6 SW7 PCB Mounts Jumpers (5) Set the dip switch settings of the service board to match the switch settings of the PCB being replaced. (6) Install the service board to the outdoor control unit (Confirm that it is securely fixed to the PCB Mounts). (7) Connect the connectors and fast-on terminals (Confirm that they are correctly and securely inserted). (8) If a component on the board is bent during board replacement, adjust it manually ensuring that it is not short or contact other parts. (9) Install the cover, then turn on the power supply. Check the operation. 45

246 4-4. Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-595) replacement procedure Parts code Description Applicable model P.C. board type code Product code 46V45 Inverter P.C. Board for compressor MMY-MAP074FT9UL MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL MCC-595 ASM-PCB(A IPDU) This board is commonly installed in different models before shipment. Set the dip switch (SW800) setting of the service board to the switch setting before replacement. Replacement steps: () Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least minute for the capacitor to discharge. Confirm that the light of the LED (D800) fades away. () Remove all the connectors and 8 screws of the terminals () connected to the Compressor IPDU. (Remove the connectors by pulling the connector body. Do not pull the wire. Screws are to be re-used after procedure). () Remove all the 5 screws() which secures the Compressor IPDU to the Heat sink. (These screws are to be re-used after procedure.) (4) Remove the Compressor IPDU from the four spacers () by pinching the top of the spacers by round-nose pliers. Ex. MMY-MAP074FT9UL Red wire Compressor IPDU Black Wire White Wire Screw Pinch this part by round-nose pliers for removing the PCB. Black Wire Red wire Compressor IPDU (MCC-595) D800 SW800 screw White Wire Spacer (4 are in packed in this service assembly) (5) Confirm that no dirt or damage is on the insulation sheet (flesh color) on the heat sink. As it can reduce the heat transfer efficiency, and can cause a breakdown. If the insulation sheet comes off the heat sink, reapply the insulation sheet as shown in the following figure. Remove the PCB Insulation sheet (flesh color) Spread it on the heat sink Reuse the insulation sheet. Using a little heat transfer paste on the heat sink will make easier to install, because the insulation sheet will stick to the heat sink. 46

247 (6) Set the dip switch (SW800) setting of the service board to match the switch setting from the original PCB. Set the dip switch (SW800) depending on the position of the IPDU within the electrical box, as shown in the following diagram. Ex. MMY-MAP074FT9UL Ex. MMY-MAP04FT9UL Dip Switch (SW800) Compressor IPDU (Left Side) Compressor IPDU (Right Side) Compressor IPDU (Left Side) Compressor IPDU (Middle) Compressor IPDU (Right Side) For Compressor: Dip switch (SW800) setting : For Compressor: Dip switch (SW800) setting : For Compressor: Dip switch (SW800) setting : For Compressor: Dip switch (SW800) setting : For Compressor: Dip switch (SW800) setting : N N N N N N FF FF FF FF N FF FF N FF FF FF FF N FF FF N N FF FF (7) Align the insulation sheet with the screw holes on the insulation sheet and the mounting holes on the PCB with the PCB mounts. And fix the Compressor IPDU to the outdoor control unit by the spacers (). (8) Screw the Compressor IPDU to the heat sink by the 5 screws that were removed in step (). DB0 If the screws are l loose, the effect component will generate heat, and cause it to breakdown. Do not use an electric driver or an air driver. As DB0 it can cause component damage. The torque of the screws for DB0, DB0 and DB0 is 0.55N m (0.4ft lbs) and it for Q0 is.n m DB0 (0.89ft lbs). (9) Re-connect the connectors and terminals(). Be sure that all the connectors and the terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted. If the screws are loose, the effect Q0 component will generate heat, and cause it to breakdown. Do not use an electric driver or an air driver. As it can cause component damage. The torque of screws for the terminals is.n m (0.89ft lbs). (0) If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure, straighten them so they do not touch other parts. () Install the cover, then turn on the supply. Check the operation. 47

248 4-5. Comp-IPDU P.C. Board (MCC-596) replacement procedure Parts code Description Applicable model P.C. board type code Product code 46V489 Inverter P.C. board for Compressor MMY-MAP074FT6UL MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL MCC-596 ASM-PCB (AI PDU) This board is commonly installed in different models before shipment. Set the dip switch (SW800) setting of the service board to the switch setting before replacement. Replacement Steps: () Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least minute for the capacitor to discharge. Check the voltage between (A) and (B) to see it is surely discharged before replacement. () Remove all the connectors and fast-on terminals () connected to the Compressor IPDU. (Remove the connectors and fast-on terminals by pulling the connector body. Do not pull the wire.). () Remove all the 4 screws () which secures the Compressor IPDU to the Heat sink. (These screws are to be re-used after procedure.) (4) Remove all the screws () which secures the Compressor IPDU to the Frame. (5) Remove the Compressor IPDU from the 4 spacers (4) by pinching the top of the spacers by round-nose pliers or cutting the top of the spacers by nippers. Ex. MMY-MAP074FT6UL Compressor IPDU White Wire 4 Spacer Black Wire 4 Spacer 4 Spacer SW800 (B) DB0 ( ) Fixation screw Red Wire screw Red Wire White Wire Black Wire (A) DB0 (+) Pinch this part by round-nose pliers for removing the PCB. 4 Spacer or Cut this part by nippers for removing the PCB. Cut 4 Spacer (4 Spacer are in packed in this service assembly) Compressor IPDU (MCC-596) 4 Spacer screw Fixation screw (6) Confirm that no dirt or damage is on the heat sink. As it can reduce the heat transfer efficiency, and cause a breakdown. Remove the PCB Heat sink 48

249 (7) Set the dip switch (SW800) setting of the service board to match the switch setting from the original PCB. Set the dip switch (SW800) depending on the position of the IPDU within the electrical box, as shown in the following diagram. MMY-MAP074FT6UL MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL Dip Switch (SW800) Compressor IPDU (Left Side) Compressor IPDU (Right Side) Compressor IPDU (Left Side) Compressor IPDU (Middle) Compressor IPDU (Right Side) For Compressor: Dip switch (SW800) setting : For Compressor: Dip switch (SW800) setting : For Compressor: Dip switch (SW800) setting : For Compressor: Dip switch (SW800) setting : For Compressor: Dip switch (SW800) setting : N N N N N N FF FF FF FF N FF FF N FF FF FF FF N FF FF N N FF FF (8) Screw the Compressor IPDU to the heat sink by the 4 screws that were removed in step (). If the screws are loose, the effect component will generate heat, and cause it to breakdown. Do not use an electric driver or an air driver. As it can cause component damage. The torque of the screws for DB0 is 0.55N m (0.4ft lbs) and it for Q0 is.n m (0.89ft lbs). (9) Re-connect the connectors and fast-on terminals (). Be sure that all the connectors and the fast-on terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted. (0) If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure, straighten them so they do not touch other parts. () Install the cover, then turn on the supply. Check the operation. Fixation screw DB0 Q0 Fixation screw 49

250 4-6. Fan IPDU P.C. board (MCC-60) replacement procedure Parts code Description Applicable model P.C. board type code Product code 46V50 Inverter P.C. Board for fan MMY-MAP074FT9UL MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL MMY-MAP074FT6UL MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL MCC-60 ASM-PCB(FAN IPDU) Replacement steps: () Turn off the power supply of the outdoor unit and allow at least one minute for the capacitor to discharge. Confirm that the light of the LED (D640) fades away. () Remove all the connectors and the fast-on terminals() connected to the FAN IPDU. (Remove the connectors and fast-on terminals by pulling the connector body. Do not pull the wire). () Remove all the five screws() which secures the FAN IPDU to the Heat sink. (These screws are to be re-used after procedure.) (4) Remove the Fan IPDU from the three PCB Mounts (). FAN IPDU (MCC-60) LED (D640) Screw Fast-on terminal RED lead wire Fast-on terminal WHITE lead wire Fast-on terminal BLACK lead wire Push this part to the direction of the arrow. And remove the PCB. PCB Mounts (5) Confirm that no dirt or damage is on the sub heat sink. As it can reduce the heat transfer efficiency, and cause a breakdown. Remove the PCB IC70 DB50 Heat Sink Sub Heat Sink Q590 DB509 (6) Align the PCB mount holes on the PCB with the PCB mounts, and fix the FAN IPDU to the outdoor control unit by clipping the PCB into the PCB mounts (). (7) Screw the FAN IPDU to the heat sink by the five screws that were removed in step (). If the screws are loose, the effected component will generate heat, and cause in to breakdown. Do not use an electric driver or an air driver, as it can cause component damage. The torque of 5 screws (IC70, DB509, DB50 and Q590) is 0.55N m. (8) Re-connect the connectors and fast-on terminals(). Be sure that all the connectors and the fast-on terminals are connected correctly and securely inserted. (9) If the components on the PCB were bent during this procedure, straighten them so they do not to touch other parts. (0) Install the cover, then turn on the supply. Check the operation. 50

251 4-7. ise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-608 A, B) Replacement Procedure Parts code Description Applicable model P.C. board type code Product code 46V45 ise filter P.C. board MMY-MAP074FT9UL MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL MCC-608-A, B ASM-PCB (N/F) <. Preparation (model selection)> All P.C. boards of this type leave the factory with default settings that are common to all applicable models. When replacing a P.C. board assembly on site, follow the procedure described below. <. Replacement steps> () Turn off the power to the outdoor unit. () Remove the terminal block sub-assembly (). Remove the screws () on the power supply terminal block (4) and the screws () securing the terminal block subassembly (). The screws will be reused during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place. Ex.MMY-MAP074FT9UL ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-608) ise Filter P.C. board (46V45) 7 PCB Mount 7 9 Line filter Screw-on terminal 6 ise Filter P.C. board (A) (MCC-608) 5 Screw Lead (white) Lead (red) Remove terminal block sub-assembly() Screw Lead (black) Screw ise Filter P.C. board (B) (MCC-608) Power supply terminal block 5 Screw 7 7 5

252 () Disconnect all the connectors and fast-on terminals used to connect wiring to the noise filter P.C. board. The line filter (9) and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals (8) of the noise filter P.C. board (A) will be removed in step 6. Disconnect all the connectors and fast-on terminals. (4) Remove the earthing screws (5), (6). The removed earthing screws (5), (6) will be reused during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place. (5) Remove the noise filter P.C. board assembly by unlocking the four card edge spacers used to secure the P.C. board (7). (6) Remove the line filter (9) and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals (8) of the just-removed noise filter P.C. board (A), and reinstall them on the service P.C. board (A) by firmly connecting them to the screw-on terminals (8) in the same manner as before. Line Filter installation: Screw the line filter and the connecting wires together to the terminals as below. The torque of 6 screws of the line filter is.84ft lbs (.5N m). Please check that the screws connecting the line filter are not loose. If the screw is loose, the screw will generate heats, and cause the line filter to breakdown. Do not use an electric driver or an air driver, as this can cause damage to the line filter. Red White Black Connecting Wire Terminal Line Filter Line Filter Connecting Wire Terminal Red White Black Connect the wires according to the wiring diagram. 5

253 (7) Install the service P.C. boards (A) and (B) in the outdoor unit controller. (Make sure that they are firmly secured to the card edge spacers (7).) (8) Securely connect the service P.C. boards to the chassis using the earthing screws (5), (6) removed in step 4. If either of the screws is loose, it will pose a risk of device failure by degrading noise control, so take care while engaging in the work. Nevertheless, do not use an electric or pneumatic screwdriver under any circumstances as it may lead to component damage. (9) Connect the wiring using the connectors and fast-on terminals removed in step (). Make sure that the connectors and fast-on terminals are connected correctly and securely. (0) If any component on the P.C. board becomes crooked during replacement, straighten it without touching any other component. () Mount the terminal block sub-assembly () and firmly secure it using the screws (). () Securely connect the red, white and black leads from the service P.C. board (A) to the power supply terminal block (4) using the screws (). () Put the cover on, turn on the power, and check operation. Close-up view of screw-on terminals (8) Screw tightening torque (ft lbs) Screw diameter M6 M4 M Torque(ft lbs)

254 4-8. ise Filter P.C. Board (MCC-65 A, B, C) Parts code Description Applicable model P.C. board type code Product code 46V497 ise filter P.C. board Replacement Procedure MMY-MAP074FT6UL MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL MCC-65-A, B, C ASM-PCB (N/F) <. Preparation (model selection)> All P.C. boards of this type leave the factory with default settings that are common to all applicable models. When replacing a P.C. board assembly on site, follow the procedure described below. <. Replacement steps> () Turn off the power to the outdoor unit. () Remove the terminal block sub-assembly (). Remove the screws () on the power supply terminal block (4) and the screws () securing the terminal block subassembly (). The screws will be reused during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place. Ex.MMY-MAP074FT6UL ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-65 C) ise Filter P.C. board (MCC-65 A, B) ise Filter P.C. board (46V497) 7 PCB Mount 7 9 Line filter 8 8 Screw-on terminal 6 ise Filter P.C. board (A) (MCC-65-A) 8 5 Screw and washer Screw Lead (white) Screw Lead (red) Remove terminal block sub-assembly () Screw Lead (black) Screw ise Filter P.C. board (B) (MCC-65-B) 7 Screw 4 Power supply terminal block 5 Screw and washer 7 Screw Screw 7 PCB Mount ise Filter P.C. board (C) (MCC-65-C)

255 () Disconnect all the connectors and fast-on terminals used to connect wiring to the noise filter P.C. board. The line filter (9) and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals (8) of the noise filter P.C. board (A) will be removed in step 6. Disconnect all the connectors and fast-on terminals. (4) Remove the earthing screws (5), (6). The removed earthing screws (5), (6) will be reused during the installation of the service P.C. board, so keep them in a safe place. (5) Remove the noise filter P.C. board assembly by unlocking the four card edge spacers used to secure the P.C. board (7). (6) Remove the line filter (9) and its leads, both connected to the screw-on terminals (8) of the just-removed noise filter P.C. board (A), and reinstall them on the service P.C. board (A) by firmly connecting them to the screw-on terminals (8) in the same manner as before. Line Filter installation: Screw the line filter and the connecting wires together to the terminals as below. The torque of 6 screws of the line filter is.84ft lbs (.5 Nm). Please check that the screws connecting the line filter are not loose. If the screw is loose, the screw will generate heats, and cause the line filter to breakdown. Do not use an electric driver or an air driver, as this can cause damage to the line filter. Red White Black Connecting Wire Terminal Line Filter Line Filter Connecting Wire Terminal Red White Black Connect the wires according to the wiring diagram. 55

256 (7) Install the service P.C. boards (A), (B) and (C) in the outdoor unit controller. (Make sure that they are firmly secured to the card edge spacers (7).) (8) Securely connect the service P.C. boards to the chassis using the earthing screws (5), (6) removed in step 4. If either of the screws is loose, it will pose a risk of device failure by degrading noise control, so take care while engaging in the work. Nevertheless, do not use an electric or pneumatic screwdriver under any circumstances as it may lead to component damage. (9) Connect the wiring using the connectors and fast-on terminals removed in step (). Make sure that the connectors and fast-on terminals are connected correctly and securely. (0) If any component on the P.C. board becomes crooked during replacement, straighten it without touching any other component. () Mount the terminal block sub-assembly () and firmly secure it using the screws (). () Securely connect the red, white and black leads from the service P.C. board (A) to the power supply terminal block (4) using the screws (). () Put the cover on, turn on the power, and check operation. Close-up view of screw-on terminals (8) Screw tightening torque (ft lbs) Screw diameter M6 M4 M Torque(ft lbs) Close-up view of terminal block sub-assembly () 56

257 5. EXPLDED DIAGRAM / PARTS LIST utdoor unit 5-. MMY-MAP074FT9UL 57

258 5-. MMY-MAP074FT9UL 58

259 5-. Refrigeration Circuit Diagram MMY-MAP074FT9UL 6 PULSE MTR VALVE PULSE MTR VALVE PULSE MTR VALVE 76 FM CNDENSER RIGHT SIDE MTR FAN SUB CNDENSER RIGHT SIDE CNDENSER LEFT SIDE FAN (T) 76 4 PLUG FUSIBLE FP 5 (TL) (TE) 64 (5) (TE) (6) SEPARATR (D) 74 () 95 7 SUB CNDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSR () (TS) ACCUMRATR VALVE LW PRESSURE SENSR (TS) FP PLUG FUSIBLE 45 5 TANK LIQUID 9 6 (4) (TD) 7 (C) 74 9 (4) (TD) 6 6 (TK4) 9 69 (4) CMPRESSR 95 7 (E) (TK) (TK5) 8 HIGH PRESSURE (TK) IL HEADER CMPRESSR 74 7 (A) (B) 0 6 LIQUID LINE DISCHARGE VALVE SERVICE GAS LINE VALVE SERVICE 4, 65, 77 5, 7, 7 SUCTIN GAS LINE VALVE SERVICE IL BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE,, 75 60, 78 MARK VALVE-WAY CAPILLARY TUBE CHECK VALVE JINT CHECK STRAINER SENSR TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTR 59

260 5-. MMY-MAP074FT9UL Ref Part. Description MMY-MAP074FT9UL F4740 4F A M C N0 44N N G09 44G0 44N08 44N04 44N050 44N044 44N048 44N065 44N VALVE, CHECKED BNNET, /8 IN TUBE, CAPILLARY, I.D.5 BNNET, / IN BNNET, 5/8 IN CABINET, AIR UTLET CABINET, AIR INLET, FRNT CABINET, AIR INLET, BACK PANEL CABINET ASSY, SIDE, LEFT CABINET ASSY, SIDE, RIGHT CABINET ASSY, FRNT, DWN CABINET ASSY, BACK, DWN GUARD, FAN MARK, TSHIBA FAN, PRPELLER MTR, FAN, DC80V CMPRESSR, DA4AFB-8M VALVE, CHECKED VALVE, CHECK VALVE, BALL, SBV-JA5GTC- CIL, SLENID, AC HZ VALVE, WAY VALVE, WAY VALVE, PACKED, 9.5 PLUG, FUSIBLE ACCUMULATR SEPARATR TANK, LIQUID RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, CUSHIN BAND, FIX SENSR ASSY, LW PRESSURE SENSR ASSY, HIGH PRESSURE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE CNDENSER ASSY, THREE RW, LEFT CNDENSER ASSY, THREE RW, RIGHT CIL, PMV VALVE, BALL, 5.4 VALVE, PMV VALVE, WAY CIL, VALVE, WAY VALVE, CHECK VALVE, PACKED,.7 CIL, SLENID, STF-0AQ99UA JINT,CHECK

261 5-. MMY-MAP074FT9UL Ref Part. Description MMY-MAP074FT9UL 44N Q05 44Q054 44Q055 44Q056 44Q057 44Q S878 4F9904 4F N090 44N A05 40A08 VALVE, 4WAY VALVE, WAY STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER SWITCH, PRESSURE ACB-4UB05W HEATER, CASE, 9W 40V HEATER, CASE, 55W 40V HLDER, SENSR, T NUT, FLANGE WASHER BLT, CMPRESSR WNER'S MANUAL HLDER, SENSR (TS) BAND TUBE, CAPILLARY, BYPASS TUBE, CAPILLARY, BYPASS,.0X.0X000L TUBE, CAPILLARY, ID. ASM-PMV(4) CIL, SLENID, AC00V GUARD, WIRE PLATE, PRTECTR, SIDE PLATE, PRTECTR

262 5-. Inverter Assembly MMY-MAP074FT9UL 6

263 5-. MMY-MAP074FT9UL Ref.. Part. Description SENSR ASSY, SERVICE MMY-MAP074FT9UL F648 SUPPRTER, ASSY SENSR, TD (F6) TERMINAL BLCK, P, 00A (Power supply terminal block) REACTR (Reactor (For fan) ) REACTR (Reactor (For comp.) ) TERMINAL BLCK, P, 60A (Relay terminal block for power supply) TERMINAL, 6P (Communication terminal block) 7 4F6954 SUPRT, SPACER SPACER (EDGE) V45 46V59 46V50 46V45 P.C. BARD ASSY, NISE FILTER, MCC-608 (ise Filter P.C. board) P.C. BARD ASSY, INTERFACE, MCC-606 (Interface P.C. board) P.C. BARD ASSY, FAN IPDU, MCC-60 (Inverter P.C. board for fan) REACTR (Reactor (For comp.) ) BUSHING CLLAR FILTER, LINE (Line filter) CNNECTR ASSY WIRE ASSY LEAD ASSY, CMPRESSR 6

264 5-. MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL 64

265 5-. MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL 65

266 5-. Refrigeration Circuit Diagram MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL PULSE MTR VALVE 6 PULSE MTR VALVE PULSE MTR VALVE FM CNDENSER RIGHT SIDE MTR FAN SUB CNDENSER RIGHT SIDE CNDENSER LEFT SIDE FAN (T) 80 4 PLUG FUSIBLE FP 5 (TL) (TE) 6 67 (5) 7 (TE) (6) (D) 94 () 8 SEPARATR 74 SUB CNDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSR 46 () 9 7 VALVE 4WAY (TS) ACCUMRATR LW PRESSURE SENSR (TS) FP PLUG FUSIBLE 64 TANK LIQUID 40 6 HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH (4) (TD) (C) 7 (TK4) 74 9 (4) (TD) (4) (TD) 5 CMPRESSR CMPRESSR CMPRESSR (4) 95 4 (E) (TK) (TK5) (TK) IL HEADER (F) 4 (TK) (A) 7 (B) LIQUID LINE VALVE SERVICE GAS LINE VALVE SERVICE 4, 65, 8 DISCHARGE SUCTIN GAS LINE VALVE SERVICE 60, 79 8,, 7 IL BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE,, 75 MARK VALVE-WAY CAPILLARY TUBE CHECK VALVE JINT CHECK STRAINER SENSR DISTRIBUTR TEMPERATURE 66

267 5-. MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL Ref.. Part. Description MMY-MAP 0964FT9UL 04FT9UL F4740 4F A06 40A M C N N G 44G 44N08 44N04 44N050 44N044 44N048 44N065 VALVE, CHECKED BNNET, /8 IN TUBE, CAPILLARY, I.D.5 BNNET, / IN CABINET, AIR UTLET CABINET, AIR INLET, FRNT CABINET, AIR INLET, BACK CABINET, SIDE, UP PANEL CABINET ASSY, SIDE, LEFT CABINET ASSY, SIDE, RIGHT CABINET ASSY, FRNT, DWN CABINET ASSY, BACK, DWN GUARD, FAN MARK, TSHIBA FAN, PRPELLER MTR, FAN, DC80V CMPRESSR, DA4AFB-8M VALVE, WAY VALVE, CHECKED VALVE, CHECK VALVE, BALL, SBV-JA6GTC- CIL, SLENID, AC HZ VALVE, WAY VALVE, WAY VALVE, PACKED, 9.5 BNNET, /4 IN PLUG, FUSIBLE ACCUMULATR SEPARATR TANK, LIQUID RUBBER, CUSHIN BAND, FIX RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE SENSR ASSY, LW PRESSURE SENSR ASSY, HIGH PRESSURE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE CNDENSER ASSY, THREE RW, LEFT CNDENSER ASSY, THREE RW, RIGHT CIL, PMV VALVE, BALL, 5.4 VALVE, PMV VALVE, WAY CIL, VALVE, WAY VALVE, CHECK

268 5-. MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL Ref.. Part. Description MMY-MAP 0964FT9UL 04FT9UL N07 44N N Q05 44Q054 44Q055 44Q056 44Q094 44Q095 44Q S878 4F9904 4F N090 44N A05 40A07 VALVE, PACKED,.7 VALVE, CHECK CIL, SLENID, STF-0AQ99UA JINT,CHECK VALVE, 4WAY VALVE, WAY STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER SWITCH, PRESSURE ACB-4UB05W HEATER, CASE, 9W 40V HEATER, CASE, 55W 40V HLDER, SENSR, T NUT, FLANGE WASHER BLT, CMPRESSR WNER'S MANUAL HLDER, SENSR (TS) BAND TUBE, CAPILLARY, BYPASS TUBE, CAPILLARY, BYPASS,.0X.0X000L TUBE, CAPILLARY, ID. ASM-PMV(4) CIL, SLENID, AC00V GUARD, WIRE PLATE, PRTECTR, SIDE PLATE, PRTECTR

269 5-. Inverter Assembly MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL 69

270 5-. MMY-MAP0964FT9UL MMY-MAP04FT9UL Ref.. Part. Description MMY-MAP 0964FT9UL 04FT9UL SENSR ASSY, SERVICE F648 SUPPRTER, ASSY SENSR,TD (F6) TERMINAL BLCK, P, 00A (Power supply terminal block) REACTR (Reactor (For fan) ) TERMINAL, 6P (Relay terminal block for reactor) TERMINAL BLCK, P, 60A (Relay terminal block for power supply) TERMINAL, 6P (Communication terminal block) 7 4F6954 SUPRT, SPACER SPACER (EDGE) V45 46V59 46V50 46V P.C. BARD ASSY, NISE FILTER, MCC-608 (ise Filter P.C. board) P.C. BARD ASSY, INTERFACE, MCC-606 (Interface P.C. board) P.C. BARD ASSY, FAN IPDU, MCC-60 (Inverter P.C. board for fan) P.C. BARD ASSY, AIPDU, MCC-595 (Inverter P.C. board for Compressor) REACTR (Reactor (For comp.) ) BUSHING CLLAR FILTER, LINE (Line filter) CNNECTR ASSY WIRE ASSY LEAD ASSY, CMPRESSR 70

271 5-. MMY-MAP074FT6UL 7

272 5-. MMY-MAP074FT6UL 7

273 5-. Refrigeration Circuit Diagram MMY-MAP074FT6UL PULSE MTR VALVE 6 PULSE MTR VALVE PULSE MTR VALVE 76 FM CNDENSER RIGHT SIDE MTR FAN SUB CNDENSER RIGHT SIDE CNDENSER LEFT SIDE FAN (T) 76 4 PLUG FUSIBLE FP 5 (TL) (TE) (5) (TE) (6) SEPARATR (D) 74 () 95 SUB CNDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSR () (TS) ACCUMRATR VALVE LW PRESSURE SENSR (TS) FP PLUG FUSIBLE 45 5 TANK LIQUID 9 6 (4) (TD) 7 (C) 74 9 (4) (TD) 6 6 (TK4) 9 69 (4) CMPRESSR 95 7 (E) (TK) (TK5) 8 HIGH PRESSURE (TK) IL HEADER CMPRESSR 74 7 (A) (B) 0 6 LIQUID LINE DISCHARGE VALVE SERVICE GAS LINE VALVE SERVICE 4, 65, 77 SUCTIN GAS LINE VALVE SERVICE IL BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE 5, 7, 7,, 75 60, 78 MARK VALVE-WAY CAPILLARY TUBE CHECK VALVE JINT CHECK STRAINER SENSR TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTR 7

274 5-. MMY-MAP074FT6UL Ref Part. Description MMY-MAP074FT6UL F4740 4F A M C N0 44N N G09 44G0 44N08 44N04 44N050 44N044 44N048 44N065 44N VALVE, CHECKED BNNET, /8 IN TUBE, CAPILLARY, I.D.5 BNNET, / IN BNNET, 5/8 IN CABINET, AIR UTLET CABINET, AIR INLET, FRNT CABINET, AIR INLET, BACK PANEL CABINET ASSY, SIDE, LEFT CABINET ASSY, SIDE, RIGHT CABINET ASSY, FRNT, DWN CABINET ASSY, BACK, DWN GUARD, FAN MARK, TSHIBA FAN, PRPELLER MTR, FAN, DC80V CMPRESSR, DA4AFB-9M VALVE, CHECKED VALVE, CHECK VALVE, BALL, SBV-JA5GTC- CIL, SLENID, AC HZ VALVE, WAY VALVE, WAY VALVE, PACKED, 9.5 PLUG, FUSIBLE ACCUMULATR SEPARATR TANK, LIQUID RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, CUSHIN BAND, FIX SENSR ASSY, LW PRESSURE SENSR ASSY, HIGH PRESSURE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE CNDENSER ASSY, THREE RW, LEFT CNDENSER ASSY, THREE RW, RIGHT CIL, PMV VALVE, BALL, 5.4 VALVE, PMV VALVE, WAY CIL, VALVE, WAY VALVE, CHECK VALVE, PACKED,.7 CIL, SLENID, STF-0AQ99UA JINT,CHECK

275 5-. MMY-MAP074FT6UL Ref Part. Description MMY-MAP074FT6UL 44N Q05 44Q054 44Q055 44Q056 44Q057 44Q S878 4F9904 4F N090 44N A05 40A VALVE, 4WAY VALVE, WAY STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER SWITCH, PRESSURE ACB-4UB05W HEATER, CASE, 9W 40V HEATER, CASE, 55W 40V HLDER, SENSR, T NUT, FLANGE WASHER BLT, CMPRESSR WNER'S MANUAL HLDER, SENSR (TS) BAND TUBE, CAPILLARY, BYPASS TUBE, CAPILLARY, BYPASS,.0X.0X000L TUBE, CAPILLARY, ID. ASM-PMV(4) CIL, SLENID, AC00V GUARD, WIRE PLATE, PRTECTR, SIDE PLATE, PRTECTR TRANS

276 5-. Inverter Assembly MMY-MAP074FT6UL 76

277 5-. MMY-MAP074FT6UL Ref.. Part. Description SENSR ASSY, SERVICE MMY-MAP074FT6UL F648 SUPPRTER, ASSY SENSR, TD (F6) TERMINAL BLCK, P, 00A (Power supply terminal block) REACTR (Reactor (For fan) ) CNTACTR, MAGNETIC TERMINAL, 6P (Communication terminal block) 7 4F6954 SUPRT, SPACER SPACER (EDGE) V497 46V59 46V50 46V P.C. BARD ASSY, NISE FILTER, MCC-65 (ise Filter P.C. board) P.C. BARD ASSY, INTERFACE, MCC-606 (Interface P.C. board) P.C. BARD ASSY, FAN IPDU, MCC-60 (Inverter P.C. board for fan) P.C. BARD ASSY, AIPDU, MCC-596 (Inverter P.C. board for Compressor) REACTR, CH79 (Reactor (For comp.) ) BUSHING CLLAR FILTER, LINE (Line filter) CNNECTR ASSY WIRE ASSY THERMISTR, PTC LEAD ASSY, CMPRESSR 77

278 5-4. MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL 78

279 5-4. MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL 79

280 5-4. Refrigeration Circuit Diagram MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL 6 PULSE MTR VALVE PULSE MTR VALVE PULSE MTR VALVE FM CNDENSER RIGHT SIDE MTR FAN SUB CNDENSER RIGHT SIDE CNDENSER LEFT SIDE FAN (T) 80 4 PLUG FUSIBLE FP 5 (TL) (TE) 6 (5) 67 7 (TE) (6) (D) () 94 SEPARATR 74 SUB CNDENSER LEFT SIDE HIGH PRESSURE SENSR 46 () 9 7 VALVE 4WAY (TS) ACCUMRATR 70 LW PRESSURE SENSR (TS) FP 4 PLUG FUSIBLE 64 TANK LIQUID 40 HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH 6 (4) (TD) (C) 7 (TK4) 74 9 (4) (TD) (4) (TD) 5 74 CMPRESSR CMPRESSR CMPRESSR 9 69 (4) 95 4 (E) (TK) (TK5) (TK) IL HEADER (F) 4 (TK) (A) 7 (B) DISCHARGE SUCTIN GAS LINE VALVE SERVICE LIQUID LINE VALVE SERVICE GAS LINE VALVE SERVICE IL BALANCE LINE VALVE SERVICE 4, 65, 8 8,, 7 60, 79,, 75 MARK VALVE-WAY CAPILLARY TUBE CHECK VALVE JINT CHECK STRAINER SENSR TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTR 80

281 5-4. MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL Ref.. Part. Description MMY-MAP 0964FT6UL 04FT6UL F4740 4F A06 40A M C N N G 44G 44N08 44N04 44N050 44N044 44N048 44N065 VALVE, CHECKED BNNET, /8 IN TUBE, CAPILLARY, I.D.5 BNNET, / IN CABINET, AIR UTLET CABINET, AIR INLET, FRNT CABINET, AIR INLET, BACK CABINET, SIDE, UP PANEL CABINET ASSY, SIDE, LEFT CABINET ASSY, SIDE, RIGHT CABINET ASSY, FRNT, DWN CABINET ASSY, BACK, DWN GUARD, FAN MARK, TSHIBA FAN, PRPELLER MTR, FAN, DC80V CMPRESSR, DA4AFB-9M VALVE, WAY VALVE, CHECKED VALVE, CHECK VALVE, BALL, SBV-JA6GTC- CIL, SLENID, AC HZ VALVE, WAY VALVE, WAY VALVE, PACKED, 9.5 BNNET, /4 IN PLUG, FUSIBLE ACCUMULATR SEPARATR TANK, LIQUID RUBBER, CUSHIN BAND, FIX RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE SENSR ASSY, LW PRESSURE SENSR ASSY, HIGH PRESSURE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE RUBBER, SUPPRTER, PIPE CNDENSER ASSY, THREE RW, LEFT CNDENSER ASSY, THREE RW, RIGHT CIL, PMV VALVE, BALL, 5.4 VALVE, PMV VALVE, WAY CIL, VALVE, WAY VALVE, CHECK

282 5-4. MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL Ref.. Part. Description MMY-MAP 0964FT6UL 04FT6UL N07 44N N Q05 44Q054 44Q055 44Q056 44Q094 44Q095 44Q S878 4F9904 4F N090 44N A05 40A07 VALVE, PACKED,.7 VALVE, CHECK CIL, SLENID, STF-0AQ99UA JINT,CHECK VALVE, 4WAY VALVE, WAY STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER STRAINER SWITCH, PRESSURE ACB-4UB05W HEATER, CASE, 9W 40V HEATER, CASE, 55W 40V HLDER, SENSR, T NUT, FLANGE WASHER BLT, CMPRESSR WNER'S MANUAL HLDER, SENSR (TS) BAND TUBE, CAPILLARY, BYPASS TUBE, CAPILLARY, BYPASS,.0X.0X000L TUBE, CAPILLARY, ID. ASM-PMV(4) CIL, SLENID, AC00V GUARD, WIRE PLATE, PRTECTR, SIDE PLATE, PRTECTR

283 5-4. Inverter Assembly MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL 8

284 5-4. MMY-MAP0964FT6UL MMY-MAP04FT6UL Ref.. Part. Description MMY-MAP 0964FT6UL 04FT6UL SENSR ASSY, SERVICE F648 SUPPRTER, ASSY SENSR, TD (F6) TERMINAL BLCK, P, 00A (Power supply terminal block) REACTR (Reactor (For fan) ) TERMINAL, 6P (Relay terminal block for reactor) CNTACTR, MAGNETIC TERMINAL, 6P (Communication terminal block) 7 4F6954 SUPRT, SPACER SPACER (EDGE) V497 46V59 46V50 46V P.C. BARD ASSY, NISE FILTER, MCC-65 (ise Filter P.C. board) P.C. BARD ASSY, INTERFACE, MCC-606 (Interface P.C. board) P.C. BARD ASSY, FAN IPDU, MCC-60 (Inverter P.C. board for fan) P.C. BARD ASSY, AIPDU, MCC-596 (Inverter P.C. board for Compressor) REACTR, CH79 (Reactor (For comp.) ) BUSHING CLLAR FILTER, LINE (Line filter) CNNECTR ASSY WIRE ASSY THERMISTR, PTC LEAD ASSY, CMPRESSR 84

285 5-5. Flo w Selector unit RBM-Y08FUL, RBM-Y06FUL Location Part. Description RBM-Y08FUL RBM-Y06FUL V N088 4F BDY ASSY, SERVICE BDY ASSY, SERVICE PC BARD ASSY, MCC-4 CIL, SLENID, VPV CIL, SLENID, SR5 FILTER,NISE CABLE ASSY, PWER CABLE ASSY 4 85

286 RBM-Y096FUL Location Part. Description RBM-Y096FUL V N088 4F BDY ASSY, SERVICE PC BARD ASSY, MCC-4 CIL, SLENID, VPV CIL, SLENID, SR5 FILTER,NISE CABLE ASSY, PWER CABLE ASSY 5 86

287 WARNINGS N REFRIGERANT LEAKAGE Check of Concentration Limit The room in which the air conditioner is to be installed requires a design that in the event of refrigerant gas leaking out, it s concentration will not exceed a set limit. The refrigerant R40A which is used in the air conditioner is safe, without the toxicity or combustibility of ammonia, and is not restricted by laws to be imposed which protect the ozone layer. However, since it contains more than air, it poses the risk of suffocation if its concentration should rise excessively. Suffocation from leakage of R40A is almost non-existent. With the recent increase in the number of high concentration buildings, however, the installation of multi air conditioner systems is on the increase because of the need for effective use of floor space, individual control, energy conservation by curtailing heat and carrying power etc. Most importantly, the multi air conditioner system is able to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared with conventional individual air conditioners. If a single unit of the multi conditioner system is to be installed in a small room, select a suitable model and installation procedure so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out, its concentration does not reach the limit (and in the event of an emergency, measures can be made before injury can occur). In a room where the concentration may exceed the limit, create an opening with adjacent rooms, or install mechanical ventilation combined with a gas leak detection device. The concentration is as given below. Total amount of refrigerant (lbs (kg)) Min. volume of the indoor unit installed room (ft (m )) Concentration limit (lbs/ft (kg/m )) Concentration limit Compliance to the local applicable regulations and standards for the concentration limit is required. NTE : If there are or more refrigerating systems in a single refrigerating device, the amounts of refrigerant should be as charged in each independent device. utdoor unit NTE : The standards for minimum room volume are as follows. () partition (shaded portion) () When there is an effective opening with the adjacent room for ventilation of leaking refrigerant gas (opening without a door, or an opening 0.5 % or larger than the respective floor spaces at the top or bottom of the door). () If an indoor unit is installed in each partitioned room and the refrigerant piping is interconnected, the smallest room of course becomes the object. But when a mechanical ventilation is installed interlocked with a gas leakage detector in the smallest room where the density limit is exceeded, the volume of the next smallest room becomes the object. Refrigerant piping Very small room Small room Important Medium room utdoor unit Refrigerant piping Large room Indoor unit Mechanical ventilation device - Gas leak detector utdoor unit Indoor unit e.g., charged amount (( lbs) 0 kg) e.g., charged amount ( lbs (5 kg)) Room A Room B Room C Room D Room E Room F Indoor unit For the amount of charge in this example: The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in rooms A, B and C is lbs (0 kg). The possible amount of leaked refrigerant gas in rooms D, E and F is lbs (5 kg). 87